LAGRANGE

v

COLLEGE

-

Undergraduate Bulletin
2009-2010

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2013

http://archive.org/details/lagrangecollegeu2009lagr

VOLUME CLXVIII JUNE 2009 NUMBER l

LAGRANGE COLLEGE
BULLETIN

LAGRANGE, GEORGIA

CATALOGUE ISSUE 2009-2010

Communications Directory

LaGrange College

601 Broad Street

LaGrange, Georgia 30240-2999

(706) 880-8000 Fax: (706) 880-8358 www.lagrange.edu

For prompt attention, please address inquiries as indicated below.

The Area Code of 706 is required when dialing.

LaGrange College (general information) 880-8000

Office of the President 880-8230

Executive Director of Instructional & Information Tech 880-8050

Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. 880-8236

Registrar 880-8997

Vice President & Dean for Student Life and Retention 880-8004

Director of Career Planning and Placement 880-8286

Vice President for Enrollment Management 880-8736

Director of Admission 880-8253

Director Student Financial Planning 880-8229

Executive Vice President for Administration 880-8267

Controller 880-8232

Vice President for Advancement 880-8257

Director of Communications and Marketing 880-8246

Visitors are welcome at LaGrange College throughout the year. The

administrative offices in the Quillian Building are open Monday through Friday from
8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Saturday visits may be arranged by appointment. Visitors
desiring interviews with members of the staff are urged to make appointments in advance.
LaGrange College admits qualified students of any race, color, national and ethnic
origin to all rights, privileges, programs and activities generally accorded or made
available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race,
color, national or ethnic origin in administration of its educational policies, admissions
policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.

LaGrange College Bulletin, Volume CLXVIII, Number 1

President: Dr. Dan McAlexander Editor: Dr. Sharon Livingston

LaGrange College Bulletin, the official publication of LaGrange College for current
and future students, is published annually. Correspondence should be directed to the
Office of Academic Dean, LaGrange College, 601 Broad Street, LaGrange, GA
30240-2999. E-mail correspondence to slivingston@lagrange.edu or fax to
(706) 880-8358.

Challenging the mind. Inspiring the soul.

:

Contents

Communications Directory 2

Calendar 5

About LaGrange College, Mission, and History 14

LaGrange College at Albany 17

The LaGrange College Campus 18

Admission and Enrollment 24

Financial Information 30

Financial Aid 36

Student Life 50

Academic Policies 68

Information Technology and Academic Support 86

Academic Programs 94

Departments and Courses 116

Academic Divisions, Departments and Courses 1 1 8

Faculty 308

Board of Trustees 318

Administrative Staff 321

Index 327

Change of Regulations

The College reserves the right to make modifications in the degree
requirements, courses, schedules, calendar, regulations, fees and other
changes deemed necessary or conducive to the efficient operation of the
College. Such changes become effective as announced by the proper
college authorities.

Note: For information, regulations and procedures for graduate study,
please see the Graduate Bulletin. For information, regulations and
procedures for evening courses, please see the Evening College Bulletin.
For information, regulations and procedures of the Albany campus, please
see the Albany Bulletin.

2009 -2010

Academic Calendar
Day Program

August 2009 Fall Semester (63 Class Days)

1 8 Orientation for new faculty and staff members

19 Opening Session

19 Departmental and/or Division meetings

19 Faculty Institute begins

President's Buffet for faculty, administration, staff, and their
spouses

2 1 Faculty Institute ends

24 New students move in - First Week begins

9 Math placement test for all new students, Jolly Room,

Science Building

24-28 First Week

25 First Year Student Assessment
27 First Year Student Assessment
3 1 First Year Student Assessment

3 1 Residence Hall open - returning students move-in

Registration for new and returning Day students not prepaid.
3 1 Advisors for first year, transfer and readmitted students are

available.
3 1 Work aid and work study time sheets due

September 2009

1

First Year Student Assessment

1

Fair on the Quad

2

All Classes begin

2

Opening Convocation

7

Labor Day - College Closed

End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual classes
dropped after this date.

9 Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office

1 7 Administrative Council Meeting

18 Day of Record

19 Fall Visitation Day 1

24 Faculty Assembly

Spring & Summer 2010 Class Schedules due in the
Registrar's Office

28-Oct 1 Interim Term 20 1 Pre-Registration

30 Work aid and work study time sheets due

October 2009

1 Staff Council Meeting, Bailey Room

1 Faculty Meeting, Dickson Assembly Room

6 Named Annual and Loyalty Fund Scholarships Luncheon

15 Administrative Council Meeting

15-16 Fall Break No Classes

19

Mid-Term. Faculty should submit deficiency reports
electronically to the Dean's Office by 5:00 p.m.

21 Last day to withdraw from class with an automatic "W"

22-23 Board of Trustees Meeting

23-25 2009 Homecoming

27 Senior Assessment

26-30 Faculty Advising Week

29 Faculty Assembly

30 Senior Assessment

30 Work aid and work study time sheets due

6

November 2009

1 Daylight Savings Time Ends

Pre-registration for Day students. Students completing
9 , degree requirements by end of Fall, Jan, or Spring terms

should file petitions for graduation with the Registrar.
Advisors available.

5 Staff Council Meeting, Bailey Room

5 Faculty Meeting, Dickson Assembly Room

5 Proposals for Interim 2010 Travel Courses due

14 Fall Visitation Day 2

19 Administrative Council Meeting

19 Faculty Assembly

24 Last Day of Classes before Thanksgiving Break

25-27 Thanksgiving Break - no classes

26-27 Administrative Offices Closed

30 Work aid and work study time sheets due

30 Classes resume after Thanksgiving Break

30- Dec. 4 Celebrate the Servant

30 Celebration of Servant-Leadership, Chapel

December 2009

1 Service of Celebration and Recognition, Chapel

3 Faculty Meeting, Dickson Assembly Room

3 Staff Council Meeting, Bailey Room

, A Festival of Nine Lessons and Carols, Callaway

Auditorium

Last Day of Fall Term Classes for Day College
8-12 Exams

12 Begin term break at 5:00 pm

7

14 Summer research proposals due in Dean's Office

17 Administrative Council Meeting

1 8 Grades due

24-28 Holidays for administration and staff - College Closed

29 Administrative offices open

31 Work aid and work study time sheets due.

January 2010 Interim Term (17 Class Days)

1 New Year's Holiday - College Closed

3 Residence halls open

4 Registration for new and returning Day students.

4 Mandatory First Meeting for classes.

End drop/add at 5:00p.m. No refund for individual classes
dropped after this date.

6 Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office by email.

7 Staff Council Meeting, Bailey Room

7 Faculty Meeting, Dickson Assembly Room

1 3 Last day to withdraw from class with an automatic "W"

1 3 Mid-Term

1 5 Day of Record

1 8 Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - College Closed

21 Administrative Council Meeting

27 Last day of class

28 Faculty Assembly

Math placement test for all new students, Jolly Room,
Science Building

Day program registration for new and returning students
28 not prepaid. Advisors for first year, transfer and readmitted

students are available.

8

29 RN Pre-Admission Examination for Sims Scholarship

29 Work aid and work study time sheets due

February 2010 Spring Semester (63 Class Days)

1 Classes begin

3 Interim Term Grades due

3 Spring Semester First Year Student Assessment

4 Staff Council Meeting, Bailey Room

4 Faculty Meeting, Dickson Assembly Room

5

End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual
classes dropped after this date.

5 Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office by email.

5

Fall Term 2010 and Spring Term 201 1 schedules are due
in the Registrar's Office.

12 Day of Record

13 Scholarship Competition

18 Administrative Council Meeting

~~ Make-up for snow, if necessary, for Day and Evening

classes

25 Faculty Assembly

26 Work aid and work study time sheets due
March 2010

2 Endowed Scholarship Luncheon

4 Staff Council Meeting, Bailey Room

4 Faculty Meeting, Dickson Assembly Room

6 Spring Visitation Day

14 Daylight Savings Time Begins

, <- Mid-Term. Faculty should submit deficiency reports

electronically to the Dean's Office by 5:00 p.m.
9

1 5 Proposals for Interim 20 1 Non-Travel Courses due

15-19 Academic Integrity Week

17 Last day to withdraw from class with an automatic "W"

1 8 Administrative Council Meeting
20 Fine Arts Scholarship Day
22-26 Faculty Advising Week

22-26 Senior Assessment Week

25 Faculty Assembly

27 Accepted Student Day

Pre-registration for Day students. Students completing

29-April 2 degree requirements in summer or fall should file petitions
for graduation with the Registrar. Advisors available.

3 1 Work aid and work study time sheets due

April 2010

1 Staff Council Meeting, Bailey Room

1 Faculty Meeting, Dickson Assembly Room

2 Good Friday-Half Day -College Closed at Noon
4 Easter

5-9 Spring Break - No Classes

15 Administrative Council Meeting

15-16 Board of Trustees Meeting

1 9-22 Interim Term 20 1 1 Travel Pre-Registration

24 Junior Visitation Day

29 Faculty Assembly

30 Honors Day begins at 2:30 pm
30-May 2 Family Weekend

30 Work aid and work study time sheets due

10

May 2010

1 May Day

3-4 Student Room Lottery, Dickson Assembly Room

5 Last Day of Classes for Day Program

6 National Day of Prayer
6 Reading Day

6 Staff Council Meeting, Bailey Room

6 Faculty Meeting, Dickson Assembly Room

7-12 Exams

13 Grades for Graduating Seniors Due by Noon

13 Nurses' Pinning Ceremony

Graduation rehearsal, faculty marshals and student
marshals attend

14 Senior brunch; faculty and staff are invited.

14 Baccalaureate Reception, Sunny Gables Alumni House

14

Baccalaureate at First United Methodist Church. All faculty
should plan to attend.

14 Grades for those not graduating due at 5:00 p.m.

Graduation on Residential Quadrangle. All faculty should
plan to attend.

20 Administrative Council Meeting

May 2010 Summer I Term 2010

24 Residence halls open

94 Math placement test for all new students, Jolly Room,

Science Building

24 Registration

25 All classes meet

11

26

End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual classes
dropped after this date.

28 Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office by email.

28 Work aid and work study time sheets

3 1 Memorial Day Holiday - College Closed

June 2010

3 Staff Council Meeting, Bailey Room

9 Last day to withdraw from class with an automatic "W"

9 MidTerm

24 Last Day of Classes

28-29 Exams during class times

30 Summer I Grades due by Noon

30 Work aid and work study time sheets due.

30 Departmental Annual Reports due in Dean's Office

July 2010 Summer II Term 2010

Math placement test for all new students, Jolly Room,
Science Building

1 Registration

1 Residence halls open

2 All classes meet

5 July 4th Holiday - College Closed

End drop/add at 5:00 p.m. No refund for individual classes
dropped after this date.

8 Syllabi and office hours due in Dean's Office by email.

19 Last day to withdraw from class with an automatic "W"

19 Mid-Term

12

30 Work aid and work study time sheets due.
August 2010

3 Last Day of Classes

4-5 Exams during class times

6 Summer II Grades due by Noon

13

About LaGrange College

LaGrange College is called through the United Methodist Church to
challenge the minds and inspire the souls of students by improving their
creative, critical and communicative abilities in a caring and ethical
community.

Mission

LaGrange College, established in 1831, is owned by the North Georgia
Conference of the United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is proud
of this relationship and believes that its mission is an extension of the
work of The United Methodist Church. LaGrange College is committed
to the free, uninhibited pursuit of truth. Academic freedom and free
expression of faculty and students are integral to the LaGrange College
ethos. LaGrange College is committed to challenging the minds and
inspiring the souls of students by improving their creative, critical and
communicative abilities. Faculty recognize the part they play in a
student's development by serving as mentors and role models. The total
LaGrange College program - curricular and co-curricular - is designed to
challenge and support students as they deal with fundamental issues of
self, world, and God.

The principal curricular methods by which the College assists students
in the improving of their creative, critical, and communicative abilities
are an interdisciplinary, technologically sophisticated liberal arts
program (A.A., B.A., B.S., B.M.), programs in Organizational
Leadership (B.A., M.A.), professional programs in business, nursing
(B.S.N.) and education (B.A., M.Ed., M.A.T.) The principal co-
curricular means is through a comprehensive program of student life and
athletics.

LaGrange College strives to be a caring and ethical community. The
hallmark of the LaGrange College community is the quest for civility,
diversity, service, and excellence.

Adopted by Faculty, Administration, and Board of Trustees, 1997;
reaffirmed by Board of Trustees on October 20, 2000.

History and Description

The history of LaGrange College is closely associated with the history of
the City of LaGrange and Troup County. When the vast tract of land
lying between the Flint and Chattahoochee Rivers was secured by the
Indian Springs Treaty of 1825 and was opened for settlement in 1827,
one of the five counties formed on the western border of the state was
named Troup in honor of Governor George Michael Troup.

14

An act was passed by the Georgia Legislature on December 24, 1 827,
providing for the selection of a county seat. It was named LaGrange
after the country estate of the Marquis de Lafayette, American
Revolutionary War hero who had visited the region in 1 825 as the guest
of Governor Troup. The site for the town of LaGrange was purchased in
1828 and the town was incorporated on December 18, 1828. On
December 26, 1831, the charter for the LaGrange Female Academy was
granted at the state capitol, then in Milledgeville.

In 1831 Andrew Jackson was president of the United States. Abraham
Lincoln was 22 years old. The Creek Indians had been moved out of
this area of the state only six years earlier. The only other college in the
state was Franklin College, now The University of Georgia.

In 1 847 the charter for the school was amended and the school became
the LaGrange Female Institute with power to confer degrees. The name
was changed to LaGrange Female College in 1851 and in 1934 it was
changed to LaGrange College. The College became officially
coeducational in 1953.

The first location of the school was in a large white building at what is
now 406 Broad Street. The school moved to its present location "On the
Hill," the highest geographical point in LaGrange, after the construction
of the building now known as Smith Hall in 1842.

The College was sold to the Georgia Conference of the Methodist
Episcopal Church South in 1856. Today it is an institution of the North
Georgia Conference of the United Methodist Church.

Strong in the liberal arts, LaGrange College has an outstanding
reputation in pre-professional programs, including pre-medical and
allied fields, pre-law, pre-theology, and pre-engineering.

LaGrange College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree with sixteen
majors, the Bachelor of Science degree in six areas, the Bachelor of
Music and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. The Master of
Arts in Teaching, and the Master of Education degree in Curriculum and
Instruction are offered. The Evening program offers an Associate of
Arts degree in General Studies.

LaGrange College operates on the modified (4- 1 -4) semester system for
day classes. In addition there is an evening session during the regular
year and in the summer. During the regular school year, the night
classes follow a modified quarter system. The summer is divided into
two sessions of day classes and one seven-week session in the evening.
For all day classes, credits earned are semester hour credits.

15

The College draws more than half of its student body from Georgia.
However, students from at least one-third of the other states in the U.S.
and from abroad nourish a rich cosmopolitan and international
community which includes various religious and ethnic backgrounds.

Students also are provided diversity opportunities through travel
courses, field study programs, service-learning, and internships.
Students in the college's education and nursing departments receive
supervised learning experiences in many area schools and medical
facilities, respectively. Campus art exhibitions, lectures, concerts, and
varsity and intramural sports add to the cultural enrichment and
recreational opportunities offered by the College.

The College is located in the town of LaGrange, Georgia, which has
a population of 26,000. Nearby are Callaway Gardens, the Warm
Springs Foundation and Franklin D. Roosevelt's Little White House.
The West Point Dam on the Chattahoochee River provides one of the
largest lakes in the region, with waterfronts and a marina within the city
limits of LaGrange.

Accreditation

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award the degrees of
Associate of Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of
Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Science in
Nursing, Master of Education, Master of Arts in Teaching, and the
Master of Arts in Organizational Leadership. Contact the Commission
on Colleges at 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097 or
call 404-679-4500 for questions about the accreditation of LaGrange
College.

LaGrange College is also approved by the United Methodist
University Senate. It has membership in the National Association of
Independent Colleges and Universities and the Georgia Foundation for
Independent Colleges.

LaGrange College's teacher education undergraduate and graduate
programs are accredited by the Georgia Professional Standards
Commission to recommend candidates for certification in the areas of
early childhood, middle grades, or secondary education.

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing program is accredited by the
National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission, 61 Broadway -
33 rd Floor, New York, NY 10006; Sharon Tanner, Ed.D., RN,
Executive Director; 1-800-669-1656 - ext. 153; sjtanner@nlnac.org

16

The undergraduate program in business administration is accredited by
the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs
(ACBSP). The Albany programs in Organizational Leadership are not
included in this accreditation.

Other Sessions
Evening College

Recognizing the unique needs of the nontraditional learner who may be
managing personal, professional, and collegiate careers, the Evening
College structure supports full-time or part-time evening study for
qualified adult students. Classes are scheduled Monday-Thursday
evenings during four academic quarters; students may enroll in
September, January, March, or June. Degrees offered include the
Bachelor of Arts degree in Business Administration, the Bachelor of
Arts degree in Human Development, and the Associate of Arts degree in
Liberal Studies. Students may also earn a minor in Sociology or Human
Resource Management.

View the Evening College Bulletin online at www.lagrange.edu or call
(706) 880-8298 for additional information.

LaGrange College at Albany

The LaGrange College at Albany's undergraduate and graduate
programs have been created in direct response to community and area
needs. An extensive needs assessment in southwest Georgia was
initiated prior to the planning and development of the programs for
LaGrange College at Albany. The research results stressed the need for
programs for non-traditional students that would enable them to
complete a baccalaureate degree as well as a Master's of Arts degree in
Organizational Leadership. Each program offers a modular course
schedule with a predictable structure of course offerings, costs, and
outcomes. The programs emphasize leadership knowledge and skills in
the workplace and in the community. As the Albany program is not
intended to be a Business Administration degree, it does not have
specialized business program accreditation through the Association of
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP).

Additional information is contained in the Albany Bulletin or by calling
229-420-8000.

17

The Lagrange College Campus

Frank and Laura Lewis Library

January 2009 will see the opening of the new 45,000 square foot Frank
& Laura Lewis Library at LaGrange College. Named for two former
librarians, the new library will include numerous small and large group
study rooms; a 24-hour study room with a coffee bar/snack bar area; an
auditorium; a multi-media classroom; a multi-media production center;
student and faculty research carrels; and state-of-the art audio-visual
equipment including video and audio conferencing, a SMART board,
video-editing equipment & software, presentation projectors, document
cameras, and digital signage. The Frank & Laura Lewis Library is
located at the center of the campus in close proximity to the dining hall,
dorms, and classrooms.

The print and electronic collections in the LaGrange College Library
support the curriculum and general information needs of students and
faculty. Included are more than 200,000 printed and electronic books,
an excellent reference collection, a large DVD & CD collection, and
numerous full-text databases for all academic disciplines. Notable
digital collections include JSTOR, Project Muse, the Archive of
Americana, the Burney 17 th & 18 th Century British Newspapers, the
London Times Digital Archives, PsycArticles, MathSciNet, ATLAS
Religion Database, CENAHL, ReferenceUSA, Access World News, plus
many more in addition to the various databases available through
GALILEO.

Each year the library staff receives high marks on the annual library
survey by administrators, faculty, and students. They regularly provide
both one-on-one and course-specific library instruction. The friendly
library staff is exceptionally service oriented and ready to assist students
and faculty.

The Banks Building

Originally built in 1963, the building served the campus as its library
until the Frank & Laura Lewis Library opened in February 2009. After
renovation, the building is scheduled to reopen in November 2009 in a
new capacity housing offices for admission, financial aid, business
office, registrar, three vice presidents and the president.

18

J. K. BOATWRIGHT HALL

Completed in 1962, this three-story brick building serves as a men's
dormitory. J. K. Boatwright Hall is named in memory of a longtime
member of the College's Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's
executive committee from 1956-1962. New designs were incorporated
in renovations to the building in 2003.

Fuller E. Callaway Academic Building

Completed in 1981 and renovated in 2000, the Fuller E. Callaway
Academic Building houses the Departments of Nursing, Psychology,
History, Political Science, and Sociology and Anthropology.

Callaway Auditorium

Built in 1941, Callaway Auditorium was originally designed as a
multipurpose venue, and it served ably in that capacity for well over half
a century, hosting countless basketball games, volleyball matches,
dances, children's recitals, luncheons and other varied events. Though
versatile, the facility was severely limited in its ability to provide an
accommodation that was greatly needed by the community and
LaGrange College: an acoustically pleasing music performance venue.

The demand for such a facility was satisfied in 2005 with the
auditorium's transformation from a "gym with a stage" to a state-of-the-
art concert hall. Funded jointly by LaGrange College and Callaway
Foundation, Inc., the $5.5 million renovation called for an almost
complete internal makeover and a new roof. And while the hall's visual
appearance has changed dramatically, the single most important
improvement is the superior sound quality the Auditorium now delivers.

Callaway Campus

Acquired by the College in 1992 as a gift from Callaway Foundation,
Inc., the campus includes three buildings of brick and concrete
construction. Callaway Foundation, Inc., donated funds to build a state-
of-the-art lighted soccer field there in 1995, and the Callaway Campus
also includes a softball complex, tennis courts, swimming pools, and a
football practice field.

Callaway Education Building

Built in 1965, renovated in 1994, and given a $2 million, 17,000 square-
foot addition in 2006, the building houses the Music Department,
Offices of Intercollegiate and Intramural Athletics, Offices of the

19

Department of Health and Physical Education, a weight room, an
athletic training room and a football locker room.

Cason J. Callaway Science Building

Built in 1972, this three-story brick building provides for instruction in
general science, biology, chemistry, math, and physics. The building is
named in memory of a former member of the College's Board of
Trustees.

Warren A. Candler Cottage

Completed in 1929 as a home for the College president, Candler Cottage
now houses the Vice President for Advancement, and the
Communications and Marketing Department.

Lee Edwards Candler and Hawkins Residence
Halls

Lee Edwards Candler and Hawkins Residence Halls were completed in
2002. Each apartment-style hall houses 124 students. Arranged in
either two or four bedroom floor plans with one bathroom per two
students, the apartments are fully furnished and have a full kitchen. A
community room also is located at the end of one wing in each building.
Candler Hall is named in memory of Mrs. Lee Edwards Candler.
Hawkins Hall is named in honor of Annie Carter Hawkins and in the
memory of Allen Willard Hawkins, Sr., parents of Scott Hawkins '74.

The Chapel

The materials used in the construction of the Chapel in 1965 link it with
Christian worship in LaGrange and other parts of the world. Included in
the structure are two stained glass windows made in Belgium more than
100 years ago; a stone from the temple of Apollo at Corinth, Greece; a
stone from the Benedictine Monastery, Iona, Scotland; and a stone from
St. George's Chapel, Windsor, England. Regular worship services are
held when the College is in session.

Cleaveland Field

Cleaveland Field opened in 2000 as LaGrange College's new $2.21
million baseball facility. Callaway Foundation, Inc., gave a challenge
grant as well as the land to honor Philip Cleaveland, who served the
College as a trustee for 19 years

20

Hawkes Hall

Completed in 1911, this four-story brick building is named in memory
of Mrs. Harriet Hawkes, mother of College benefactor, the late A.K.
Hawkes. Following a $1.4 million renovation, the building now houses
women students on second, third, and fourth floors. Faculty offices and
classrooms for the Education Department occupy the ground floor. Also
on the second floor is the Nixon Parlor, named in honor of longtime
supporter of the College Winifred Adams Nixon '33.

Waights G. Henry, Jr., Residence Hall

Completed in 1970, this five-story brick building provides student
housing. The structure is named in honor of the late Dr. Waights G.
Henry, Jr., who served as president of the College from 1948-1978 and
as chancellor from 1978 until his death in 1989. The building also
houses a 24-hour computer lab open to all students.

Charles D. Hudson Natatorium

The swimming pool was constructed in 1947 as an oversized pool with
dimensions of 80 by 150 feet. The cabana and bathhouse were built in
1956. Today, the oversized pool has been divided into an outdoor pool
and a natatorium, and the complex is now equipped for a year-round
aquatics program. The Natatorium is named in honor of Dr. Charles D.
Hudson, longtime chair of the Board of Trustees and retired chair of the
Board's Executive Committee.

Lamar Dodd Art Center

Completed in 1982, this building provides a physical environment and
the equipment needed for art instruction as well as gallery space for the
College's outstanding art collection. The building is named in honor of
the late Lamar Dodd, a Georgia artist who was reared in LaGrange and
whose paintings won international recognition.

Louise Anderson Manget Building

Built in 1959 and completely renovated in 2001, the Louise Anderson
Manget Building houses the Division of Humanities, including the
Departments of English, Latin American Studies and Modern
Languages, and Religion and Philosophy.

21

Alfred Mariotti Gymnasium

Built in 1959, the Mariotti Gymnasium houses physical education
classrooms and facilities for indoor athletics. The facility is named in
memory of Coach Alfred Mariotti, the College's basketball coach from
1962 until 1974 and a member of the faculty until his retirement in 1979.

Mitchell Building

The Mitchell Building is located on the grounds of Sunny Gables Alumni
House. It was named in memory of Evelyn Mitchell, a trustee of The
Arthur Vining Davis Foundations. The building houses the offices of
Development and Advancement Services.

Margaret Adger Pitts Dining Hall

Completed in 1962 and renovated in 1998, this two-story brick building
houses the dining area and kitchen on the main floor, and the College
Bookstore, post office and copy center on the bottom floor. The building is
dedicated in honor of the late Margaret Adger Pitts, a former College
trustee.

Pitts Residence Hall

Completed in 1941, this two-story brick women's dormitory was renovated
in 1990. Pitts Hall was rededicated in memory of Mr. and Mrs. W. I. H.
Pitts and in honor of their daughter, the late Miss Margaret Adger Pitts, a
former College trustee. The Pitts were longtime supporters of the College.

President's Home

Acquired by the College in 1964, this home originally was occupied by
local attorney and former trustee Hatton Lovejoy. The first College family
to live in the house was that of Dr. Waights G. Henry, Jr., who moved from
the former president's residence in Candler Cottage. Designed in 1934, the
home represents a combination of Georgian and Neoclassical elements.

Price Theater

Completed in 1975, this building features a 280-seat proscenium theatre
with 36 fly lines, 8 electrics (including 4 beam positions over the
auditorium) and a hydraulic orchestra pit. It also houses the Department of
Theatre Arts, including faculty offices, a scenery workshop, dressing
rooms, a costume shop, an actors' lounge and a Black Box Theatre.

22

Quillian Building

Built in 1949 and named in memory of a former president Hubert T.
Quillian, who served from 1938-1948, this building currently provides
offices for the President, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Dean, the Executive Vice President for Administration, and the Business
Office. The building will be renovated for other purposes during the
2009-2010 school year.

Smith Hall

Smith Hall is the oldest building on the campus. The main portion of the
building was constructed in 1 842 of handmade brick formed from native
clay. An addition was built in 1 887 and a major renovation was
completed in 1989 at a cost of over $2.5 million. The building now
houses offices, classrooms and seminar rooms. Smith Hall was named
in memory of Mrs. Oreon Smith, wife of former College president Rufus
W. Smith, who served from 1885 until his death in 1915. The building
is on the National Register of Historic Places.

Turner Hall

Built in 1958 not long after the institution became co-educational, this
three-story brick building was first used to provide campus housing for
men, and later, women. In 2003, the structure was renovated and
enlarged. The Mabry Gipson Student Center features large and small
meeting rooms, a student grill, and the Jones Zone on the first two
floors. Student housing on the third floor is known as the William H.
Turner, Jr., Residence Hall. It is named in memory of Mr. Turner, a
textile executive of LaGrange, who was a benefactor of the College, a
longtime member of the Board of Trustees and chairman of the board's
executive committee from 1929 until 1950.

Sunny Gables Alumni House

Built by Mary and Julia Nix in 1925, Sunny Gables Alumni House is an
outstanding example of early 20th century Tudor Revival architecture.
Designed by P. Thornton Marye, it is now part of the National Register
of Historic Places' Vernon Road Historic District. This multipurpose
facility serves as the permanent home for alumni as well as offices for the
Alumni and Family Relations Department, the Stewardship and Leadership
Development Department, and the Senior Director of Development and
College Relations. The facility extends entertainment space to the
College's constituents for specific programming purposes.

23

Admission And Enrollment

The application process at LaGrange College is selective and designed
to carefully consider each candidate's personal qualities and readiness
for college. We seek applicants who have the potential to be successful
academically and who will contribute to our community in meaningful
ways. We will evaluate the application, transcript(s), course selection,
SAT or ACT scores (if required), essay and recommendation when
making our decision. An admission counselor will assist each
prospective student throughout the application and enrollment process.
We encourage prospective students to visit campus for a personal
interview as part of the application process.

Students interested in attending LaGrange College must submit an
application for admission. March 1 is the preferred deadline for best
consideration for admission, financial aid, and housing for the fall
semester. Students interested in scholarship consideration should apply
before January 1 or the published deadline for the scholarship,
whichever is earlier. Students applying for admission to the January or
Summer terms should submit the application and supporting documents
at least one month prior to the beginning of the term for which
admission is desired.

Applying for Admission

Applicants for First-year admission must submit the following items:
the application form, application fee, official high school transcripts,
official SAT or ACT scores, essay and recommendation. The office of
admission reserves the right to request or waive documentation as
appropriate.

Applicants who have attended a college or university following high
school graduation must submit the following items: application form,
fee, college or university transcripts, essay, and recommendation. If the
applicant has completed fewer than 30 semester hours or 40 quarter
hours of college level work, an ACT or SAT score and high school
transcripts will also be required.

To be considered an official document, a transcript should be submitted
directly to LaGrange College in a sealed envelope from the sending
institution. Institutional records personally delivered to LaGrange
College by a student must also be in a sealed envelope to be considered
official. Photocopies, faxes, or transcripts in unsealed envelopes
are not considered official.

24

LaGrange College prefers SAT scores but will accept ACT scores. Test
results should be sent directly to LaGrange College, preferably by
March of the student's senior year of high school.

The Admission Committee may request additional materials from an
applicant or require an interview to gain a better understanding of the
student's potential for success in a challenging academic environment.
The Office of Admission notifies applicants of their application status
shortly after review by the Admission Committee. Admission to the
College requires satisfactory completion of academic work in progress.

LaGrange College values personal integrity in our community. Our
students sign an Honor Code statement pledging not to lie, cheat, steal,
nor tolerate these unethical behaviors in others. Recognizing the
importance of adherence to the Honor Code, the Office of Admission
extends this principle to our application process. Any student who omits
or falsifies material details in the application for admission will not be
admitted or their offer of admission may be revoked.

After an offer of admission is extended, candidates wishing to accept the
offer of admission are asked to submit a tuition deposit. The tuition
deposit reserves space for the student in the incoming class. The amount
of the tuition deposit is $100 for commuting students and $200 for
residential students. The $100 deposit will be placed on the student's
account for the first semester. The additional $100 for residential
students serves as a room reservation deposit and will reserve a space in
the residence halls for the student. The tuition deposit is fully
refundable provided the student submits a written request to the Office
of Admission by the following dates: May 1 for Fall Semester,
December 1 for the Interim (January) Term, and Spring Semester.

LaGrange College encourages interested students to visit the campus.
Individual appointments may be scheduled by contacting the Office of
Admission at 1-800-593-2885 or by e-mail at admission@lagrange.edu.
Please contact the Office of Admission at least one week prior to the day
you plan to visit.

Academic Requirements for Admission

First-year Admission: Prior to enrollment, an applicant is expected to
complete graduation requirements from an approved high school.
Students graduating from Georgia high schools are normally expected to
complete the requirements for the College Preparatory Curriculum
(CPC) diploma.

25

LaGrange College students come from a variety of public and private
secondary school backgrounds. Preference is given to applicants who
have strong academic preparation in high school. To qualify for regular
admission to the college, an applicant should complete at least the
following number of units, comparable to the Georgia College
Preparatory Curriculum:

Subject Area Units

College Preparatory English 4

Social Studies (including American and world studies) 3

College Preparatory Mathematics 4

(Algebra I, Algebra II, Geometry, etc.)
Science (including lab courses for life and physical sciences) 3

Desirable electives include additional academic courses in languages,
mathematics, and the sciences. A basic understanding of computer
science is also encouraged.

LaGrange College invites home-educated students to apply for
admission. In addition to the items requested for First-year admission,
home-schooled students are asked to provide two letters of
recommendation. Please note family members may not submit
letters of recommendation.

Students holding a General Education Development (GED) (High
School Level) may be considered for admission although they will
generally not be accepted to the college prior to the year in which their
class would have normally been eligible for admission to the college.
Applicants must submit GED scores in addition to the certificate.
Students possessing a GED must also submit either SAT or ACT scores
as a part of the application process. The SAT or ACT requirement may
be waived for students who are at least 24 years of age. Submission of a
GED certificate and scores does not automatically guarantee admission
to the college.

Admission Status

A number of factors are considered in making an admission decision,
including a student's grade point average, difficulty of course work,
standardized test scores, extracurricular and co-curricular activities,
recommendations and admission essay. Students may be accepted to
LaGrange College in one of several categories.

26

Regular Admission: Most students offered admission to LaGrange
College are accepted with no stipulations, other than successful
completion of their current academic course work and proof of high
school graduation.

Conditional Admission: In some cases a candidate who appears to
meet the standard requirements for admission may experience delays in
obtaining required documents. At the discretion of the Admission
Committee, a student may be granted Conditional Admission pending
receipt of required documents. Upon submission of the documents, the
student will be granted regular status. All documents must be submitted
within 30 days of matriculation.

Probation: In some cases candidates for admission may meet most of
the criteria for admission but still not qualify for regular admission. At
the discretion of the Admission Committee, such students may be
admitted on probation. Students admitted on probation must meet the
minimum stated grade point average requirement based on their class
level in order to be removed from probationary status.

Joint Enrollment: LaGrange College encourages qualified twelfth
grade students to consider simultaneous enrollment in LaGrange College
and their high school. Georgia high school seniors may also wish to
consider participating in the Georgia Ace Program. Students wishing to
apply for the joint enrollment program or Georgia Ace Program must
submit the following materials: an application for admission, application
fee, recommendation letter from the student's principal or headmaster,
SAT or ACT scores, and a high school average that indicates that the
student has the academic ability to be successful in the program.

Transfer Admission: Students attending another institution may apply
for transfer to LaGrange College provided they are eligible to return to
their current institution at the time of entry to LaGrange College. A
student may be accepted on probation under the standard probation
regulations. Prior to admission to LaGrange College, the Office of
Admission must receive all necessary documents, including official
transcripts of all college course work. Any applicant who intentionally
withholds information about college coursework previously attempted,
either by failing to report that coursework or by failing to provide an
appropriate transcript, will be subject to a revocation of any admission
or scholarship offer(s) extended by LaGrange College. Accepted
applicants may enroll at the beginning of any semester.

27

LaGrange College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane,
Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097: Telephone number 404-679-4501) to
award degrees of Associate of Arts, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
Music, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration,
Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Master of Education, and Master of
Arts in Teaching. Accordingly, the college accepts course work from
similarly regionally accredited colleges and universities.

Academic credit is normally given to students for grades of "C-" or
above. Acceptable credit from a junior college is limited to 60 semester
hours. Students enrolling from other senior colleges may be able to
receive up to 80 semester credits but LaGrange College residency
requirements, the core curriculum, and appropriate major course work
must be satisfied. Transfer students who have attempted any
developmental-level course work must provide evidence that they have
completed all requirements and successfully exited the program prior
to evaluation by the Admission Committee. Members of Phi Theta
Kappa may qualify for academic scholarships reserved for members of
this society.

Transient Admission: Students currently enrolled in good standing at
another college may enroll at LaGrange College as transient students.
Approval of course work must be authorized by the primary institution
on the Transient Application for Admission, which is available in the
Admission Office. A permission letter from the student's home
institution certifying status and granting permission for specific transient
course work may also be sent.

Non-degree Undergraduate Admission: Students not working toward
a degree may register as non-degree undergraduate students in any
course for which they have the necessary prerequisites. An application
for non-degree undergraduate student status may be obtained through
the Admission Office. Students classified as non-degree undergraduate
students may become regular, degree-seeking, students by meeting
requirements for regular admission. No more that 6 credit hours earned
under this classification may be applied toward a degree.

28

Readmission to LaGrange College: Following an absence from
LaGrange College of 3 or more semesters, or any time a student was not
in good standing during the last term of attendance at LaGrange College,
any student wishing to return to attempt additional course work must
submit an Application for Readmission. This form is available in the
Office of Admission. Students absent from LaGrange College for 2
semesters or less, and who were in good standing when he/she last
attended LaGrange College may re-activate his/her file in the Registrar's
Office. These students do not need to apply for readmission.

In the event that a student seeking readmission has attended another
institution as a transfer student (not transient) since he/she left LaGrange
College, then the student, if readmitted, is treated as a new transfer
student. Students fitting this description are subject to the Bulletin in
force at the time of transfer back to LaGrange College. Students who
have not attended another institution are generally governed by the
catalog in force at the time of their initial admission. However, students
who have been out of school for four calendar years or more re-enter
LaGrange College under the Bulletin in force at the time of readmission
and resumption of study.

International Student Admission: Admission to LaGrange College
requires submission of the international student application, application
fee, and translated and certified documents attesting to the student's
academic performance in secondary and/or university studies. Students
seeking admission may submit one of the following to prove English
proficiency:

Minimum TOEFL score of 500 ( 1 73 computer-based, or 6 1 internet-
based);

Certificate of completion of level 1 12 from the ELS Centers, Inc.;

Grades of "C" or better on G.C.E., G.S.C.E, or C.X.C. English
examinations or equivalent tests;

Minimum SAT verbal score of 450;

Minimum ACT English section score of 2 1 .

International students must submit an affidavit of support and financial
statements demonstrating the ability to pay the cost of attendance for at
least one year of study.

If the prospective student is in the United States, an interview at the
college is desirable. The Director of Admission should be contacted for
an appointment as well as for the current interpretation of regulations
with regard to obtaining an F-l student visa.

29

Financial Information

expenses

Payment of Charges

All charges for the semester are due and payable at the beginning of the
term, and each student is expected to make satisfactory arrangements at
that time. Students who pre-register and pay in advance of the deadline
each semester are not required to attend final Registration. Students
completing Registration after the posted deadline will be assessed a Late
Registration Fee as enumerated below. Realizing that some families prefer
to pay on a monthly basis, the College has arrangements with Tuition Pay
to offer families this option. This plan is between the family and the
company and there is no involvement by LaGrange College in the
agreement. For additional information on this plan, contact the Business
Office. The College also offers a deferred payment option that allows
students to make monthly payments to cover educational costs. Interest
will be assessed to students utilizing this option.

The College accepts American Express, Discover, MasterCard, and VISA
as payment on a student's account. Online payments are accessed through
the Quick Links on the College's website.

Charges

1. Admission

Application for admission (non-refundable) $30.00

2. Tuition

A. Undergraduate

( 1 ) Part-time per semester hour

( 1 - 1 1 or greater than 1 6) $869.00

(2) Full-time (12-16 semester hours) $10,547.00

(3) Nursing (NSG) courses per semester hour $869.00

B. Summer Term charges are listed in the summer brochure.

Students may request information regarding course offerings
and charges from the Registrar's Office.

C. Audit (per semester hour) $869.00

30

3. Room

Boatwright, Hawkes, Henry, Pitts, and Turner

(per semester) $2,5 1 1 .00

Candler and Hawkins (per semester) $2,870.00

Board

Boatwright, Hawkes, Henry, Pitts, and Turner

1 5-meal plan (per semester) $ 1 ,777.00

Candler and Hawkins 10-meal plan (per semester) $1,692.00

Unlimited meal plan (per semester) $ 1 ,884.00

(Note: All residential students are required to pay

room and board.)

4. Private Room

Private rooms are available at an additional charge

(per semester) $685.00

After the beginning of the semester, any student occupying a double
room alone will be charged the private rate. If a student occupying a
double room alone does not wish to pay the private room rate, it is the
student's responsibility to find a suitable roommate. Willingness to
accept a roommate does not constitute grounds for waiving the single
room charge.

Fees - Miscellaneous

Late Payment Fee $50.00

Personal checks failing to clear $25.00

Student Identification Card replacement fee $ 1 5.00

Document Fee (International Students) $ 1 75 .00

Parking Permit $15.00

Testing Fee (All New Students) $60.00

Room Deposit (Refundable) $ 1 00.00

Admission Deposit (New Students) $ 1 00.00

Summary of Standard Charges Per Semester Per Year

Non-Dormitory Students:

Tuition (full-time with 12-16 hours) $ 1 0,547 $2 1 ,094

Dormitory Students:

Boatwright, Hawkes, Henry, Pitts, and Turner residents

Tuition (full-time with 12-16 hours) $ 1 0,547 $2 1 ,094

Semi-private Room $ 2,511 $ 5,022

Board Plan (15-meals) $ 1,777 $ 3,554

$14,835 $29,670

31

Apartment Students:

Candler and Hawkins residents

Tuition (full-time with 12-16 hours)

$10,547

$21,094

Apartment

$ 2,870

$ 5,740

Board Plan (10-meals)

$ 1,692

$ 3,384

$15,109

$30,218

Fees relating to the Albany, Evening and Graduate Programs are
included in separate bulletins. You may contact the College to receive a
copy of these publications.

Federal Tax Credits

The Tax Reform Act of 1 997 provided two tax credits for higher
education. The Hope Scholarship Credit provides up to an $1,800 tax
credit (100% of the first $1,200 of qualified tuition and 50% of the
second $1 ,200 of qualified tuition) for the first two years of
postsecondary education in a program leading to a degree, certificate, or
other recognized educational credential. The student must be enrolled at
least halftime. Qualified expenses are tuition and fees, and do not
include room, board, books, insurance, and other similar expenses. The
American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 temporarily
amended the tax code pertaining to the Hope Credit. The enhancement,
called the American Opportunity Tax Credit, now offers a tax credit up
to $2,500 in qualified tuition and related expenses, and now covers
required course materials. In addition, the availability of the credit is
extended for the first four years of postsecondary education. The
temporary provision will expire at the end of 2010.

The Lifetime Learning Credit provides up to a $2,000 per year tax credit
(20% of the amount paid on the first $10,000 of qualified tuition) per
family after the first two years of higher education. These tax credits are
phased out as the modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain limits.
Please check with your tax advisor regarding these limits. For
additional information about these credits, please consult the Business
Office or your tax preparer.

Miscellaneous

Depending upon individual requirements, a student may expect to spend
$1 ,000 per year on books. Bookstore charges for the fall term are
normally higher than for the spring term.

32

The above charges are applicable to an academic year of two semesters.
Summer charges and Interim Term fees, and curriculum, are available in
separate bulletins.

Nursing students should consult the Nursing Department concerning
required nursing supplies and their projected costs.

All students must present the College with proof of health insurance at
the time of registration by submitting a Waiver Form electronically,
including provider name and policy number. If the student does not
have insurance, the College will assess the student for a limited
coverage group sickness and accident insurance policy.

Official transcripts and diplomas are withheld for any student who owes
a financial obligation to the College.

Credit Balances

Students who have a credit balance on their student accounts may obtain
a credit balance refund within fourteen (14) calendar days, whichever is
the latest of:

the date the balance occurs;

the first day of classes of a payment period or enrollment period,
as applicable; or

the date the student rescinds authorization given the school to
hold the funds.

Refund and Repayment Policies

No refund of any nature will be made to any student who is suspended
or dismissed for disciplinary reasons.

No refund will be made for individual courses dropped after the end of
the drop/add period as established by the school calendar.

Refunds will be processed within thirty (30) days of notification of a
Complete Withdrawal. A Complete Withdrawal date is defined by:

the earlier of date student began school's withdrawal process or
date student otherwise provided "official" notice; or

if student did not notify school, the midpoint in the term, or the
date of student's last attendance at documented academically-
related activity; or

if student did not notify due to circumstances beyond student's
control, date related to that circumstance.

33

Refund Policies - Tuition and Fees

A student withdrawing from the College must submit a Complete
Withdrawal Form, which may be obtained through the Registrar's
Office. The student should also consult the Financial Aid Office and the
Business Office to determine the financial consequences of a
Complete Withdrawal.

The U.S. Department of Education requires all unearned Title IV funds
to be returned to the program from which such aid was awarded. The
College will credit a student's account for all unearned institutional
charges. The Department of Education defines institutional charges as
"all charges for tuition, fees, and room and board, and expenses for
required course materials, if the student does not have a real and
reasonable opportunity to purchase the required course materials from
any place but the school."

In the event of a Complete Withdrawal from the College, refunds of
institutional charges will be calculated using the number of days
attended. The College will calculate the dollar amount of federal grant
and loan funds the student has earned during the term by dividing the
number of days a student actually completed by the total number of days
within the term (excluding breaks of five days or more). The resulting
percentage is then multiplied by the amount of federal funds that were
applied to the student's account. This is the amount of Title IV funding
the student actually earned. The remainder will be returned to the
originating program. If the resulting percentage exceeds 60 percent, the
student would be entitled to 100 percent of the federal funds. Refunds
of tuition will be applied to the student's account in the same manner as
the return of federal funds. After the student has completed 60 percent
of the term, there are no refunds of institutional charges.

In certain cases, these refund requirements may leave an indebtedness
on the student's account. This may also require the student to reimburse
the U.S. Department of Education for some or all of the applicable
Federal Pell and SEOG funds. It is, therefore, imperative that students
fully discuss the ramifications of a Complete Withdrawal with the
Financial Aid Office prior to making a final decision.

A student will not receive a refund until all financial aid programs have
been reimbursed. Refunds will be returned in the order indicated below:

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan Program

Federal Perkins Loan Program

34

Federal PLUS Graduate Program

Federal PLUS Parent Program

Federal Pell Grant Program

Academic Competitiveness Grant

National SMART Grant

Federal SEOG Program

TEACH Grant Program

Other Title IV Programs

Other State, private, or institutional assistance programs

Student

Refund Policies - Room and Board

If a student does not enroll, the room deposit is refundable if the student
notifies the College of his/her cancellation no later than May 1st. There
is no refund of room deposits after this date. No refund of room or board
will be made if a student withdraws from the dormitory after
Registration. In the event of a Complete Withdrawal from the College,
there is no refund of ROOM charges. The BOARD charges will be
prorated at the rate of $15 per day from the move-in date.

Student Repayment Policy

Students who receive cash disbursements after Registration for that
enrollment period will be assessed liability for repayment of the
appropriate percentage of the refund due the Title IV programs upon
withdrawal, expulsion, or suspension.

Students who receive cash disbursements that are attributable to Federal
Pell or SEOG programs may owe a repayment of these funds to the
College to prevent an overpayment. A student who owes a repayment
will be deemed ineligible for any financial assistance from any source
until the student has resolved the overpayment. Repayments will be
allocated to the student aid programs in the following order: Pell Grant,
Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG), National SMART Grant,
SEOG, TEACH Grant, other Title IV programs, and then to the
institution.

Students have 45 days from the date of their notification to make
arrangements for repayment of the aid received. If they fail to make
satisfactory arrangements within the 45-day time period, the account
will be submitted to the U.S. Department of Education and the student
could lose future eligibility for financial aid programs.

35

Financial Aid

Philosophy

Recognizing the significant investment students and families make when
choosing a private college, LaGrange College offers a variety of
assistance and payment options. We expect students and families to use
a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and work to meet college
costs. These resources may come from family, college, community, and
state or federal sources. Payment plans are available to distribute
required payments over the course of an academic year or for longer
terms using Federal loan programs. We encourage students to apply for
financial aid and scholarships as early as possible to maximize eligibility
access to all available types of assistance.

Financial Aid Eligibility Requirements

In general, to be eligible for financial assistance, the applicant must:

Be a U.S. Citizen or permanent resident alien of the United States;

Be admitted or currently enrolled in an approved degree-seeking or
teacher certification program;

Have a high school diploma or a General Education Development
(GED) Certification, or pass an approved Ability-to-Benefit test;

Be making Satisfactory Academic Progress towards the completion
of their degree program;

Not be in default on any federal educational loan or have made
satisfactory arrangements to repay the loan;

Not owe a refund on a federal or state grant;

Not have borrowed in excess of federal loan limits;

Be registered with Selective Service, if required.

36

Financial Aid Application Procedures

Applicants for financial aid must:

Complete and submit a Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) annually.

Complete a Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant Application, if
applicable.

Complete a HOPE Scholarship Application, if applicable.

Submit all required documents for verification, if selected.

Determining Financial Need

Students seeking financial assistance must complete the federal need
analysis form, the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA).
The FAFSA collects parental and student income and asset information
needed to determine eligibility for financial aid. This information is
used in a federal need analysis formula to determine the Expected
Family Contribution (EFC).

The Financial Aid Office establishes Cost of Attendance Budgets each
year. A Cost of Attendance Budget includes tuition, fees, room, board,
books, supplies, and living expenses. Other components of the Cost of
Attendance, which is applied on an individual basis, are childcare
expenses, study abroad, and the purchase of a computer. These items
may require documentation from the student. Below are the Cost of
Attendance Budgets for the 2009-2010 academic year.

Undergraduate dependent residing on campus $33,449

Undergraduate dependent residing with parents $29,644

Undergraduate independent residing off campus $35,642

Undergraduate nursing dependent residing on campus $4 1 , 1 73

Undergraduate nursing dependent residing with parents $36,650

Undergraduate nursing independent residing off campus $42,655

The Expected Family Contribution (EFC) is deducted from the Cost of
Attendance at LaGrange College to determine whether a need for
financial assistance exists. If the family's EFC is less than the Cost of
Attendance, a financial need is established. The Financial Aid Office
attempts to meet the demonstrated financial need of applicants with
federal, state, and institutional grants and scholarships, work programs,
and student loans.

37

Satisfactory Academic Progress policy

Federal and State regulations require institutions of higher education to
establish Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) standards for recipients of
financial aid. The purpose of satisfactory academic progress standards is to
measure a student's progress toward the completion of their educational
program. The Financial Aid Office is responsible for ensuring that all
students receiving federal, state, and institutional financial aid are meeting
these standards by conducting an annual evaluation at the end of the spring
semester.

The satisfactory academic progress standards established in this Policy
apply to all financial aid programs including, but are not limited to, Federal
Pell Grant, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant
(FSEOG), Academic Competitiveness Grant, National SMART Grant,
TEACH Grant, Federal Perkins Loan, Federal Stafford Loan, Federal
Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS), Federal Work Study,
HOPE Scholarship, Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant (GTEG), Georgia
LEAP, State Service Cancelable Loans, LaGrange College grants,
academic scholarships, and LaGrange College Work Aid.

A satisfactory academic progress policy is comprised of two standards:
qualitative and quantitative. The qualitative standard measures the
cumulative LaGrange College grade point average. The quantitative
standard measures the percentage of courses successfully completed
(completion rate) and establishes the maximum time frame, measured by
semester hours, for completion of an educational program. Financial aid
recipients must meet all of these standards to receive financial aid.

Qualitative Standard

A student must be in "good academic standing" based on the cumulative
grade point average of all courses taken at LaGrange College to meet the
qualitative standard. Good academic standing is as follows: a student
with less than 30 earned hours must maintain a minimum of a 1 .75
cumulative GPA; a student with 30-59 earned hours must maintain a 1 .90
cumulative GPA; a student with 60 or more earned hours must maintain a
minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0. The Academic Dean monitors the grade
point average component of the SAP policy each semester. Any student
whose grade point average is below the established minimum standard may
be placed on academic probation or academic suspension. It should be
noted that these minimum GPA requirements do not apply to the renewal of
academic scholarships, HOPE Scholarship, and other grant programs that
have specific GPA renewal criteria.

38

Quantitative Standard

Completion Rate

A student receiving financial aid from any of the programs covered
under this policy must demonstrate measurable progress toward the
completion of their degree program by maintaining an overall
completion rate of 67 percent. This standard applies to all financial aid
recipients, regardless of full-time or part-time enrollment status.
Attempted hours are those credit hours for which the student is
registered on or after the conclusion of late registration (drop/add).
Earned hours are successfully completed courses in which grades of A+,
A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, D+, D, or P are awarded, as long as credit
is earned. Grades of F, W, WF, NC, NR, AU, AW, or I do not count as
successful completion of a course. The formula for calculating a
completion rate is: Earned hours divided by attempted hours. For
example, the completion rate for a student who attempts 30 hours and
successfully passed 24 credit hours is 80 percent~24 earned hours
divided by 30 attempted hours.

The following are considered when evaluating the completion rate
standard:

Withdrawals, incompletes, and failed courses are considered
attempted hours but not earned hours. If an incomplete course
impacts a student's satisfactory academic progress standing, it
is the student's responsibility to notify the Financial Aid Office
when a grade is reported for the course.

Audited courses are not considered attempted or earned credit
hours.

Transfer credits, including courses taken as a transient student,
do not count in the calculation of LaGrange College GPA, but
are included in the maximum time frame standard.

Repeated courses, for which a passing grade was awarded, are
included in attempted hours but not earned hours.

Maximum Time Frame

Federal regulations allow a student to receive financial assistance for no
more than 150 % of the credit hours required to complete the degree
program. Most students pursuing a bachelor's degree may attempt up to
a maximum of 180 semester hours towards the completion of a 120
semester hour program. Students in programs of study that require more
than 1 20 hours will have their time frame extended proportionally based

39

on the length of the program. Frequent withdrawals from courses or
school, changes of major, failed or repeated courses, or taking courses that
are not related to the degree program could jeopardize financial aid
eligibility. All attempted hours at LaGrange College and those credits
accepted on transfer toward the student's degree program will count toward
the maximum time frame. Students who have completed sufficient hours
to complete their degree program are no longer eligible for financial aid.
Also, if it is determined that a student will not be able to complete their
degree within the maximum time frame, eligibility for student financial aid
can be revoked.

The following are considered when evaluating the time frame standard:

A student pursuing two bachelors' degree programs at the same
time must adhere to the 150% time frames. The maximum
attempted hours allowable for financial aid will be based on the
degree that requires the most hours.

All attempted hours from all degree programs sought are
considered when reviewing the maximum time frame standard.
Students who decide to change majors or degree programs are
advised to do so early in their academic program so as not to
jeopardize eligibility for financial aid.

Students returning to school to pursue another bachelor's degree
are allowed an additional 60 semester hours to complete the
degree. All other standards established in the satisfactory
academic progress policy apply to subsequent bachelor's degrees.

A transfer student's compliance with the time frame component of
the satisfactory academic progress policy will be based on the sum
of the attempted hours at LaGrange College plus the credit hours
accepted on transfer from previous institutions toward the
student's degree program. For example, if a student has 70 credit
hours acceptable towards their degree program, the student may
receive financial assistance for up to 110 additional credit hours.

Satisfactory Academic Progress Evaluation
Process

The academic history from all periods of enrollment, regardless of full-time
or part-time enrollment status, will be reviewed annually at the end of the
spring semester to determine if the student is maintaining the standards
established in the Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy. This includes all
courses attempted regardless of whether financial aid was received.

40

Transfer grade point averages are not considered in either of these
standards; however, accepted transfer credit hours will be considered in
the maximum time frame for completion of the degree program.
Students who fail to meet the satisfactory academic progress standards
will be placed on financial aid probation for the next academic year.
Students placed on financial aid probation are eligible for financial aid
during the probationary year. If the student does not meet the
satisfactory academic progress standards by the next SAP evaluation,
future financial aid will be terminated effective with the next term of
enrollment. Students whose financial aid is terminated may appeal to
the Financial Aid Appeals Committee for reinstatement of financial aid.

Appeal Procedures

A student financial aid recipient who loses eligibility for financial aid
may appeal to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee, except for loss of
eligibility due to time frame. Appeals must be submitted in writing to
the Director of Financial Aid outlining any mitigating circumstance(s)
that influenced the student's academic performance. Mitigating
circumstances are those events that are beyond the student's control
such as serious injury, illness or mental health condition involving the
student or an immediate family member, death of an immediate family
member, and other extenuating circumstances beyond the student's
control. The appeal must include a description of the mitigating
circumstance, documentation of circumstance, and the manner by which
the deficiency will be resolved. Appeal without supporting
documentation will not be considered.

The Director of Financial Aid will convene the Financial Aid Appeals
Committee to evaluate the request for reinstatement of financial aid
eligibility. The Director of Financial Aid will notify the student in
writing at the student's home address or campus e-mail account of the
decision of the Committee and any conditions associated with
reinstatement within two weeks of receiving the appeal. A student
whose appeal is approved will receive financial aid on probationary
status for the next term of enrollment and their academic performance
will be reviewed at the end of that term for continued financial aid
eligibility. The student is encouraged to take advantage of counseling,
tutoring, and study skills resources available through the College's
Counseling Center.

41

Reestablishing Financial Aid Eligibility

A student who is unsuccessful in appealing for reinstatement of their
financial aid or a student who does not have a mitigating circumstance that
warrants an appeal can only regain eligibility by complying with the
satisfactory academic progress policy. It should be noted that taking
courses at the student's expense, sitting out a semester, or taking courses at
another institution does not automatically restore a student's eligibility for
financial aid. If the student has resolved the satisfactory academic progress
deficiencies that resulted in the termination of financial aid eligibility, the
student should contact the financial aid office and request a satisfactory
academic progress evaluation.

Student Financial Aid Policies

Financial aid applications for the upcoming academic year are
available beginning January 1 in the financial aid office.

LaGrange College awards aid to eligible students on a first-come,
first-serve basis. In awarding, first priority is given to students
pursuing their first undergraduate degree. Transient, non-degree
seeking, and unclassified students are not eligible for
financial assistance.

All financial aid applications and documentation for verification
must be submitted before an official financial aid award letter
is mailed.

In constructing a financial aid award, funding is awarded in this order:
grants and scholarships, student loans, and student employment.

External sources of financial aid available to a financial aid
recipient must be considered in the awarding of Federal, State, and
LaGrange College need-based financial aid programs. LaGrange
College reserves the right to cancel or reduce financial aid awards
in the event that these resources result in financial aid in excess of
financial need.

Financial aid awards are made assuming full-time enrollment. Most
LaGrange College and State financial aid programs require full-time
enrollment, however, financial assistance is available to students who
enroll half-time.

42

A student's enrollment status will be based on the credit hours for
which the student is registered at the conclusion of late registration.
All financial aid awards will be calculated using final registration
information. If it is later determined that attendance in all or some
courses cannot be documented, financial aid awards will be
adjusted. The student will be responsible for repaying any
ineligible funds received.

Financial aid awards will be disbursed on the first day of
classes provided all required documents and eligibility
requirements are met.

Sources of Financial Aid

There are a variety of financial aid resources available to assist students
with funding their college education. These resources are in the form of
scholarships, grants, loans, or student employment and are made
possible by funding from federal, state, and institutional sources.
Although financial need is a primary factor in financial aid eligibility,
there are financial aid programs available to students who do not
demonstrate financial need. These programs may be awarded based on
residency, merit, academic excellence, talent, and other criteria.

LaGrange College Academic Scholarships

LaGrange College recognizes the academic excellence of outstanding
entering freshmen and transfer students by awarding scholarships
ranging from $4,000 to full tuition, room and board. These merit
scholarships are made possible by generous gifts and endowments of
alumni and supporters of LaGrange College. All entering new first year
students are evaluated for academic scholarships during the admission
process. The top new first year students applicants who are accepted for
admission by January 15 are invited to compete for a Presidential
Scholarship. Scholarships are awarded at the following levels:

Presidential Scholarship is a competitive four-year, renewable
academic scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the
basis of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores,
and participation in the Presidential Scholar Competition. Recipients of
this prestigious award receive full tuition, mandatory fees, room, and
board. Presidential Scholarships of Georgia residents eligible for the
HOPE Scholarship and Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant will be
reduced by the value of these State programs. If selected to receive a
Presidential Scholarship, it will supersede all other LaGrange College
scholarship and aid.

43

Dean's Scholarship is a competitive, four-year, renewable, $14,000
academic scholarship awarded to incoming first year students on the basis
of academic achievement in high school, SAT or ACT test scores, and the
Scholar Weekend Competition. If selected to receive one of the awards, the
scholarship will replace any previous scholarship award.

Fellows Scholarship is a four-year, renewable, $12,500, academic
scholarship awarded to entering first year students who have a minimum
SAT combined Critical Reading and Math score of 1200 or higher (or a
minimum ACT composite score of 26 or higher) and a 3.6 recalculated
high school GPA or higher in the college preparatory courses taken in
English, Foreign Language, Social Studies, Mathematics, and Laboratory
Sciences. Fellows Scholarship recipients may be eligible to compete for a
Presidential or Dean's Scholarship. If selected to receive one of the awards,
the scholarship will replace any previous scholarship award.

Founders Scholarship is a four-year, renewable, $10,000 academic
scholarship awarded to entering first year students who have a minimum
SAT combined Critical Reading and Math score of 1 100 or higher (or a
minimum ACT composite score of 24 or higher) and a 3.4 recalculated
high school GPA or higher in the college preparatory courses taken in
English, Foreign Language, Social Studies, Mathematics, and Laboratory
Sciences.

Hilltop Scholarship is a four-year, $7,500 renewable academic
scholarship awarded to entering first year students who have a minimum
SAT combined Critical Reading and Math score of 1000 or higher (or a
minimum ACT composite score of 21 or higher) and either ranked in class
in the top 25% or a cumulative college preparatory high school GPA of 3.2
or higher.

Gateway Scholarship is a four- year, $5,000, renewable academic
scholarship awarded to entering first year students who have a minimum
SAT combined Critical Reading and Math score of 900 or higher (or a
minimum ACT composite score of 19 or higher) and either ranked in class
in the top 50% or a cumulative college preparation high school GPA of 3.0
or higher.

Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship is a two-year, renewable $7,000 academic
scholarship awarded to qualified transfer students who are U.S. citizens or
permanent resident aliens fully inducted into Phi Theta Kappa Honor
Society. Recipients must hold Associate of Arts or Associate of Science
degrees from an accredited two-year college and have earned a 3.5 or better
grade point average.

44

Transfer Scholarship is awarded to students transferring to LaGrange
College from a college or university with a minimum of 30 semester hours
and a minimum grade point average of 2.5 or higher. Scholarship awards
range from $4,000 to $6,000.

Fine Arts Scholarships

LaGrange College's Theatre Arts, Music, and Art and Design Programs,
through the generous support of alumni and supports of LaGrange College
Fine Art program, award the exceptional talents of prospective and current
students with departmental scholarships. These scholarships are
competitive and are awarded based on academic promise, audition,
portfolio, and departmental interviews. For a listing of these scholarships,
please visit the Financial Aid section of our website.

General Grants and Scholarships

Federal Pell Grant is awarded to undergraduate students pursuing a first
bachelor's degree. The student's Expected Family Contribution (EFC) as
determined by the results of the FAFSA, Cost of Attendance, and
enrollment status determines the Pell award. Students enrolling less than
full-time may qualify for a prorated amount of Pell Grant based on their
enrollment status and EFC.

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant is awarded to
undergraduate students with exceptional financial need. Priority is given to
students eligible for Federal Pell Grant.

Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG Grant) is a federal grant
program for undergraduate students who are U.S. citizens or eligible non-
citizens who are eligible for a Federal Pell Grant. Recipients must have
completed a rigorous secondary school program as defined by the U.S.
Department of Education. This grant is for the freshman and sophomore
years of undergraduate study. The freshman year ACG award is $750 with
the sophomore award being $1,300.

National Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent Grant
(National SMART Grant) is a new federal grant program for full-time
undergraduate students who are enrolled in the third or fourth academic
year of an eligible program, who receive Federal Pell Grants and are U.S.
citizens. An eligible program in the National SMART Grant is one that
leads to a bachelor's degree in an eligible major in physical, life, or
computer sciences, engineering, technology, mathematics, or a critical-

45

need foreign language. SMART Grant recipients must maintain a 3.0
grade point average for each semester of eligibility. The SMART Grant
award is up to $4,000 each of the third and fourth academic years as
defined by the student's institution.

Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education

(TEACH) Grant Program provides grants assistance of up to $4000 per
year to full-time undergraduate and graduate students who intend to teach
in a public or private elementary or secondary school that serves students
from low-income families in a designated high-need field. In exchange for
the TEACH Grant award, the recipient agrees to serve as a full-time teach
for four academic years within in eight calendar years of completing the
program for which the TEACH Grant was received. For more information
on this program, contact the Financial Aid Office or the LaGrange College
Education Department.

Georgia LEAP Grant is a State of Georgia need-based grant awarded to
Georgia residents who qualify for Federal Pell Grant and have substantial
financial need. The annual amount is contingent upon appropriations by
Congress and the Georgia Legislature.

Georgia Tuition Equalization Grant is a State of Georgia non-need-
based grant awarded to Georgia residents attending a private college or
university as a full-time student. The annual amount is contingent upon
funding by the Georgia Legislature.

HOPE Scholarship is a State of Georgia non-need-based lottery funded
scholarship awarded to Georgia residents who graduate from an eligible
high school with a minimum of a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the
college preparatory core -curriculum subjects or a 3.2 minimum grade point
average in the career/technology core-curriculum subjects. HOPE Scholars
attending a private college or university are eligible for $1,750 per
semester as a full-time student or $875 per semester as a half-time student.

HOPE Promise Scholarship provides forgivable loans to undergraduate
students who plan to teach in Georgia upon completing their education
degree. Applicants must be of junior or senior standing with a 3.0 or better
grade point average. Georgia residency or full-time attendance is not a
requirement. HOPE Promise recipients may cancel the loan in full by
working at a Georgia public school at the preschool, elementary, middle or
secondary level one academic year for each $1 ,500 awarded through the
scholarship.

46

Law Enforcement Personnel Dependents Grants provides non-
repayable grants of up to $2,000 per year to eligible Georgia residents who
are dependent children of Georgia law enforcement officers, prison guards,
or firemen who were permanently disabled or killed in the line of duty.

LaGrange College Grants offer a variety of need-based institutional
grants made possible by the generosity of alumni, foundations, and
individuals. These grants are available to undergraduate degree seeking
students enrolled full-time. Recipients must be in good academic standing.
A list of LaGrange College grants and their eligibility requirements are
available on our website.

Loans

Federal Perkins Loan is a low interest, repayable loan awarded to
undergraduate and graduate students with exceptional financial need. The
interest rate is 5% and no interest accrues on the loan while the borrower is
enrolled half-time and during the grace period. Repayment begins nine
months after graduating or withdrawal from school. This loan program has
cancellation provisions for critical fields of study. Contact the Financial
Aid Office for more information.

Federal Stafford Loan is a low interest, repayable loan available to
undergraduate and graduate degree seeking students regardless of financial
need. Federal Stafford Loans are available from banks, credit unions,
savings and loans, and other lending institutions. The Federal Stafford
Loan Program consists of a subsidized (need-based) and unsubsidized
(non-need-based) loan programs. Subsidized loans will have interest
subsidies paid by the federal government to the lender while the student is
enrolled in school and has a fixed interest rate of 5.6% for loan disbursed
after 07/01/2008. Unsubsidized loans are available to students regardless of
financial need. Interest accrues while the borrower is in school. The
borrower has the option of paying the accruing interest or to allow the
interest to accrue and capitalize. The interest rate on an unsubsidized
Stafford is a fixed rate of 6.8%.

The annual subsidized/unsubsidized Stafford Loan limit for a dependent
undergraduate is $5,500 for first year students, $6,500 for sophomores, and
$7,500 for juniors or seniors. The annual loan limits for an independent
undergraduate is $9,500 for first year students, $10,500 for sophomores,
and $12,500 for juniors and seniors. Federal Stafford Loans are delivered
to the borrower in two separate disbursements, one at the beginning of the
enrollment and the second at the middle of the loan period.

47

Repayment of a Federal Stafford Loan begins six months after the
borrower graduates, withdraws, or ceases enrollment as at least a half-time
student. The standard repayment period for a Stafford Loan is 10 years.

Georgia Service Cancelable Stafford Loans provide forgivable Stafford
loans to Georgia residents who are pursuing degrees in areas where there is
a critical shortage of qualified professionals. The terms and conditions of a
service cancelable loan are the same as for a Federal Stafford loan except
the student may cancel the loan in full by working one year at an approved
Georgia location for each academic year funding was received. The
cancellation benefit will be principal and accrued interest. The only
approved critical field at LaGrange College is nursing. Funding in this
program is limited so awards are made on a first-come, first-serve basis.

Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) is available
to the parents of a dependent student to defray remaining educational
expenses after all other financial aid resources are exhausted. Eligible
applicants may borrow up to the cost of attendance less other financial aid.
The interest rate is a fixed rate of 8.5% for loans disbursed after July 1,
2006. Unlike the Federal Stafford Loan program, PLUS borrowers must
be credit worthy to qualify for this loan and repayment begins within 60
days of the loan disbursement. If the parent borrower is denied a PLUS,
the borrower may appeal to the lender if an extenuating circumstance exists.

Student Employment

There are part-time job opportunities available to eligible students through
the Federal Work Study Program and LaGrange College's Work Aid
Program. Jobs are available on campus and off-campus in community
service activities. Funding in these programs is limited. Students
interested in student employment must complete the FAFSA. The average
student works 10 to 15 hours per week. Student employment awards are
made on a first-come, first-serve basis until funds are depleted.

Federal Work-Study, a federally funded student employment program,
provides employment opportunities for undergraduate and graduate
students with financial need to defray educational expenses through
employment in on-campus departments or off-campus community service
activities.

LaGrange College Work Aid Program, an institutionally funded student
employment program, provides students with opportunities to earn
additional money for school through employment in on-campus
departments or off -campus community service activities. Although a non-
need-based program, first priority will go to students who demonstrate
financial need.

48

Student Financial Aid and Federal Tax
Implications

Students receiving scholarships and grants that exceed their tuition, fees,
books and supplies should be aware that these funds are taxable under
federal and state tax law. It is important that students maintain records of
their grants and scholarships and documentation of educational expenses
for reporting purposes.

Federal tax law allows for only qualified scholarships and grants to be
excluded from income. Qualified scholarships are any amount of grant and
scholarship received that is used for tuition, fees, books, supplies and
equipment required for course instruction. Scholarships and grants that
are specifically designated for educational expenses other than those
described under qualified scholarships (room, board, transportation, or
living expenses) are taxable.

For information, please read IRS Publication 970, Tax Benefits for
Education, for more details on reporting requirements or consult a tax
professional.

Suspected Fraud

Institutions are required to report cases of suspected fraud to the Office of
the Inspector General of the Department of Education, or, if more
appropriate, to the state or local law enforcement agency having
jurisdiction to investigate these allegations. Fraud may exist if the
institution believes the applicant misreported or altered information in
order to increase their financial aid eligibility or fraudulently obtained
federal funds.

49

Student Life

The Student Life staff is concerned with providing those services which
assist individuals in their personal growth. Their purpose is to provide
assistance which facilitates the development of the total person. At
LaGrange College, the emphasis is upon the intellectual, social, physical and
spiritual development of each student.

Student Life involves a wide variety of programs and activities. The broad
range of available services is an outgrowth of complex student needs:
orientation, activities, student government, organizations, health services,
wellness programs, parking, food service, discipline, leadership
development, personal counseling, career development and placement,
fraternities and sororities, and all residence programming. The Student Life
staff is committed to creating a positive climate within which personal
growth and development occur.

Student Conduct / Social Code

LaGrange College, as a church-related college, is committed to an
honorable standard of conduct. As an educational institution the College is
concerned not only with the formal in-class education of its students, but
also with their welfare and their growth into mature men and women who
conduct themselves responsibly as citizens.

Like the Honor Code, the Social Code is the responsibility of every
student, faculty member, and staff member at LaGrange College. The
Social Code attempts to instill in every member of the student body a sense
of moral and community responsibility. As such, LaGrange College
expects its students to adhere to community standards. Likewise, if some
fail to live up to these codes of conduct, the College expects students to
report violations of the Social Code to the Social Council. In this way,
students assume the obligation of upholding the integrity of their
community and of ethically preparing themselves for the world beyond
college.

The College has established guidelines and policies to assure the well-
being of the community. In general, the College's jurisdiction is limited to
events that occur on College property; however, the College and the Social
Council reserve the right to hear cases that concern students' behavior
when they are off-campus in the name of the College (e.g., with a Jan Term
travel course, an academic fieldtrip, or a campus organization social),
especially when such situations could be regarded as an adverse reflection
on the College's mission.

50

(For a complete description of the Social Code, its policies and processes,
please see the Student Handbook.)

The College reserves the right to dismiss at any time a student who, in its
judgment, is undesirable and whose continuation in the school is
detrimental to himself or his fellow student.

Furthermore, students are subject to federal, state and local laws as well as
College rules and regulations. A student is not entitled to greater
immunities before the law than those enjoyed by other citizens generally.
Students are subject to such disciplinary action as the administration of the
College may consider appropriate, including possible suspension and
expulsion for breach of federal, state or local laws, or College regulations.
This principle extends to conduct off campus which is likely to have
adverse effect on the College or on the educational process or which
stamps the offender as an unfit associate for the other students. A complete
description of student conduct policies, rules and regulations can be found
in the Student Handbook, which is published in the Panther Planner each
year. Copies of the Handbook are available in the Student Development
Office.

Statement of Policy on Harassment

All members of the college community have the right to be free from
discrimination in the form of harassment. Harassment may take two forms:
(1) creating a hostile environment, and (2) quid pro quo .

A hostile, demeaning, or intimidating environment created by harassment
interferes with an individual's full and free participation in the life of the
College.

Quid pro quo occurs when a position of authority is used to threaten to
impose a penalty or to withhold a benefit in return for sexual favors,
whether or not the attempt is successful. Sexual harassment may involve
behavior by a person of either gender against a person of the same or
opposite gender. It should be noted that the potential of sexual
harassment exists in any of the following relationships: student/student,
faculty/student, student/faculty, and faculty/faculty. Here and subsequently
"faculty" refers to faculty, staff, and administration. Because of the
inherent differential in power between faculty and students, sexual
relationships between faculty and students are prohibited.

Sexual harassment may result from many kinds of behavior. These
behaviors may range from the most egregious forms, such as sexual
assault, to more subtle forms. Explicit behaviors include but are not
limited to requests for sexual favors, physical assaults of a sexual nature,
sexually offensive remarks, and rubbing, touching or brushing against

51

another's body. More subtle behaviors may be experienced as intimidating
or offensive, particularly when they recur or one person has authority over
another. Such behaviors may include but are not limited to unwelcome
hugs or touching, inappropriate staring, veiled suggestions of sexual
activity, requests for meetings in non-academic settings, and risque jokes,
stories, or images.

Accusations of harassment which are made without good cause shall not be
condoned. Such accusations are indeed grievous and can have damaging and
far-reaching effects upon the careers and lives of individuals.

Any member of the college community having a complaint of harassment
may raise the matter informally and/or file a formal complaint. The
informal process is an attempt to mediate between the parties in order to
effect a mutually agreeable solution without entering into the formal
hearing process.

A. Informal Procedures

The following informal procedures may be followed:

Clearly say "no" to the person whose behavior is unwelcome.

Communicate either orally or in writing with the person whose
behavior is unwelcome. The most effective communication will
have three elements:

a factual description of the incident(s) including the time,
place, date, and specific behavior,

a description of the complainant's feelings, including any
consequences of the incident,

a request that the conduct cease.

Speak with a department chair, dean, director, counselor, or
chaplain who may speak to the person whose behavior is
unwelcome. The name of the complainant need not be disclosed.
The purpose of such conversation is the cessation of the
unwelcome behavior.

In the case of harassment of a student, it may be appropriate first
to seek the advice of his or her advisor.

52

B. Formal Procedures

To initiate a formal grievance procedure the complainant shall submit
a written statement to the President of the College. The President, after
such consultation as is deemed appropriate, will appoint a three-member
Review Committee from among the membership of the Institutional
Planning Council, the Academic Council, or other College committees as
the President deems appropriate. Members of the Review Committee
will then meet to discuss the complaint. Unless the Committee
concludes that the complaint is without merit, the parties to the dispute
will be invited to appear before the Committee and to confront any
adverse witnesses. The Committee may conduct its own inquiry, call

witnesses, and gather whatever information it deems necessary to assist
in reaching a determination as to the merits of the accusation. Once a
determination has been reached, the Committee shall report its findings
to the President of the College.

Possible outcomes of the investigation are (1) that the allegation is not
warranted and cannot be substantiated, (2) a negotiated settlement of the
complaint, or (3) that the allegation is substantiated requiring a
recommendation to the President that disciplinary action be taken.

C. Faculty

In the case of a faculty member subject to the provisions of the Parts A
or B of the 1977 tenure settlement, the Tenure Committee will be
involved. Discipline or dismissal of a faculty member will follow the
procedure outlined in the LaGrange College Tenure Regulations.

For those faculty members subject to the provisions of the 1999 tenure
policy, the Promotion and Tenure Committee will be involved according
to the procedures defined in the 1999 tenure policy.

D. Appeals

Faculty, staff, administration, and students can appeal a final decision
regarding a complaint to the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees.

E. Special Circumstances

If the President of the College is the accused, the case is referred to the
Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees.

If the chairperson of the Review Committee is the accused, the complaint
shall be submitted to the President of the College. If any member of the
Review Committee is the accused or for reason of prejudice must be
recused, the President of the College shall appoint another member.

53

F. Confidentiality

The right to confidentiality of all members of the college community
will be respected in both formal and informal procedures insofar as
possible.

LaGrange College is committed to preventing harassment. To that end,
this policy and these procedures will be printed in appropriate College
publications. In addition, educational programs will be conducted
annually by the College to (1) inform students, faculty, staff, and
administration about identifying harassment and the problems it causes;
(2) advise members of the college community about their rights and
responsibilities under this policy; (3) train personnel in the
administration of this policy. The Harassment Policy and Procedures
will be issued to all incoming students and personnel.

Aims of Student Development Services

To facilitate the transition from high school to college.

To develop and sustain through student-involvement activities,
organizations and services a campus life encouraging the cultural,
intellectual, social, physical and religious development of all
students.

To assist students in discovering life goals and exploring career
opportunities.

To create an environment which stimulates qualities of self-
discipline and personal responsibility.

To provide a suitable context whereby the student can explore new
ideas, skills and lifestyles, thus gaining the insight and experience
necessary to make intelligent choices.

To provide opportunity for the student to develop the understanding
and skills required for responsible participation in a democratic
community through involvement in self-government.

To serve a supervisory role in campus disciplinary concerns; to
develop, with campus community involvement, and to distribute the
necessary rules and regulations for a harmonious and productive
college community.

To mediate, where necessary, conflicts between individuals and
campus community standards.

To provide a comfortable, clean, safe environment that enhances the
personal growth as well as the academic pursuits of resident
students.

To collect retention data and to suggest/plan programs and
strategies to increase retention based on data collected.

54

Residence Programs
Resident Classification

All traditional day students taking twelve or more hours are required to
live in college housing, so long as appropriate campus housing is
available. The Dean of Students may exempt a student for one of the
following reasons:

The student is 23 years of age or older.

The student is married and living with spouse.

The student is responsible for a dependent child.

The student resides exclusively with parents or legal guardians
in the parent's primary residence within a thirty-mile radius of
the College.

The student is a veteran with at least two years of active
military service.

Students are assigned rooms of their choice in so far as facilities
permit. Generally, first year students are assigned to double rooms
in Boatwright (men), Pitts, or Hawkes Hall (women). Roommates are
assigned by mutual preference whenever possible. The College
reserves the right of approval of all room and residence hall
assignments. Also, the College reserves the right to move a student
from one room or residence hall to another room or residence hall
during the year. Resident students are required to subscribe to the
board plan.

Room Deposit

A room and tuition deposit of $200 is required of all resident students.
The room deposit ($100) is not a prepayment to be applied to residence
hall charges but will remain on deposit with the College to be refunded,
provided the student's account with the College is cleared, upon one of
the following: (1) change of status from resident student to commuter
student, (2) formal withdrawal, or (3) graduation. The room
reservation/damage deposit serves as a room reservation while the
student is not occupying college housing and is refundable if a student
cancels his/her reservation by the following dates: May 1 for fall
semester, December 1 for spring semester. It serves as a damage deposit
while the student is occupying college housing and is refundable when
the student leaves the College housing minus any unpaid assessments
and/or any debt owed to the College. Complete residence information
and regulations can be found in the Student Handbook.

55

Residence Hall Activities

Residence Advisors also function as a governing body and coordinating
committee. They plan activities within the residence halls such as
cookouts, movie nights, decorating contests and other special events.

Office of Student Activities and Service

The Office of Student Activities and Service works closely with the
students, faculty, and staff of LaGrange College to bridge the curricular
and co-curricular experiences of students at LaGrange College. Located
in the Mabry Gibson Student Center, the Director of Student Activities
and Service strives to provide a diverse array of social, multicultural,
political, service, and leadership activities for the campus community.

The Director of Student Activities and Service is responsible for
advising the Student Government Association (SGA) and the Presidents'
Council as well as overseeing the activities and operations of all
Lagrange College student organizations. With over 35 active student
organizations at LaGrange College there is a club or organization for
every student. If students do not feel as though there is something
available of interest to them there is always the option of creating and
beginning a new organization on campus. Student Organizations are
divided into six categories: Athletic, Greek, Honorary, Interest/
Independent, Religious Life, and Service. Please see the Office of
Student Activities and Service for a complete listing of student
organizations.

Community Service is another large component of the Office of Student
Activities and Service. The Director of Student Activities and Service
works closely with the SGA's Service Council and the Servant
Leadership Program to provide LaGrange College students with a
variety of service projects throughout the academic year. The traditional
service activities offered at LaGrange College include, but are not
limited to the following: the First Week Service Project, Service
Saturday, the Annual West Point Lake Clean-up, the American Heart
Association's Heart Walk, Panther Toy Store, the Brian Center Beauty
Pageant, The Boys' and Girls' Club Annual Easter Egg Hunt, Blood
Drives, and the American Cancer Society's Relay for Life. In addition to
these activities, other service activities occur which are often associated
with one or more of the following local agencies and organizations:

56

American Cancer Society Girl Scouts

American Heart Association Habitat for Humanity

American Red Cross Hospice of LaGrange

Humane Society

Big Brothers Big Sisters of Interfaith Food Closet

Troup County

Boys' and Girls' Club Parks and Recreation Department
Boy Scouts of Troup County

Burwell Program Salvation Army

Special Olympics

CASA-Court Appointed Troup County Schools

Special Advocacy Group Twin Cedars Youth Services

Communities in Schools United Way

D.A.S.H.-Dependable West Point lake

Affordable, Sustainable West Georgia Medical Center
Housing

The Lagrange College Game Room, located in the basement of the
Mabry Gibson Student Center, is also supervised by the Office of
Student Activities and Service. The Game Room is open 7 days a week
from 1 lam until 1 1pm and provides students with the opportunity to
hang out and play pool, ping pong, cards, board games, watch television,
and listen to music.

Student Government and Other
Organizations

The Student Government Association exists to serve as a medium for
student expressions, to coordinate campus activities, to promote good
citizenship and to govern within the parameters granted by the President
of the College. The SGA is an important part of student life. Upon
acceptance into the College, a student automatically becomes a member
of the association. All students are encouraged to become active
members, so that the association is a truly representative body of student
thought and opinion, voicing the needs and concerns of the student
body.

The SGA, as a voice of the student body, promotes diversity and
involvement through activities, entertainment, and service at LaGrange
College and in the surrounding community.

57

Traditional Activities

Fair on the Quad Activities fair where students can become familiar
with LC student organizations and how to become
more involved.

Homecoming Fall weekend featuring a concert, a

parade, various alumni activities, and
culminating with crowning of Queen.

Week of activities centering around campus Greek life

Lip Sync

Greek Week

Vegas on the Hill

Quadrangle Dance Spring Formal scheduled around
Valentine's Day

Larger concert scheduled in April

Step sing

Spring Concert
May Day

There are numerous activities planned by the SGA and the Programming
Board. The Student Handbook is published by the Student Development
Office and contains guidelines and regulations for successful campus
life. It appears in each year's Panther Planner.

All clubs and organizations are sanctioned by LaGrange College. These
include:

Social Sororities

Alpha Omicron Pi

Delta Sigma Theta
Kappa Delta
PhiMu

Panhellenic Council *

* Sorority Governing Body

Social Fraternities

Alpha Delta Gamma

Delta Tau Delta
Pi Kappa Phi

Interfraternal Council *

* Fraternity Governing Body

Student Publications

Citations (research journal)
The Hilltop News (newspaper)
The Scroll (literary magazine)

The Quadrangle (yearbook)

58

Service Clubs Religious Life Organizations

Circle K Baptist Student Union

FRISBEE Fellowship of Christian Athletes

LC Buddies Gospel Choir

LC Bus Project Interfaith Council

Panther Toy Store Reformed Bible Fellowship

Service Council (SGA) Young Life

Wesley Fellowship
Various Bible study groups

Departmental/Special Interest Organizations

Art Student League

Hilltoppers (Admissions - Campus Ambassadors)

International Group

Intramurals

LC Dance Team

LC Student Nurses Association

Phi Eta Omega (Pre-Health Professionals)

Presidents' Council (SGA)

Student Athlete Advisory Council

Student National Association of Teachers of Singing

Society for Human Resource Management

Honor Societies

Alpha Psi Omega (Drama)

Alpha Sigma Lambda (Adult)

Delta Mu Delta (Business)

Honor Council

Kappa Delta Pi (Education)

Omicron Delta Kappa (Leadership)

Nursing Honor Society

Phi Alpha Theta (History)

Pi Gamma Mu (Social Science)

Pi Sigma Alpha (Political Science)

Psi Chi (Psychology)

Sigma Tau Delta (English)

Theta Alpha Kappa (Religious Studies)

59

Athletic Program

LaGrange College is a member of the NCAA Division III and the Great
South Athletic Conference. College colors are red and black.
Intercollegiate teams compete in women's soccer, basketball, cross
country, volleyball, softball, swimming, Lacrosse, and tennis, and men's
baseball, football, basketball, cross country, golf, soccer, swimming and
tennis. It is the philosophy of LaGrange College that the team
participants are attending college primarily for a quality education, and
no athletic scholarships are offered. The coaching staff is a group of
highly qualified teachers who stress the educational aims of the College.

LaGrange College is committed to a full program of non-scholarship
athletics that encourages the student-athlete to reap the benefits of
educationally sound activity that encourages and promotes a strong
academic regime. Students are given the opportunity to participate fully
in their given sport and to compete with other teams locally, statewide,
and regionally.

Philosophy Statement for Intercollegiate
Athletics

Intercollegiate athletics at LaGrange College provide students with an
integral complement to their total educational experience. Recognizing
the importance of athletics to the individual student while seeking to
strike an appropriate balance between the life of the mind and
participation in co-curricular offerings, the College is committed to
providing a program of intercollegiate athletics that is student-centered
for both participants and spectators. The College believes that the
primary function of intercollegiate athletics at a small church-related,
liberal arts college is one of a high quality co-curricular complement to
its overall mission. As such, academics have priority over athletic or
other co-curricular pursuits.

LaGrange College seeks to recruit and retain student athletes who
understand the balance of priorities between academics and co-curricular
programs, whether the latter are athletics, the performing arts, or other
student activities. The College employs coaches who understand that
balance of priorities, and its coaches seek to recruit students who will be
successful student-athletes. Because the College awards no financial aid
based upon athletic ability, the aim of student-athlete recruitment by
coaches is not solely for athletic success but rather for student
contribution to the College's enrollment goals, although by no means do
those have to be mutually exclusive.

60

The College embraces a commitment to instill and develop the values of
superlative ethical conduct and fair play among its athletes, coaches,
spectators, and other constituents. Further, LaGrange College recognizes
that student-athletes are role models to their peers as well as
representatives of the College, and the College actively encourages
student-athletes to conduct themselves in a manner which befits
those roles.

LaGrange College is committed to gender equity and values cultural
diversity. The College will invest sufficient resources to ensure that
medical and athletic training services are available to all athletes at
appropriate times. It shall strive to ensure that all individuals and all
teams are treated with the same level of fairness, resources, and respect
so that all athletes are afforded an equal opportunity to develop their
potential as a student-athlete.

Intramural sports

Intramurals provide opportunities for wholesome recreation and
competition among members of the campus community. Teams
representing campus organizations and independents compete in
organized tournaments and events throughout the year. Competitive
events include flag football, volleyball, basketball, Softball, dodgeball,
and Ultimate Frisbee. Special awards are presented to the men and
women's groups with the highest participation rates and best records of
the entire year. In addition, male and female "Athletes of the Year" are
selected.

Many opportunities are available for recreational use of the facilities in
the LaGrange College Aquatics Complex: recreational swimming and
lap swimming all year round in the indoor pool; the aquarius water
work-out stations, water aerobics or aqua exercise or aqua exercise class
(non-credit).

The facilities and equipment of the Physical Education Department also
are available for student recreational use when these are not scheduled
for instructional, athletic, or intramural sports use. The use of outdoor
equipment (backpacks, tents, stoves, lanterns) requires the payment of a
small deposit which is refunded upon the safe return of the equipment.
The fitness center, gymnasium, and pools are available for
student/faculty/staff use during posted hours. A valid LaGrange College
ID is necessary for admittance to all facilities.

61

Religious Life

College is a point of transition. Regardless of the student's age or
reason for being on campus, college is a turning point. It is a time of
exciting intellectual and social growth. During their collegiate
experiences, students will wrestle with new ideas, discover new
interests, and explore relationships and issues of identity. The struggle
to define identity and personal values are opportunities for spiritual
growth and faith relationships. Therefore, Religious Life programs at
LaGrange College offer students a chance to examine their faith and
determine how it relates to their educational experiences, to assess what
is important, and to forge a system of values that will sustain them
through their adult years.

Growing out of its history of service and its affiliation with The United
Methodist Church, LaGrange College is committed to creating a caring
and ethical community that challenges student's minds and inspires their
souls. As a result, the College offers a number of opportunities for
students, faculty and staff members to celebrate life and explore God's
intention for human living.

Office of the Chaplain

The most common problems experienced by college students focus on
figuring out an identity, forming and maintaining relationships, and the
difficulties of making the transition from adolescence to young
adulthood. Students need a friend, and someone who will have the time
to listen to them. To help students during their faith struggles when
their spiritual outlooks and understandings of God are challenged, the
College employs a full-time chaplain. The responsibility of the Chaplain
is to care for the spiritual needs of the college.

The word "chaplain" describes the ministry style of an ordained minister
who devotes the majority of their time and effort to developing and
maintaining a relational environment for a small congregation.
LaGrange' s Chaplain is an ordained United Methodist minister who is
available to persons of all faiths to help them sort out and make sense
out of life crises. The Chaplain provides support and counseling for
students, faculty and staff members in times of crisis or transition.
Through worship programs, group activities, and community service, the
Chaplain invites students, faculty and staff members to explore their
faith.

62

The Chaplain serves as spiritual advisor to students, faculty, and
administration. The chaplain is responsible for providing and
supervising all aspects of religious life on campus, which include:
community worship and prayer; advising and coordinating the activities
of student religious groups.

In all the Chaplain does, the goal is to help people get a clearer
understanding of what they believe and how they relate their faith to
everyday life. Because of this, much of the Chaplain's work is done in
talking and listening with people for questions on matters of faith, life,
family, God, spirituality, and personal crises. The Chaplain offers
liturgical/sacramental services such as communion and an Ash
Wednesday service, and is available to assists faculty and students cope
with stress and to discern God's call for their lives, which includes
questions of purpose, values, ethics, and questions about life.

Programs, Exhibitions and Forum Lectures

A balanced and comprehensive program of lectures, music
performances, dramatic presentations, workshops and other activities
contribute to student enrichment. Tuesdays and Thursdays from 1 1:15
a.m. until 12:20 p.m. are reserved for programs, exhibitions, and forum
lectures.

Moshell Learning Center

Located in the 24-Hour Study Area on the main (2 nd ) floor of the Frank
& Laura Lewis Library, this facility includes a Writing Center and a
Tutoring Center to serve students currently enrolled at LaGrange
College. Our staff consists of undergraduate work-study employees who
have been nominated for this program by professors in their respective
disciplines. Dr. Laine Scott supervises and trains these peer tutors to
conduct one-on-one or group tutoring sessions. Although the subjects
tutored may vary from semester to semester, the Moshell Learning
Center typically provides at least one peer tutor in each of the following
areas:

Biology (including Anatomy)

Political Science

Chemistry

Psychology

Computer Science & Applications

Religion

French

Spanish

Math & Problem Solving (multiple tutors)

Statistics

Physics

Writing (multiple tutors)

63

During the Fall and Spring semesters, these tutors are available Sunday
through Thursday evenings, from 6:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. and, in
some cases, by appointment as well.

Student Health Services

All students must have proof of medical insurance. For those not having
coverage through individual or group plans, LaGrange College makes
available accident and sickness coverage through a private carrier at
reasonable rates. Application forms are available at registration or
through the Business Office. In order to register for classes, students
must have a medical history form on file with the Student Development Office.

For a description of health services available to LaGrange College
students, refer to the Student Handbook.

Career Development Center

The LaGrange College Career Development Center provides services to
students, alumni, faculty, and staff.

Students begin their career journeys in the first year of school by coming
to the Center to meet with the Career Development Staff. From the first
to the final day of school, students are encouraged to use the Center's
resources to identify and prioritize values, interests, passions, and skills,
and to recognize the impact each of these has on personal and career
decisions.

The Center assists students in locating part- and full-time employment
while in school, internships, scholarships, fellowships, graduate
assistantships, summer jobs, and full-time jobs following graduation.
Additional resources and training provide students with job-search
skills, including resume preparation, interview skills, as well as
assistance with graduate school applications, test preparation, and online
resources.

The LaGrange College Career Development Center is a member of the
Georgia Consortium of Colleges, the Georgia Association of Colleges
and Employers and the National Association of Colleges and
Employers. Through these organizations, students receive valuable
information and can attend career fairs twice each year with over 1 00
employers in a wide variety of fields.

The Internship program at LaGrange College utilizes employers from
different areas of study. These internships will aide students in
obtaining valuable experience as a prelude to future employment.

64

Students are eligible their Sophomore year to apply and must have
permission from their academic department.

To apply for an internship:

Fill out an "Internship Application" and obtain signature from the

major department chair for approval for Major Credit
Resume that has been approved and proofed by the Career

Development Center (books, packets, and staff are available for

assistance) jobs@lagrange.edu
Signed "Release of Liability for Interns" and the "Internship

Polices" (included in the Internship Application)
Packet must be turned back into the Career Center and student must

meet with the Director of the Career Development Center

Personal and Academic Counseling

An important part of the philosophy of LaGrange College is that each
student should have access to personal and academic counseling
throughout his or her academic career. The Counseling office, located on
the first floor in Smith Hall offers a variety of counseling services to
assist students in reaching their academic and personal goals.
The Counseling office does this by providing short-term personal
counseling in the following areas:

Conflict resolution
Adjustment to college life
Relationships Issues
Stress Reduction
Depression
Eating disorders
Alcohol or substance abuse
Healthy lifestyle choices
Gender identity issues

The counseling office also provides study skills workshops and offers
one-on-one academic coaching. In addition, the counseling office works
to ensure that educational programs are accessible to all qualified
students in accordance with the provisions of Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and expanded by Title III of the Americans
with Disabilities Act of 1990. Reasonable and appropriate
accommodations, academic adjustments, and/or auxiliary aids are
determined on a case-by-case basis for otherwise qualified students who

65

have a demonstrated need for these services. Pamela Tremblay is the
Section 504 coordinator and she can be contacted at 706-880-8313 or by
email at ptremblay@lagrange.edu. She will receive proper documentation
for learning and attention disorders, psychiatric disorders, chronic health
impairments, physical disabilities, and any other physical or mental
condition that substantially limits a major life activity prior to the academic
term when accommodations are desired.

The Counseling office strives to help students make the most of themselves
as developing individuals along with creating successful relationships with
others. Additionally, it is important that students find balance in their daily
life which can be accomplished by practicing healthy lifestyle choices.
Some of these goals can be challenging to attain. It is during these times
that the Counseling office can be extremely useful. Students can call the
Counseling office (880-8177) and set up weekly appointments to resolve
personal and academic issues when time slots are available. All
discussions are confidential in keeping with professional standards.

International Student Advising

International Student Advising Staff:

Diana Celorio Goldwire, International Advisor and DSO
(Handles CPT's and OPT's)

Katie Porter, Assistant International Advisor

Cindy Saines, PDSO (Handles I-20s)

The International Student Advising Staff is here to assist international
students during their stay at LaGrange College. We assist with integration
into America and college life as well as assist with international
paperwork. (SEVIS, I-20s, etc.) Katie Porter oversees the
International/Rotaract Group which offers a network of International and
American Students. This group conducts service to the community as well
as coordinates annual trips to Atlanta and around LaGrange. Every year in
March the International/Rotaract Group dedicates a week to teaching
campus faculty, staff, and students about the countries represented at
LaGrange College.

66

Vehicle Registration

To insure efficient control of traffic and parking on campus and the safety
of all persons and vehicles, every vehicle must be registered and must have
a parking permit. These permits are issued to students, along with a copy of
existing parking regulations. A parking fee is included in tuition. Failure
to adhere to published policies may result in vehicles being ticketed and/or
towed.

Student Appeal of Decisions

Recognizing that decisions must be made and that some students may feel
aggrieved by some decisions, LaGrange College provides the following
procedures:

A student must first attempt to resolve an issue with the college staff
member first rendering a decision. If this does not resolve the issue, a
decision rendered by a college staff member may be appealed by a student
as follows:

I. Student Life

A disciplinary decision rendered by the Social Council may be
appealed according to the Social Code appellate procedure. The
Social Code may be found in full in the Panther Planner and
Student Handbook.

Disciplinary decisions rendered originally by the Dean of Students
may be appealed in writing to the Vice President and Dean for
Student Life and Retention who shall seek, in an informal
conference, to settle the grievance to the satisfaction of the two
parties involved. If no resolution can be found, the Vice President
will deliver the appeal to the Student Affairs Committee of the
faculty for its determination.

Other grievances in the area of student life may be appealed to the
Dean of Students. If the grievance involves an original decision
rendered by the Dean of Students, the decision may be appealed as
above.

II. Financial Aid. See the Financial Aid Section.

III. Academic Matters. See the Academic Policy Section.

67

Academic Policies

Honor Code

As a member of the student body of LaGrange College, I confirm my
commitment to the ideals of civility, diversity, service, and excellence.
Recognizing the significance of personal integrity in establishing these
ideals within our community, 1 pledge that I will not lie, cheat, steal, nor
tolerate these unethical behaviors in others.

The Honor Code is the responsibility of every student, faculty member,
and staff member at LaGrange College. All members of the College
community are needed to support the enforcement of the Code which
prohibits lying, cheating, or stealing when those actions involve
academic processes.

Student Responsibilities

To be honest and truthful in all academic matters, abiding by the
letter and spirit of the Honor Code;

To consult with the appropriate persons to clarify issues regarding
plagiarism, the correct attribution of sources, the acceptable limits of
proofreading or editing by others, and the allowable materials for
examinations, reports, or any academic work;

To sign a pledge that no unauthorized aid has been given or received
on any academic work;

To report any incident to the president of the Honor Council that is
believed to be a violation of the Honor Code;

To cooperate when called upon by the Council to testify in a hearing.

Student Rights

To be presumed innocent;

To a fair, impartial, and timely hearing;

To face and question any witnesses at a hearing;

To testify and present material on one's own behalf;

To a separate hearing upon request;

To subsequent appeal;

To be accompanied by a silent observer in a hearing. The Council
president must be made aware of this person's name and relationship
to the student twenty-four hours before the hearing. The observer's
role is one of support, and this person will not be allowed to speak.

68

Examples of Offenses

Academic cheating - including but not limited to the unauthorized
use of books or notes, copying, or collaboration on examinations or
any graded coursework;

Plagiarism - the misuse of another person's words or ideas,
presenting them as one's own, regardless of intent;

Lying or presenting false information related to any academic
matter;

Forgery or misuse of official College documents;

Theft of college property related to academic work;

Aiding another in any of the above;

Failure to report a violation of the Honor Code;

Failure to appear before the Honor Council as requested;

Failure to maintain confidentiality regarding a case;

Any dishonest conduct related to Cultural Enrichment requirements,
including but not limited to, taking credit for attendance when one
has not attended, either in whole or in part, any event; aiding
another in attempting to take credit for attending an event one has
not attended.

Sanctions

One of the following sanctions is imposed when it is determined that
there has been a violation of the Honor Code. All students will also
complete a program of remediation outlined below.

The final grade in the course lowered one letter grade;

A zero on the related assignment;

An F in the course;

Suspension from the College for one term, excluding summer, and
an F in the course in a grade-related offense;

Dismissal from the College, and an F in the course in a grade-
related offense;

In a case related to Cultural Enrichment credit, the addition of five
credits required for graduation. This does not disqualify the possible
sanction of suspension or expulsion.

Remediation

All students found to have violated the Honor Code must complete a
Remediation Program before being allowed to enroll in classes for the
following semester. In course-related violations, they would also receive
a sanction from the Honor Council. In certain non-course-related cases,
the remediation program itself may be the sanction set by the Honor
Council.

69

1 . A contract will be signed by the student which requires a Remediation

Program to be completed within a month of the date of the initiation
of the contract. If the sanction is imposed late in a semester, the
president of the Honor Council will determine a reasonable time for
its completion at the beginning of the next semester. If the student
does not complete the program as agreed, he or she will not be able
to register for the following semester, not including summer,
effectively accepting a suspension for a semester. It will be the
student's responsibility to make and keep all appointments named in
the contract and complete the program within the specified period.

2. The student must make and keep appointments to meet with the

following groups or members of the college community in person:
the Academic Council or a member of members of the Council
designated by the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean; a
member of the Honor Council designated by the president of the
Honor Council; in a grade-related offense, the member or members
of the faculty involved; the President of the College. In each of these
discussions the student should be prepared to explain his or her
violation, discuss its impact both personally and on the college
community, and hear what others' thoughts and concerns may be
about the violation. A minimum of thirty minutes is suggested for
each meeting.

3. The student must conclude by writing a five- to ten-page typed paper

reflecting on the experience of the violation and what he or she may
have learned in the process of the meetings. These papers, rendered
anonymous, will be made available for the Honor Council to use at
its discretion in its efforts to educate the student body regarding
academic integrity. When the paper has been submitted and read by
the Honor Council, the final step in satisfying the Remediation
Program will be a meeting with the Honor Council. This is an
opportunity for members of the Council to ask questions of the
student about the process and outcome.

A complete description of honor code policies, rules, and regulations
can be found in the Student Handbook, which is published in the
Panther Planner each year. Copies of the Handbook are available in the
Student Development Office.

70

Orientation

All first year students are introduced to LaGrange College through an
orientation program called First Week Experience that takes place the week
before classes begin. The program is composed of a student life component
along with an academic component. The student life aspect is designed to
acquaint first year students with various phases of the life of the College
including traditions, procedures, and regulations. Students benefit from a
proper introduction to the opportunities and responsibilities of college life.

The academic component of the program requires first year students to
attend academic symposia where faculty present their research interests,
academic opportunities, and standards for excellence. In addition to the
symposia, the first year student is also required to attend Cornerstone
classes to discuss the symposia and the assigned summer reading as well as
a two hour Honor Code Presentation and Signing Ceremony.

Following the First Week Experience, students will enroll in Cornerstone,
a course designed with the main goal of introducing entering first year
students to what LaGrange College values in an interdisciplinary liberal
arts education. The course balances the instructor's selected academic
theme with a common set of assignments and academic skill sets.
Together, these components strive to enhance the creative, critical, and
communicative abilities of students while engaging ethical living through
servant leadership and sustainability.

Registration and Advising

All students should register on the dates specified. All registration
procedures for all terms are under the direction of the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean. Students have not completed registration until
they have cleared the Registrar, Office of Student Life, and the Business
Office. Students enrolled for twelve or more hours must obtain a campus
post office box. Communications to the student will be through campus
email or campus mail.

Each student is assigned to a faculty advisor who assists the student in
planning an academic program. However, the ultimate responsibility for
meeting all requirements rests with the individual student.

Students who enter LaGrange College and have earned less than 30
semester hours will be assigned a Cornerstone advisor as their primary
advisor and an area of interest advisor as their secondary advisor. The area
of interest is determined from the student's application for admission. The
Cornerstone advisor will act as the student's first contact person. The area
of interest advisor will act as a consultant in matters pertaining to major
requirements.

71

Since students may declare their major at any time, the Cornerstone advisor
will still remain as the primary advisor and the major advisor will continue
in the secondary advisor role for the entire first academic term and during
the final registration period for the second term. After the drop/add period
of the first spring academic term and before pre-regi strati on for the next
summer and fall semesters, the Cornerstone advisor will become the
secondary advisor. The area of interest/major advisor will assume the
primary advisor role and become the first contact person for the student for
advising and class scheduling. The Cornerstone advisor is released from
all advising responsibilities for the student and becomes the secondary
contact person when needed.

Students with no area of interest or major will remain assigned to their
Cornerstone advisor as their primary advisor temporarily. At the end of the
drop/add period for fall semester registration and before pre-registration for
the following spring semester, undeclared students will be re-assigned to
one of their fall semester instructors as their primary advisor and the
Cornerstone advisor will become the secondary advisor at that time.

A major may be formally declared any time by contacting the Registrar's
Office. The student must declare his/her major in writing to the
Department by the time the student has earned 51 semester hours of
credit. A student's major program requirements are those described in the
College Bulletin at the time of declaration of the major.

Withdrawal

To withdraw from an individual course, a student must confer in the office
of the Registrar. Failure to withdraw officially through this office may
result in the assignment of a "WF." A student who wishes to withdraw
completely from the college must confer with the Director of Counseling.

Medical Withdrawal

Medical withdrawal is defined as complete withdrawal without academic
penalty for reasons of health. Except in circumstances of emergency, a
physician licensed health care provider, or a qualified counselor must
provide a written recommendation for medical withdrawal to the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean. This written recommendation
must be on file prior to approval for withdrawal. Anytime medical
withdrawal is initiated, the student's instructors, the Office of Financial
Aid, and the Business Office will be notified by the Registrar. The re-entry
of the student following medical withdrawal for medical reasons requires a
clearance from the attending physician, licensed health care provider, or a

72

qualified counselor with an evaluation of the student's potential to resume
study successfully at LaGrange College. The Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean will review this evaluation and make the decision
concerning the student's re-entry.

Class Attendance Regulations

A student is expected to attend all classes, including labs, for all courses for
which he/she is registered. The student is solely responsible for accounting
to the instructor for any absence. An instructor may recommend that the
Registrar drop from class, with a grade of "W" or "WF", any student whose
absences are interfering with satisfactory performance in the course.

Course Repetition

At times, a student may wish to repeat a course in which a grade has
already been earned. This is likely to be because a student:

Earned a grade of "F' in a course;

Earned a grade of "D" in a course, which is often considered
unsatisfactory;

Earned a grade of "C-" or better in a course.

Students who have failed a course at LaGrange College are not allowed to
take the course elsewhere. Thus, all courses in which a grade of "F' is
earned at LaGrange College must be repeated at LaGrange College.

Student who have earned a grade of "D" in a course, which may be
considered unsatisfactory as defined by a student's major requirement,
must have the approval of the department chair in the student's major in
order to take the course elsewhere.

A student is prohibited from repeating a course in which he has made a
"C-" or better (while enrolled at LaGrange College or any institution)
without the approval of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean,
and the Academic Council. Should a student wish to repeat a course in
which a grade of "C-" or above was awarded, the student may petition to
repeat the course.

A student may not remove from the transcript any grade earned at
LaGrange College or elsewhere, even if the course is repeated.

73

Acceleration

Students desiring to accelerate their college program may complete
requirements in less than four academic years. This may be
accomplished by attending summer schools and/or taking an academic
overload. Permission to take an overload in any semester is granted
only to those students who have earned at least a cumulative average of
"B" (3.0), except that a student may take an overload during one
semester of his or her senior year without respect to grade-point average.

Students entering LaGrange College may earn a waiver of certain
requirements or college credit as a result of their participation in the
College Board's Advanced Placement (AP) Program, the College-Level
Examination Program (CLEP), or the International Baccalaureate (IB)
Program. Advanced Placement credit is accepted for those students who
present evidence from their high schools that Advanced Placement
courses have been completed and appropriate scores earned on the
advanced placement test. A CLEP exam grade of "C" or better is
needed to receive credit. IB credit is awarded for scores of 5, 6, or 7 on
the Higher Level examinations, with the exception of English as a
Second Language. No credit is awarded solely for earning an IB
Diploma, for IB Standard Level exams, or for scores below 5 on any
Higher Level examination.

For current students wishing to gain credit through CLEP for an
elective, they must receive prior approval from their academic advisor
and the Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs; for a major course, prior
approval is required from the department chair, academic advisor and
the Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs. A CLEP exam grade of "C"
or better is needed to receive credit; only 6 CLEP credit hours will be
accepted for courses below the 3000-level. CLEP credit is not accepted
for failed courses, for CORE classes, or for ENGL 1101 and ENGL
1 102. CLEP credits do not count towards residency requirements and
are not included in the cumulative GPA.

Transient Work

1 . Students who have failed a course at LaGrange College may not
take the course elsewhere.

2. Student who have earned a grade of "D" in a course, which may
be considered unsatisfactory as defined by a student's major
requirement, must have the approval of the department chair in
the student's major in order to take the course elsewhere.

74

3. Students may not take ENGL 1101 and 1 102 as transient students
elsewhere.

4. Students may not take any CORE designated courses as transient
students elsewhere.

Credit Through United States Armed Forces
Institute and Service Schools

Courses taken through The United States Armed Forces Institute and other
recognized military educational programs are accepted in accordance
with the policy governing transfer work when presented on official
transcripts from accredited institutions. Nine semester hours of elective
credit will be allowed for military service credit, including USAFI
correspondence courses and military service school courses as
recommended by the American Council on Education. Academic credit for
one activity course in physical education, up to a maximum of four, will be
awarded for each two months served in the Armed Forces.

International Students

Students who are on a student visa in the United States are subject to
special regulations mandated by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration
Services (USCIS) of the United States Government. As the institution
which issues documents certifying student status, LaGrange College is
subject to USCIS regulations as a matter of law. USCIS regulations
change from time to time, so students are encouraged to contact the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Dean or the Registrar when questions
about USCIS regulations arise. Under current guidelines, persons with
student visas must be enrolled for a full academic load (at least 12 semester
hours) at all times. Federal regulations concerning "status" for all
international students on an F- 1 visa state that any student who falls below
12 semester hours at any time will be considered out-of-status and must be
reinstated by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS).

English proficiency is fundamental to a successful academic course at
LaGrange College. Therefore, in addition to the minimum TOEFL score
required for admission, the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
may require that a student attend a special, intensive English language
course if it is apparent that a student's English continues to jeopardize a
successful academic career. If such a requirement is placed on a student,
failure to attend the English language course can result in withdrawal of the
student visa.

International students must enroll in an English course each semester
they are in school until they satisfactorily complete their English

studies.

75

International Studies

Increasing international understanding is valued at LaGrange College. In
promoting that understanding, LaGrange College seeks to enroll an
internationally diverse student body. The College serves as a host or home
base institution for short-term international visitors and has executed
cooperative agreements with Seigakuin University in Tokyo, Japan;
Nippon Bunri in Oita City, Japan, Instituto Laurens in Monterrey, Mexico,
Ulyanovsk State University in Russia, and Oxford-Brookes University in Oxford,
England.

Grades and Credits

The definitions of grades given at LaGrange College are as follows:
A+ 4.0

A

superior

4.0

A-

3.75

B+

3.25

B

above average

3.0

B-

2.75

C+

2.25

C

average

2.0

C-

1.75

D+

1.25

D

below average

1.0

F

failing

0.0

I

incomplete. This grad

incomplete. This grade is assigned in case a student is doing satis-
factory work but for some reason beyond the student's control has
been unable to complete the work during that term.

P pass

NC no credit or non-credit

W withdrawn. During the first three weeks a student may withdraw
from a class with an "automatic" "W." After this trial period the
student may withdraw, but the grade assigned, "W" or "WF,"
will be at the discretion of the professor.

WF withdrawn failing. The grade of "WF" is included in computing
the grade-point average.

76

AW audit withdrawn

AU audit complete

NR grade not reported by instructor at the time the report issued.

A student may register for a course on a non-credit basis, for which he or
she pays full tuition. To have a grade of "NC" recorded, he or she must
fulfill all course requirements.

All requests for audit courses must be approved in writing by the instructor
and Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. Only lecture courses
may be audited. No new First-year student may audit any course during
the first semester of residence at LaGrange College.

An "I" is a temporary grade, assigned by an instructor within the last three
weeks of the term to students who are doing satisfactory work and who
cannot complete the course due to circumstances beyond their control.
Should conditions prohibiting completion of a course arise within the first
eight weeks, students should withdraw.

An "I" is to be removed by the date indicated by the Registrar. Failure to
remove an "I" by the date set initiates the following action: The Registrar
will write a letter to the student using the address on file. The letter indi-
cates that the student has two weeks to respond. Otherwise the "I" grade
will be converted to an "F."

Grades are assigned and recorded for each course at the end of each term.
Grades are available to students on the web. Transcripts are withheld for
any student who is under financial obligation to the College.

77

Academic Standing Probation Regulations

Students are placed on academic probation when the quality of work is
such that progress toward graduation is in jeopardy. The purpose of
probation is to warn. It is not a penalty. Students on probation will be
notified, and the regulations governing probation will be called to their
attention.

To stay in good academic standing, a student must maintain the following
LaGrange College cumulative grade point average (GPA): with less than
30 earned hours, a minimum 1.75 LaGrange College GPA; with 30-59
earned hours, a minimum of 1 .9 LaGrange College GPA; and with 60
earned hours or more, a minimum 2.0 LaGrange College GPA. When
placed on academic probation, a student will have two semesters to remove
their probationary status. Failure to do so could result in suspension at the
discretion of the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean, who will
evaluate the student's academic progress being made.

In addition, failure to make at least a 1 .0 GPA in any term or failure to earn
at least three credit hours in any term could result in probation or
suspension at the discretion of the Academic Dean. Students may be
suspended for other academic reasons, such as Honor Code violations.

In the case of part-time students, the extent of application of these
regulations will be at the discretion of the Vice President for Academic
Affairs and Dean. Normally, all applications of the regulations will be
based upon a full academic load.

A letter from the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean is sent to
the student providing information on standing. "Probation One" means that
the student's next term will be the first term on probation, etc. "Dean's
Decision" means that the student's academic records have been given to the
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean for action.

Student Grade Appeals

The initial determination of a student's grade is entirely the prerogative of
the instructor. However, a student who wishes to contest a course grade or
other academic decision may initiate an appeal by the procedures outlined
below. Grade appeals must be initiated no later than mid-term of the
academic term following that in which the grade was assigned. The date of
the academic term is defined in the College calendar in the front of this
Bulletin.

78

The following procedures govern all student requests for grade changes:

The student should first attempt to resolve the matter by discussing
the question with the course instructor.

If the student and the instructor are unable to reach a resolution, the
student must then submit a written appeal to the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean. The appeal must state the manner in
which the course syllabus was violated.

The Dean shall then seek an informal conference between the
student and the instructor to settle the grievance to the satisfaction
of the two parties involved. If no resolution can be found, the Dean
will deliver the student's appeal, together with any other pertinent
documents provided by the student and/or the instructor, to the
Review Panel of the Academic Policies Committee for its
determination.

The Review Panel shall then convene to conduct a preliminary
review of the appeal, after which the Chair of the Review Panel will
set times convenient to the student and the instructor for hearing
both sides of the dispute.

Upon completion of its hearings, the Review Panel will report its
findings to the Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. The
Dean will in turn inform the principal parties involved of whether
the student's request for a change of grade or other decision was
denied or approved.

It is the responsibility of the Review Panel to make every reasonable
effort to complete its deliberations prior to the end of the term in
which an appeal was initiated.

Academic Forgiveness

Academic forgiveness is a process which allows a student to have his or
her prior academic record adjusted if:

1 . four or more calendar years have elapsed since the period of last
enrollment at LaGrange College;

2. the student applying for forgiveness has completed a minimum of
12 semester hours since readmission to LaGrange College and has
earned a GPA of 2.0 with no course grade lower than "C-" since the
time of readmission.

The student may petition for forgiveness through the Academic Council
and, if approved, the College will:

79

1 . apply toward the student's common core, general education
curriculum, and electives requirements but not necessarily toward the
student's academic major or minor, all those courses in which the
student earned a grade of "C-" or better;

2. set the student's cumulative grade point average to 0.0;

3. require the student to successfully complete a minimum of 30 semester
hours after bankruptcy declaration in order to graduate;

4. and allow all graduation requirements (see LaGrange College Bulletin)
to remain the same and apply equally, except that students who have
petitioned for and received academic forgiveness will not be eligible to
receive honors at graduation.

LaGrange College will maintain the student's complete record, including
those courses excluded from the GPA by the granting of forgiveness. No
course work will be expunged from the student's academic record. The
student's official transcript will clearly indicate that the student has been
granted academic forgiveness. Ordinarily, no transfer or transient credits
will be accepted after academic forgiveness. A student may be granted
academic forgiveness only once during his or her academic career at
LaGrange College.

Requirements for Bachelor Degrees:
A Summary

LaGrange College's Undergraduate Day Program offers the Bachelor of
Arts degree, the Bachelor of Science degree, the Bachelor of Music degree,
and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. To obtain a second
bachelor's degree, at least 30 additional semester hours must be earned
beyond the first degree, in a minimum of two semesters. Baccalaureate
degrees require a minimum of 120 semester hours of credit including
required course work in the core curriculum, interim terms, and the major.
There is often an opportunity to select course work electives.

To be eligible for the degree, a student must meet all requirements for the
degree (core curriculum, major program, all necessary assessments, 120
semester hours and 2.0* cumulative grade point average in all course work
taken at LaGrange College), and make application for the degree before the
beginning of his or her final term. A student who does not earn a degree in
ten full semesters or the equivalent may be denied further registration.

In order to graduate in four academic years a student, at a minimum, should
enroll for at least 30 semester hours each academic year. A student who
takes at least 1 2 semester hours credit is classified as full-time. The
maximum full load is 16 semester hours; anything beyond is considered an

80

overload. No student whose average is below 3.0 is permitted to enroll for
more than 16 hours in any one term without the written permission of the
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean.

The quality-point average is computed by multiplying the grade point by
the course value, summing, and then dividing the total quality points
earned by the total GPA hours. If a student has received credit for a course
and repeats that course, he or she receives no additional credit toward the
degree. In computing the student's average, GPA hours and quality points
are counted on all attempts.

Unless otherwise specified in this Bulletin, grades of "C-" may be counted
toward a major or minor, but the major or minor GPA must remain at or
above 2.0 (or the departmental minimum) in order for a student to graduate
with said major or minor. No grade below a "C-" in any course above
1000-level may be applied toward a major or minor.

*2.5 for Business Management and Accountancy

Credit for work earned at a junior college

Not more than 60 semester hours of credit earned at a junior college are
counted toward the degree. No credit is granted toward the degree for
course work taken at a junior college after a student has attained junior
standing except that up to 9 hours of transient credit from a junior college
may be granted for courses that are below the LaGrange College 3000-
level (the 60 credit-hour limit still applies). A transfer student is not given
credit toward graduation for any grade of "D" earned elsewhere. Transient
work with a grade of "C-" or better is acceptable. Academic averages are
computed on work done only at LaGrange College.

Residency Requirements

There are two ways by which a student must meet residency requirements
for graduation:

1 . The student must be in residence the last 39 credit hours;
Or

2. 5 1 credit hours of the last 60 credit hours must be earned at
LaGrange College.

With prior approval of the academic adviser and the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean, up to nine hours of the last 60 credit hours
may be earned as a transient student at another accredited institution.
Transient credit is awarded only for courses in which the grade or "C-" or
better is earned.

81

Additional Policies concerning transient work

Grades earned for transient work are not included in the cumulative grade
average. As stated in other sections of this Bulletin, a student will not be
given permission to repeat any course at another institution in which a
failing grade has been earned at LaGrange College.

Transient credit for courses within a student's major will only be accepted
from a four- year baccalaureate degree conferring, regionally accredited
institution that offers a major in the specific discipline of the course being
requested for credit. Even if another such institution offers a major in the
specific discipline in which the course is being requested for credit, the
department chair in that discipline retains the right to deny the request.

Extension, correspondence, and on-line courses

Any regularly enrolled LaGrange College student who desires to take
course work for transient credit by extension, correspondence, or through
on-line vendors must obtain prior approval in writing from his or her
academic adviser and from the Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Dean. Such extension or correspondence credit (grades of "C-" or better)
may not exceed six hours and no credits earned in this manner may be
applied toward the fulfillment of courses with the subject code CORE or
ENGL 1 101 or 1 102. Courses taken by extension or correspondence must
be completed with all grades recorded before the end of the student's final
term in order to graduate in that term.

LaGrange College does not typically award credit for courses earned
on-line.

Classification of Students

A student is classified as a first-year student if he or she has earned fewer
than 30 hours of credit. A student is classified as a sophomore if he or she
has earned 30-59 hours of credit. To be classified as a junior, a student
must have completed 60 earned hours of credit. A student is classified as a
senior upon having earned 90 hours of credit. A student should be alert to
the fact that a minimum of 1 20 hours are required for graduation and that
some majors may require more than 120 hours. Attaining these minimum
progression requirements may not be sufficient to insure graduation within the
two semesters of the senior year.

82

Academic Honors

Upon graduation, students who have been in residence at LaGrange
College for at least their last 60 hours (90 quarter hours for Evening
College students) and

1 . have attained a quality point average of 3.50 to 3.74 may be granted
the bachelor degree cum laude or

2. have attained a quality point average of 3.75 to 3.89 may be granted
the bachelor degree magna cum laude or

3. have attained a quality point average of 3.90 to 4.0 may be granted the
bachelor degree summa cum laude.

At the end of each academic semester, students who have maintained a
3.60 cumulative grade point average on a minimum of 12 GPA hours of
work will be placed on the Dean's List.

Upon graduation, students who have been in residence at LaGrange
College (as transfer students in the day program, in the Evening College, or
in the Albany program) for at least 42 semester hours (70 quarter hours)
and have attained a grade point average of 3.50 or higher may be granted
the bachelor degree with distinction.

Cultural Enrichment Requirement at LaGrange
College

Because the intellectual and cultural opportunities during one's college
years are exceptionally rich, and because exposure to a variety of cultural
experiences, and participation in a lively collegial atmosphere, during one's
intellectually formative years, are vital to the concept of a liberal education,
LaGrange College is dedicated to assisting in this enrichment by requiring
all students to accumulate a prescribed number of Cultural Enrichment
(CE) credits over the course of their careers. Each semester a list of
approved Cultural Enrichment programs, lectures, presentations, events,
performances, recitals, etc., will be published in a brochure and on the
college web page. Attendance at a maximum of six designated athletic
events will count toward the total required for graduation. Many of these
events will occur during the Contact Hour on Tuesdays and Thursdays, and
some will double as required programs in the CORE classes.

83

Students at LaGrange College earn academic credit through their at
Cultural Enrichment events. The Honor Council takes seriously Honor
Code violations relating to attendance at Cultural Enrichment events. If
you must leave an event early, do not have your ID scanned. If your ID
has been scanned and you must leave unexpectedly, send a note to Dr.
Sharon Livingston, Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs, and she will
remove the credit for you. Our Cultural Enrichment programs offer unique
opportunities for education, edification, and enjoyment. Take advantage of
as many of these programs as you can, but, most importantly, do not take
credit for something you did not do.

Students will meet their obligation according to the following schedule:

Classification

New/Transfer First-year
Transfer First-year
Transfer Sophomore
Transfer Sophomore
Transfer Junior
Transfer Junior
Transfer Senior

Earned Hours Upon
Entry to LaGrange
College

CE Credits
Needed to
Graduate

0- 14Sem. Hrs.

40

15- 29Sem. Hrs.

35

30- 45 Sem. Hrs.

30

46- 59 Sem. Hrs.

25

60- 75 Sem. Hrs.

20

76- 89 Sem. Hrs.

15

> 90 Sem. Hrs.

10

84

Graduation Requirements

A student who enters LaGrange College under a given Bulletin
generally will be graduated under the core curriculum, hours
requirement, and grade point average requirements of that Bulletin.
Major requirements are those in force at the time a student formally
declares a major. If a student suspends his or her study and re-enters
more than four years later, he or she will graduate under the
requirements of the Bulletin in effect at the time of re-entry.

Students in their last year of college work must have an audit of their
course credits and planned courses examined upon pre-registration for
their final semester in residence. This is called a "graduation petition."
The major adviser and the Registrar assist the student in completing this
petition. No student may participate in Commencement exercises if he
or she has not completed a graduation petition. Also, no student may
participate in Commencement unless all graduation requirements have
been certified as completed by the Registrar and the Vice President for
Academic Affairs and Dean.

Students at LaGrange College will participate in the evaluation of the
extent to which institutional education goals are being achieved. This
evaluation will be in both the core curriculum and the major. College-
wide assessment days for seniors are administered in October for
December graduates and March for May graduates. Dates and times can
be found on the Academic Calendar. For major assessments, consult the
specific majors for details.

Transcripts

Students are entitled to transcripts of their record free of charge. No
transcripts will be issued for any student under financial obligation to
the College. Transcript requests must be made in writing to the Registrar
well in advance of the time the transcript is needed. Transcripts will be
issued promptly; however, at the beginning and end of terms some delay
may be unavoidable. Unofficial transcripts may be obtained from the
online student module of the web.

Student Appeal of Academic Policy

Students may petition for exception to published academic policy. The
Academic Council reviews the petition.

85

Information Technology and
Academic Support

LaGrange College Policy for the Responsible
Use of Information Technology

The purpose of this policy is to ensure a computing environment that
will support the academic, research, and service mission of LaGrange
College. Simply stated, continued and efficient accessibility of campus
computing and network facilities depends on the responsible behavior of
the entire user community. The College seeks to provide students,
faculty, and staff with the greatest possible access to campus
information technology resources within the limits of institutional
priorities and financial capabilities and consistent with generally
accepted principles of ethics that govern the College community. To that
end, this policy addresses the many issues involved in responsible use of
the College's information technology resources, including systems,
software, and data. Each authorized user of information technology
assumes responsibility for his or her own behavior while utilizing these
resources. Users of information technology at LaGrange College accept
that the same moral and ethical behavior that guides our non-computing
environments also guides our computing and networking environment.
Any infraction of this policy may result minimally in loss of computer
and network access privileges, or may result in criminal prosecution.

USE

All users of the College's information technology resources agree to
abide by the terms of this policy. Information technology resources
include, but are not limited to, College owned computers and
information technology hardware, the College campus network,
information sources accessible through the campus network, and
Internet access. When accessing any remote resources utilizing
LaGrange College information technology, users are required to comply
with both the policies set forth in this document and all applicable
policies governing the use and access of the remote resource. The
College, through a review and amendment process directed by the
Instructional and Information Technology Round Table (IITR), reserves
the right to amend this policy. For the most up-to-date version of this
responsible use policy, see the information technology helpdesk
(helpdesk.lagrange.edu). As far as possible, changes will be made only

86

after consulting with the user community. LaGrange College computing
resources and associated user accounts are to be used only for the
College activities for which they are assigned or intended. The
computing systems are not to be used for any non-college related
commercial purpose, public or private, either for profit or non-profit.
Unless placed in public domain by its owners, software programs are
protected by Section 1 1 7 of the 1 976 Copyright Act. It is illegal to
duplicate, copy, or distribute software or its documentation without the
permission of the copyright owner. Copyright protection of text,
images, video and audio must also be respected in all uses of College
technology resources. The LaGrange College Campus Network must
not be used to serve information outside of LaGrange College without
written permission approved by the IITR.

User Accounts

Many technology resources at LaGrange College are accessed through
user accounts. No user accounts should be used to execute computer
software or programs or attempt to gain access to resources other than
software, programs or resources specifically granted and offered for use
by LaGrange College. All users are responsible for both the protection
of their account passwords and the data stored in their user accounts.
Sharing a password is prohibited. Users must change their password
periodically to help prevent unauthorized access of their user account.
When working on computers that are in general access areas
(laboratories and public access), users must log off or lock the computer
before leaving to protect the security of their data and the network..
Leaving the web-based email page (Outlook Web-Client) open on an
accessible computer, especially outside of campus, leaves the account
available to anyone who passes by, and allows the changing of the user's
password giving the passerby access to the LaGrange College Network.
Before leaving a computer, users must log off the web-based email. If a
student becomes locked out of their account or for other reasons needs
to have their password reset, they must make the request in person to an
Information Technology staff member and present a valid LaGrange
College ID. Any suspected unauthorized access of a user's account
should be reported immediately to the Executive Director of
Instructional & Information Technology or another College authority.
User accounts will be deactivated when the user's affiliation with the
College is terminated and all files and other data will be removed from
those accounts.

87

College Email Accounts

The College provides email accounts for students, faculty and staff. All
course and advising related email and other official College electronic
communication with students must be sent to the student's campus email
address or via Mentor. Official College email communications with
faculty and staff will use their College email address. Email must not be
used for purposes inconsistent with the mission of the College. Users
may not conceal, mask or misrepresent their identity when sending
email or other electronic messages. Transmission of abusive, harassing
or libelous electronic messages is forbidden. Deliberate transmission or
propagation of malicious programs such as viruses, worms, Trojan
Horses, data mining programs or participation in denial of service
attacks are subject to disciplinary and possible criminal action.

LaGrange College maintains faculty and staff mail groups (distribution
lists or aliases) for the purposes of communications concerning the
operation of the College. The College maintains a Community mail-list
for communications of a less formal nature. Users must make
appropriate use of the subject line in postings to all College related mail
groups (distribution lists or aliases) and mail-lists (list servers).
Announcements to faculty and staff about campus events should be
made through FYI. These announcements should be sent to the
Communications and Marketing staff for inclusion in FYI. A single
reminder close to the date of the event may be made to the faculty and
staff mail groups. Exceptions to this policy may be made by approval of
the Instructional and Information Technology Round Table. Daily
reminders of an upcoming event are inappropriate. Examples of
messages appropriate for the FYI/email reminder procedure are Cultural
Enrichment Events, Faculty Meetings, Staff Council Meetings, Faculty-
Staff Coffees, and Sports Events. Messages not directly related to the
operation of the College should be posted to the Community mail-list.
For example, items for sale, contests, fund-raisers, sports scores,
humorous items and commentaries belong on the Community mail-list
rather than being sent to the faculty and staff mail groups. Users can
unsubscribe from and re-subscribe to the Community mail list as they
desire. Instructions for subscribing and unsubscribing are available on
the helpdesk (helpdesk.lagrange.edu).

88

Posting of messages to the email group containing all students must be
cleared through the appropriate Vice President's Office or their
delegates. Use of the electronic signs in the Dining Hall, posters and
flyers are suggested alternative means of reaching all students.
Messages to the student body should not be made through the faculty
mail group. Messages to faculty containing variations on "Please
announce to your class" are ineffective in reaching all students.

Campus Computing Facilities

Computer labs on the LaGrange College campus are available for
general use by students, faculty and staff except during the periods when
the rooms have been reserved for teaching purposes. Additional
computers are placed in public access areas for student, faculty and staff
use. It is the responsibility of every user to use lab and public access
facilities in a responsible manner. Accidental damage or damage caused
by other parties should be reported as soon as possible so that corrective
action can be taken. Use of laboratory or public access facilities to view
material that may be considered offensive to others which includes, but
is not limited to, racially hateful and sexually explicit material, is
considered a form of harassment. The viewing of harassing material is
inconsistent with the mission of LaGrange College. Viewing such
harassing material in a lab or public access area may result in
disciplinary action.

Personal Web Pages

Any authorized user or group at the College may have a personal home
page on a LaGrange College World Wide Web server, provided that the
graphical images, multimedia information, text, or the intent of the home
page do not refute the mission of LaGrange College. Users must sign a
Registered Information Provider Agreement before web pages are
placed on the server. Groups must designate an individual as their
Registered Information Provider, who is responsible for the content of
their web pages. Registered Information Provider Agreements must be
renewed annually. Failure to renew will result in removal of content
from the web server. No individual user is authorized to create and
serve a web site on the World Wide Web utilizing College computer
resources. Applications for personal web pages should be made to the
Director of Information Technology.

89

Student Computer Configurations

Access to the LaGrange College Campus Network is available in
dormitory rooms for students who bring to campus personal computers
meeting the minimum specifications defined by Information
Technology. These specifications are revised annually and will be made
available to all new students. The Campus Network will allow students
to access the World Wide Web (WWW) and email. By accessing the
College network, students agree to abide by this usage policy. Students
must not change network configurations specified by Information
Technology. The Information Technology staff will only support
software installed by Information Technology personnel, and do not
provide support for personally owned computer equipment other than
verifying that the network link is functional.

Students are responsible for all network traffic originating from their
network access. Students should employ appropriate and up-to-date
antivirus software.

Campus Network

The College provides network access in classrooms, laboratories, the
library, offices, public access locations and student dormitory rooms.
While the College is committed to free speech and open access to
information and communication, these must be tempered by the need to
respect others' rights to speech, access and communication. Each user is
expected to balance their needs with the needs and expectations of the
College community as a whole. The College reserves the rights to limit
bandwidth to users and access to non-academic, resource intensive
applications if they threaten to interfere with academic uses of the
campus network.

Users on the network must not attempt to conceal, mask or misrepresent
their identity or the identity of computers when using the network.
Users shall not employ software or hardware that interferes with the
operation or security of the network. Users shall not interfere with the
administration of the campus network nor shall they attempt to breach
any network or resource security system. In administering the network,
network activities of users may be monitored as to type and quantity.

Users are responsible for all network activities originating from
resources provided to them by the College.

90

Wireless Network

Wireless networking provides many benefits to the College, but with
these benefits comes unique security threats. In order to make a
reasonable effort to prevent access to network resources from
unauthorized users via the Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), the
following policy and associated best practices exist.

An unsecured Wireless Access Point (WAP) has the potential to open a
backdoor into an otherwise secure network. All WAPs located in
academic and administrative buildings must be managed by IT. Faculty
and staff are prohibited from installing a WAP without explicit
permission from the Director of Information Technology. Requests for
expansion of the wireless network should be made to the Network
Manager via the IT Helpdesk. In order to allow flexibility for students
to utilize wireless networking in the residence halls, secured personal
WAPs are allowed. IT must be notified of intent to install a WAP via
the IT Helpdesk. WAPs must be physically located in the vicinity of the
owner's conventional wired jack and they must be secured in at least
one of two ways. At least 40-bit Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) must
be enabled on the WAP and client. Ideally the WAP's internal MAC
address table should be set to only allow access from authorized clients.
IT reserves the right to scan for and disable any unauthorized or
unsecured WAPs.

WAP Best Practices:

Activate WEP on the WAP and client

Change the default administrator password to a more secure
password

Don't use the default Service Set Identifier (SSID)

Don't broadcast the SSID if possible

Use the lowest power radio output possible to minimize propagation
outside the building

Disable the WAP in non-usage periods

91

Remote Access

LaGrange College provides very limited direct telephone dialup access
to the Campus Network for college business. This service was created
for technical and administrative access to the network not available
through a regular Internet connection, and is not intended to provide
general Internet access to members of the LaGrange College
community. In order to be granted dialup access to the Campus
Network, a user must submit a request to the UTR via their department
chair/supervisor. The request should indicate the period of time for
which this access is to be granted and indicate how this access is
consistent with the technical and/or administrative purpose of the dialup
resource. For regular dialup needs, service through a commercial
Internet Service Provider is recommended.

Data Security

Within institutional priorities and financial capabilities, LaGrange
College provides reasonable security against unauthorized intrusion and
damage to data, files and messages stored on its computer systems. The
College maintains facilities for archiving and retrieving data stored in
user accounts. If a user needs to recover data after an accidental loss,
Information Technology staff should be contacted and every reasonable
attempt will be made to recover the lost or corrupted data. Neither the
College nor any Information Technology staff can be held accountable
for unauthorized access by other users, nor can they guarantee data
protection in the event of media failure, fire, criminal acts or natural
disaster. Backing up critical files regularly is recommended.

Information Resource Use by Guests and
Alumni

Use of physical facilities for information technology by guests
(individuals not currently enrolled as students or currently employed as
faculty or staff members of LaGrange College) and alumni is allowed
only within William and Evelyn Banks Library and under the
supervision of library staff. Additionally, such access is allowed only
when existing resources are not being fully utilized by LaGrange
College students, faculty, or staff. The use of technological resources
may be extended to alumni and friends of LaGrange College without the
imposition of a "user fee." A "per printed page" user fee established by
Banks Library will be assessed for use of College printing resources.

92

User Awareness

Because information technologies change at so rapid a rate, updates to
the Responsible Use Policy may be made between printings of College
publications. It is the responsibility of the user to keep informed of the
changes in this policy, which will be available on a LaGrange College
web site (http://panther.lagrange.edu).

LaGrange College Cell Phone and Pager Policy

The carrying and use of cell phones, pagers and other electronic
communications devices are allowed on the LaGrange College campus.
Users of these devices, however, must be attentive to needs and
sensibilities of other members of the College community. Furthermore,
the use of these devices must not disrupt the functions of the College.

Devices must be off or ringers silenced in classes, laboratories, the
library, study spaces and other academic settings and during events such
as plays, concerts, speakers and College ceremonies. The term
'laboratories' explicitly includes computer laboratory spaces.
Answering or operating the device during classes, laboratories, meetings
or events is only appropriate in case of emergency. If the device must
be answered, the user must move to a location where the class,
laboratory, library patrons, etc. will not be disrupted before making use
of the device.

93

Academic Programs

Introduction

Faculty members and the staff of LaGrange College implement curricular
and co-curricular programs that contribute to the fulfillment of the mission
of the College and the quest for civility, diversity, service, and excellence.
Undergirding all of the academic programs at LaGrange College is a
fundamental commitment to the liberal arts. The underlying philosophy of
liberal learning is found in all parts of the curriculum of the College but is
most obvious in the structure of the Core Curriculum, which serves as
foundation of the academic experience at the College. Baccalaureate
majors share the Core Curriculum, which represents just less than forty
percent of a student's formal study at the College. Specific courses within
the Core Curriculum are designed to integrate knowledge from diverse
disciplines.

Within a caring and ethical community, the total LaGrange College
program is designed to challenge and support students as they deal with
fundamental contemplations of self, world, and God. This program is
centered around the liberal arts curriculum, which provides engagement in
a breadth of scholarly disciplines and a foundation for a lifetime of
learning. Because of this orientation, students are given opportunities to
interpret and evaluate the influence of historical, cultural, artistic,
mathematical, scientific, and religious developments. They are exposed to
the modes of creative expression and participate in activities that foster
intellectual curiosity. Through a series of experiences allowing
examination of issues involving ethical reasoning, global awareness,
diversity, sustainability, civic knowledge and service, and personal
wellness, students have an opportunity to reflect upon and consider their
place in the world and their personal and social responsibilities.

The curriculum of LaGrange College is designed to improve students'
creative, critical, and communicative abilities, as evidenced by the
following outcomes:

Students will demonstrate creativity by approaching complex problems
with innovation and from diverse perspectives.

Students will demonstrate critical thinking by acquiring, interpreting,
synthesizing, and evaluating information to reason out conclusions
appropriately.

Students will demonstrate proficiency in communication skills that are
applicable to any field of study.

94

Core Program in the Liberal Arts

As a Methodist related institution, LaGrange College offers an
educational experience which emphasizes the inter-relatedness of
knowledge and the importance of understanding and evaluating human
experience. The Core Program in the Liberal Arts (also known as the
Common Core Program) uses an interdisciplinary approach to develop
the students' creative, critical and communicative abilities. The specific
objectives of the Core Program are also noted elsewhere in this Bulletin
(see "Core Program Integrative Curriculum").

The Core Program is designed to be integrated with other courses during
the first three years of the student's experience at LaGrange College.
The forty-six semester hours included in the Core Program are dispersed
in three areas: foundation studies, integrative studies, and exploratory
studies. The thirteen hours of integrative studies, which bring an
interdisciplinary focus to the humanities, the social sciences, and
problem solving, are central to the entire Core Program. The
interdisciplinary courses First- Year Cornerstone and First- Year
Orientation provide the introduction and foundation for the Core
Program. No transient credit will be allowed for any Rhetoric and
Composition course (ENGL 1 101 or 1 102) or for the Integrative Studies
courses (Problem Solving, Computer Applications, Humanities I and II,
The American Experience).

Course Taken Min. Credit Year

Foundation Studies 27 Hours

First- Year Cornerstone (CORE 1101)* 3 First-year

First- Year Orientation (CORE 1 102) * 1 First-year

Rhetoric and Composition 6 First-year

(ENGL 1101, 1102)

Mathematics

(MATH 1 101, 2105, 2221, or 2222) 3 First-year

(Entry level by placement)

World Languages and Culture 6 as best scheduled

(2 sequential courses in languages:
FREN, GERM, SPAN)

Laboratory Science I and II 8 as best scheduled

(BIOL 1 101-1 102, 1 148-1 149; CHEM 1101-1 102;

PHYS 1 101-1 102; PHYS 2121-2122)

(BIOL 1 148 & 1 149 are mandatory for BSN students)

95

Integrative Studies 13 Hours

Problem Solving (CORE 1 1 20) 3 as best scheduled

Computer Applications (CORE 1 140) 1

Humanities I and Humanities II 6 Sophomore

(CORE 2001, 2002)

The American Experience (CORE 3001) 3 Junior

Exploratory Studies 6 Hours

Fine Arts 3 as best scheduled

(any beginning level classes in the Fine Arts Division Courses that satisfy
this requirement are marked with an asterisk (*) in the Art, Music, and
Theatre Sections of the Bulletin)

Religion 3 as best scheduled

(RLGN 1101, 1102, 1103, 1104, or 1105)

TOTAL CORE PROGRAM 46 hours**

* Transfer students with 30 or more hours may be waived from the CORE
1 1 1 / 1 1 02 requirement.

** Although not considered a part of the Core Program, each student is
required to pass 3 interim term courses (one three semester hour course per
term) as part of the graduation requirements. Students may elect to complete 4
interim terms, and are encouraged to do so. Consult u Requirements for
Bachelor Degrees: A Summary" in this Bulletin for details.

Placement (Please read carefully )

Appropriate placement in certain courses is essential.

During the first few days on campus all students will participate in
placement evaluation inventories. These inventories are necessary for (1)
planning for majors and careers, (2) providing the comparison levels for
subsequent assessment of the Core Program curriculum, and (3)
determining current skill levels for placement purposes. Placement in
mathematics and English is based on skills assessment or standardized test
scores. Students who are not predicted to be successful in Mathematics
1101 are required to enroll in Mathematics 0100. This is a pre-Core
Program mathematics course, and credit in this course does not count
toward the fulfillment of the 46 hours of core requirements, but does count
toward hours required for graduation. English placement is based on scores
obtained on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). Based on scores obtained,
students are placed in an appropriate section (standard or honors) of
English 1 101 (see description of English program).

96

Students entering LaGrange College with two (2) years of high school level
foreign language are placed in an intermediate level course of that
language; or if the students choose, they may start the study of another
language at the beginning level. Any student for whom English is not the
native language may have the language requirement waived by submitting
a written request to the Registrar from the student's advisor, the Director of
International Student Services, or the Chair of the Humanities Division.
Those students who are allowed to waive the language requirement must
still complete the minimum 120 hours for graduation.

Core Program, Time Restrictions

There is no time limit on the credit or validity of coursework in the Core
Program. It should be noted, however, that students who have not been
enrolled at LaGrange College for four years, or who transferred from
LaGrange College and subsequently return, enter the college under the
Bulletin in force at the time of re-entry.

Credit by Examination and Exemption

Students entering LaGrange College may earn a waiver of certain
requirements or college credit as a result of their participation in the
College Board's Advanced Placement (AP) Program, the College-Level
Examination Program (CLEP), or the International Baccalaureate (IB)
Program. Advanced Placement credit is accepted for those students who
present evidence from their high schools that Advanced Placement courses
have been completed and appropriate scores earned on the advanced
placement test. To determine the AP test scores that qualify for college
credit and/or exemption, students should contact the Registrar. A CLEP
exam grade of "C" or better is needed to receive credit; only 6 CLEP
credit hours will be accepted for courses below the 3000-level. IB credit is
awarded for scores of 5, 6, or 7 on the Higher Level examinations, with the
exception of English as a Second Language. No credit is awarded solely
for earning an IB Diploma, for IB Standard Level exams, or for scores
below 5 on any Higher Level examination.

Applicants should submit requests for Advance Placement or International
Baccalaureate credit during the summer prior to enrollment. Official IB
transcript should be included with the student's final high school transcript.
Consultation with the academic departments or placement exams may be
required in some areas before final credit is awarded. If a waiver of
requirements is granted, the score on the examination used will be recorded
on the student's record in lieu of a letter grade.

97

Assessment of the Core Program

During the first semester and again, prior to graduation, students take the
College's assessment exam designed to determine the extent to which
students have achieved the objectives of the curriculum of the Core
Program. Meaningful participation in this testing program is a requirement
for graduation with a baccalaureate degree.

The Interim Program

The Interim is the class term held during the month of January for
approximately four weeks. Courses offered in the Interim are designed to
encourage students to explore course content outside of their majors. All
students who enter as first years must successfully complete three of the
four Interim terms offered during a typical four-year course of study. For
students who transfer to LaGrange College, reductions are made in this
requirement based on the academic standing of the student at entry.

Due to the exploratory nature of the Interim term, departments are
encouraged to refrain from offering courses required in the major or
courses that are restricted to certain small groups of students. With this
intent, students can be exposed to opportunities of study, thought, and
expression that are not available during the other semesters of the academic
year.

To be eligible for any Interim course, all academic, procedural, financial,
and other prerequisites must be met. Students who have been enrolled full-
time during the preceding fall semester may take an Interim course at no
additional charge for tuition, room, or board. Individual courses may
assess fees particular to the activities planned. The costs listed in the
Interim course descriptions in the annual prospectus are the anticipated per-
participant charges for that particular class. Students are responsible for
purchasing their own textbooks; most are available in the College
bookstore.

The primary Interim prospectus is distributed in early fall semester, with
pre-registration in late September for the upcoming January. Students are
encouraged to discuss any questions about courses with the indicated
instructors during the week prior to pre-registration. A separate
preliminary travel prospectus is distributed during the prior spring
semester, with an early travel pre-registration period offered in late April.
If space is available in the courses, it may be possible to pre-register for
travel courses during the fall pre-registration period also.

98

All Interim courses require a minimum of 1 20 hours per term of student
involvement. At the first class meeting in early January, the instructor will
provide guidelines for successful completion of the course as well as a
schedule of class meetings, assignments, and other necessary information.
Grading of Interim courses is based on the A-F scale or Pass/No Credit.
Instructors may allow students to choose between these grading options.

During the Interim Term, LaGrange College offers several opportunities
for off-campus study which require travel, some of which include travel to
other states or travel beyond the United States. Such travel inevitably
involves risk - accident, injury, illness, civil unrest, and other unforeseen
circumstances. These risks are ones that neither those who sponsor travel
nor those who travel can control. In recognition of these risks, a premium
on a travel medical insurance policy is included with the fees assessed for
travel courses. Participation in such an off-campus study program is purely
voluntary on the student's part. As a condition for participation, LaGrange
College requires that student travelers and their parents read and execute
liability releases and other documents which acknowledge, accept, and
assume all risks. LaGrange College expects that students and their parents
will use their own due diligence in informing themselves of current global
conditions and in determining whether they wish to engage in travel to
given sites.

Teaching fellows program

The Teaching Fellows Program is a program that allows faculty members
to offer highly-qualified students opportunities to learn by sharing in the
instructional responsibilities for particular courses. Students enrolled in the
courses will have the added benefit of additional academic support.

The Teaching Fellow is given a sphere of responsibility so that learning
and teaching can be experienced as two aspects of the program. The
student's role differs from that of teaching assistants utilized by many
colleges and universities. Here the faculty sponsor is as involved as ever in
all aspects of the course. Involvement of a student in teaching/learning
participation in a particular course happens only if the faculty sponsor feels
that definite benefit to both the student and the course will result.

The Teaching Fellows Program is voluntary with each faculty member
determining which of his or her courses, if any, are appropriate for such
individual studies in teaching/learning. The type of responsibilities and
extent of involvement of the student will vary depending on the course and
faculty sponsor. It may not be counted as a substitute for any of the
undergraduate teacher education requirements.

99

Students may be approached by faculty members to serve as a Teaching
Fellow or may initiate the process with approval from a sponsoring faculty
member along with other required signatures. This experience should be
reserved for those select few students who have demonstrated appropriate
characteristics and academic excellence.

Students must be in good academic standing with a GPA of 3.5 or higher
and have attained at least junior status to serve as Teaching Fellows.
Additionally, students must have successfully completed the course for
which they will be serving as a Teaching Fellow. Students may earn 2
semester hours of credit for this experience. The experience may be
repeated once; a new proposal must be submitted and approved for each
experience. Evaluation will be awarded on a pass/fail basis only. The
Teaching Fellow course designation is TCHA 4010.

IPlF

100

The Major Programs

A major is defined as a primary program of study in which the student
completes a designated number and sequence of courses within a specific
discipline, department or subject area. A major may or may not offer
concentrations for focused course work within the major.

A student may choose to pursue one of four baccalaureate degrees: the
Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Science, the Bachelor of Music, or the
Bachelor of Science in Nursing. Most students pursue one of these
baccalaureate degrees.

Mathematics
Music

Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Sociology
Spanish
Theatre Arts

Bachelor of Arts

Art and Design

Biochemistry

Biology

Chemistry

Computer Science

Education (Early Childhood)

English

History

Bachelor of Science

Accountancy

Biology

Business Management

Chemistry

Computer Science

Mathematics

Bachelor of Science in Nursing

Nursing

Bachelor of Music

Creative Music Technologies

Performance (voice, piano, organ, guitar, percussion)

Church Music

LaGrange College also offers graduate programs. In these programs,
students may complete the Master of Arts in Teaching or the Master of
Education in Curriculum and Instruction. Please refer to the Graduate
Bulletin for more information about these programs.

LaGrange College at Albany students may pursue the Master of Arts in
Organizational Leadership. More information about this program is
available in the Bulletin for LaGrange College at Albany.

101

Interdisciplinary Major

The Interdisciplinary Major at LaGrange College allows highly motivated
students to pursue a self-designed, individualized program leading to a
Bachelor of Arts degree in Interdisciplinary Studies.

To be eligible to pursue the interdisciplinary major, a student must exhibit
a high-level of maturity and self-direction. A grade point average of 3.3 or
permission of the Academic Dean is required at the time of submission of
the proposal The major may be declared upon completion of 30 semester
hours, but no later than 69 semester hours.

Policies and Procedures:

1 . The proposed major must stem from at least two separate
disciplines, but no more than three, and be supportable by the
existing resources of the college.

2. The student must select an advisor in each discipline with one
agreeing to serve as the principal advisor.

3. The student must research and select classes totaling at least 36
semester hours that relate to the proposed major and justify the
inclusion of each course. At least 30 semester hours must be from
courses at the 3000 level or above.

4. The proposal must include a clear sense of where the
interdisciplinary major would lead the student (graduate school or
career possibilities). The proposal should also state why the
Interdisciplinary Studies Major better suits the student's needs than
existing majors/minors offered at LaGrange College.

5. The final major curriculum will be determined by the student in
consultation with all advisors. All general education requirements
must be met for graduation. The major must culminate in a
capstone paper or project approved by all advisors and supervised
by the principal advisor. The student must register for INDV 4499
during his or her senior year.

6. The student must complete the Interdisciplinary Studies Proposal
Form, which may be acquired from the Registrar's office. The
proposed major must be approved by all advisors, the Academic
Policies Committee and the Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean. It must also be filed with the Registrar's office. Any
changes to the approved curriculum must have the approval of all
advisors, the Academic Policies Committee and the Vice President
for Academic Affairs and Dean. An amendment form with these
approvals must be submitted to the Registrar's office.

102

Major Requirements, Time Restrictions

Course work requirements in major programs necessarily change in
response to evolving curriculum concerns and changing student needs.
Students' major requirements are governed by the Bulletin in force at the
time of the declaration of the major. The declaration of major is initiated
with the head of the respective department.

At the discretion of the department chair, students may be required to
demonstrate proficiency and/or currency in the subject matter if the major
course work is older than five (5) academic years. Normally credit hours
earned in the major may not be applied to the completion of the major, if
the hours earned are older than eight years, dated from the student's initial
matriculation.

Students who have been out of school longer than two years must again
declare their majors.

Independent Study in the Major

In certain majors, independent study courses are offered. These courses are
limited to upper-class major and minor students who have completed at
least two-thirds of their particular major or minor program, and who wish
to pursue a special problem or course of reading beyond that taken up in
any formal course and lying within the capabilities of the library and
laboratories. In order to be eligible for independent study, the student must
have at least a 3.0 average in major courses. Total credit which can be
earned through independent study normally will not be more than six
semester hours. Written permission to enroll in such a course must be
obtained from the instructor, the chair of the department concerned, and the
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean. A descriptive syllabus
including the method of evaluation must be submitted with the petition.

Assessment in the Major

The faculty members who are responsible for instruction in the major
programs have identified specific objectives for a major in that discipline.
There is an assessment, devised by the faculty in the discipline that
determines the extent to which the objectives have been met by the student.
That assessment is a requirement for students who graduated in June 1990,
or who will graduate thereafter. The assessment styles are varied. Students
should carefully explore with their adviser in their intended major the
nature of the assessment. A satisfactory assessment in the major is a
requirement for the degree. The chair of the department offering the major
must certify satisfactory completion of the assessment component.

103

Students who fail to complete satisfactorily the assessment in the major and
exhaust reassessment opportunities at the departmental level may appeal
the decision of the department as described in the Academic Procedures
and Regulations section.

Advice and Counseling in the Major

All students are assigned an academic adviser. Prior to the declaration of a
major a student is advised by a member of the faculty in a discipline related
to the student's area of interest. Subsequent to declaring a major, the
student and the department chair work together in planning a program. The
ultimate responsibility for selecting the proper courses in order to complete
the desired degree is the responsibility of the student.

Minors

Academic minors may be earned in most departments. A minor must
include at least 12 semester hours, 6 of which must be in 3000-level or
above courses. Some departments do not designate the courses required
for the minor, but the courses selected must be approved by the chair of
that department.

Pre-professional
Programs of Study

LaGrange College has a curriculum and environment that is well suited to
preparation for further study in fields such as law and medicine. These
programs include, but are not necessarily limited to, preparation for the
following areas.

Pre-Health Professions

For the pre-health professions (Dentistry, Medicine, Pharmacy, Physical
Therapy, Physician Assistance, and Veterinary Medicine), the advising
team is chaired by Dr. Nickie Cauthen and is composed of Dr. Cauthen, Dr.
Sarah Beth Mallory, and Dr. Melinda Pomeroy-Black. Students who plan
to major in biology and are interested in one of these professions should
consult with Dr. Cauthen for assignment to one of the team members.
Students in other majors who are interested in these professions should
consult their primary advisers for access to the advising team.

104

Dentistry

Students should consult frequently with their advising team member in
addition to their primary advisors for their majors. The pre-dental student
should select a major as early as possible and work toward the B.S. degree.
Some dental schools accept students with fewer than four years of college
training, but most of them prefer a student with the baccalaureate degree.

The pre-dental student should be familiar with the specific requirements set
by the dental schools to which he or she plans to apply. There is some
variation in the requirements of the various schools, but the minimum
requirements set by most schools of dentistry are:

English 9 semester hours

Biology with Lab 8 semester hours

Physics with Lab 8 semester hours

Inorganic (General) Chemistry with Lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry with Lab 8 semester hours

All applicants must complete the Dental Admission Test not later than the
October 31 testing preceding the year of desired entry. Dental schools also
expect experience in the dental field. The student should keep records of
dates, duration and type of experience when involved in shadowing,
volunteer, or paid work.

Medicine (M.D.)

Students should consult early and frequently with their advising team
member in addition to their primary advisers for their majors. The pre-
medicine student should select a major as soon as possible and seek the
B.S. degree. Medical schools rarely accept candidates with less than the
baccalaureate degree.

The student should be familiar with the requirements of the several medical
schools to which he or she plans to apply. Requirements vary somewhat in
the various medical schools, but the minimum requirements of most
medical schools are:

Biology with Lab 8 semester hours

General Chemistry with Lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry with Lab 8 semester hours

Physics 8 semester hours

105

Every applicant must take the Medical College Admission Test, preferably
in the spring or early summer preceding the submission of his or her
application to medical school, but no later than the early fall of that year.
Students should take General Chemistry (CHEM 1 101-1 102) as a first- or
second-year student to be on-track for the MCAT exam, normally taken in
the spring or early summer of the Junior year. BIOL 1 101-1 102 with labs
is also suggested for first- or second-year students. Either general
chemistry or general biology should be taken in the first year to stay on
track for timely graduation and application to medical school. Medical
schools also expect experience in the field of medicine. Students should
keep records of dates, duration and types of experience when participating
in shadowing or volunteer or paid work in a hospital, doctor's office, or
other medical facility.

Physician assistant (PA)

Students should consult early and frequently with their advising team
member in addition to their primary advisers for their majors. The pre-PA
student should select a major as soon as possible and seek the B.S. degree.
Most PA programs require completion of a baccalaureate degree.

The student should be familiar with the requirements of the several PA
programs to which he or she plans to apply. Requirements vary
significantly in the various PA programs, but the common requirements of
most PA programs are:

Biology with Lab 8 semester hours

General Chemistry with Lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry with Lab 4 semester hours

Human Anatomy and Physiology 8 semester hours

Microbiology 4 semester hours

Every applicant must take the Graduate Record Examination (GRE),
preferably 4-6 months preceding the submission of his or her application to
PA programs. Students should take General Chemistry (CHEM 1101-
1 102) and general biology (BIOL 1 101 and 1 102 with lab) as a First or
Second-year students. Either general chemistry or general biology should
be taken in the first year to stay on track for timely graduation. PA
programs also expect extensive experience in the field of medicine.
Students should begin shadowing early and keep records of dates, duration
and types of experience when participating in shadowing or volunteer or
paid work in a hospital, doctor's office, or other medical facility.

106

Pharmacy

Students should consult early and frequently with their advising team
member in addition to their primary advisers for their majors. While the
admission requirements vary, the following is standard course work as a
minimum: CHEM 1 101-1 102, 2201-2202, BIOL 1 101-1 102, MATH 2221
and 1 1 14, PHYS 1 101, ECON 2201-2202, ENGL 1 101-1 102, and 6
semester hours each of Humanities and Social/Behavioral Science. POLS
1101 and HIST 1 1 1 1 or 1 1 12 may be required as well as electives to reach
60 semester hours. Acceptance to a pharmacy program depends on a
composite score of GPA, PCAT (Pharmacy College Admissions Test), and
an interview, with the additional expectation that the applicant will have
already gained practical experience in a pharmacy.

Physical Therapy

A few schools which offer training in physical therapy award a Bachelor's
degree after successful completion of classroom and clinical work.
Students are admitted to such programs after completion of 60 semester
hours of work including approximately 12 hours in Humanities, 12 hours in
math and science, 12 hours in social science plus 24 hours in a major field
such as biology.

Specific courses to prepare for admission to individual schools should be
selected in consultation with the adviser. Many schools have moved to the
Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) degree. These schools require a
bachelor's degree as well as completion of the pre-physical therapy core.
Most schools look for experience working with or observing a certified
physical therapist. Students should keep records of dates and duration of
such experience.

Veterinary Medicine

Students should consult early and frequently with their advising team
member in addition to their primary advisers for their majors. The pre-
veterinary student should be familiar with the specific requirements of the
school to which he/she plans to apply.

The minimum requirements set by most schools of veterinary medicine are
as follows:

A candidate must have completed at least 54 semester hours of college
credit by the end of the spring semester before fall matriculation at the
veterinary school. The baccalaureate degree is preferred.

A candidate must have worked with a veterinarian and must have had
hands-on experience working with large and small animals.

107

Each applicant will be required to take the Graduate Record

Examination (GRE) and the GRE biology subject test. These tests
should be taken in October or December of the year prior to probable
admission to veterinary school. The results should be received by
VMCAS by February 1 of the year following the application.

The following courses should be completed prior to entry into veterinary
school:

English 6 semester hours

Biology with Lab 8 semester hours

Advanced Biological Science 8 semester hours

Physics 8 semester hours

Biochemistry 3 semester hours

Inorganic (General) Chemistry with Lab 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry with Lab 8 semester hours

Other Pre-Professional Programs
Dual Degree Engineering Program

LaGrange College has an engineering preparation program designed to
provide a broad liberal arts background while preparing the student for a
professional engineering program. Dual Degree Engineering Programs
have been established with Georgia Institute of Technology and Auburn
University. Students accepted in the Dual Degree program will attend
LaGrange College for approximately three years (90 semester hours if
entering under this Bulletin) while they complete the Core Curriculum and
the engineering preparatory courses listed at the end of this section. After
satisfactorily completing these studies at LaGrange College, the student
will then attend the engineering institution and complete a major in
engineering, a process that generally takes two to three additional years.
After completion of the degree requirements for both institutions, the
student will receive an engineering degree in the selected engineering
discipline from the engineering institution and a Bachelor of Arts degree
from LaGrange College.

All students considering the Dual Degree Engineering Program should
contact the program adviser, Dr. Terry Austin, prior to registration.
Students must complete all components of the Core Curriculum, including
the College's exit assessment exam before transferring to the engineering
institution.

108

Dual Degree Engineering students must satisfactorily complete all of the
following courses before attending the engineering institution:

Calculus I, II and III

Differential Equations

Linear Algebra (GA Tech.)

General Chemistry

General Physics I and II

Please note that calculus based physics (General Physics PHYS 2121-
2122) is required. Students must begin the study of calculus as early as
possible in order to be prepared for the physics sequence.

Journalism/Communications

Many students believe that in order to prepare for a career in journalism,
they must earn an undergraduate degree in either journalism or
communications. This simply is not true. Most publications and graduate
professional programs do not require applicants to hold a bachelor's degree
in those disciplines. What these employers and programs do insist upon is
that their applicants hold a liberal arts degree that promotes their abilities to
think, read, and write critically. Students at LaGrange College can prepare
themselves for a career in journalism or communications (or for graduate
studies in those fields) by:

majoring in a humanities/social science discipline such as English,

political science, or history and

completing an English minor with a writing concentration; or

designing an interdisciplinary major that blends courses from disciplines

pertinent to journalism and communications (see "Interdisciplinary
Major").

These students should also become actively involved in one or more of the
following student publications:

The Hilltop News (campus newspaper)

The Scroll (fine arts magazine)

Citations (scholarly journal of undergraduate research)

The Quadrangle (yearbook)

109

Law

The pre-law advising committee is chaired by Dr. Tracy Lightcap and is
composed of Dr. Lightcap, Dr. Kevin Shirley, and Dr. Brenda Thomas.
Students considering law school should consult with one of these faculty
members beginning in their first year and should meet regularly with
other students interested in pre-law.

Students entering law school come from varied undergraduate programs. It
is not really possible to say which major serves as the best preparatory
background for law school. Almost every law school bulletin, however,
suggests that entering students must have a strong background in history,
political science, and English as well as some preparation in economics,
business, sociology, psychology, and mathematics.

/m-

no

Summary List of Majors and Minors
Offered at LaGrange College

Accountancy

Art and Design

Biology

Biochemistry

Business Management

Chemistry

Church Leadership

Coaching

Computer Science

Education

English

French

History

Interdisciplinary Studies

International Economics

Japanese Studies

Latin American Studies

Literature

Mathematics

Music (B A.)

Music (B.M.)

Nursing

Oikos Program

Philosophy

Physical Education

Physics

Political Science

Psychology

Major

Minor

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

111

[ajor

Minor

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Religion
Sociology
Spanish
Theatre Arts
Women's Studies
Writing

Evening College degrees:

Associate of Arts in Liberal Studies

Bachelor of Arts in Business

Bachelor of Arts in Human Development

Students should not assume the privilege of automatic transfer from the
Day program to the Evening program. Students interested in changing
their enrollment classification from Day to Evening must complete an
Academic Petition indicating the reason for requesting the program
transfer. Before presenting to the Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean for consideration, the Petition must be signed by the current
academic advisor and the major advisor of the Evening program into
which the student desires to transfer. Note that transfer between
programs may only be requested one time during a student's
undergraduate career.

Graduate degrees:

Master of Education in Curriculum and Instruction

Master of Arts in Teaching

Master of Arts in Organizational Leadership

112

Endowed Lectureship

The Jennie Lee Epps Memorial Lectureship was revived in 1997 by a
gift from Dr. Grace Hadaway Boswell '49 and her husband, Dr. R. Dean
Boswell. Miss Kate Howard Cross, professor of Latin, donated the
originating gift for the Epps Lecture in memory of her friend and
colleague, who was professor of English for 28 years.

The Waights G. Henry, Jr., Endowed Lectureship was established by a
gift from the Neighbors Fund, Inc. in memory of Dr. Henry, president and
chancellor of LaGrange College over a period of 42 years. Income from
the endowment is used to fund the Waights G. Henry, Jr. Lecture held
during Celebrate the Servant.

The Arthur H. Thompson Lectureship brings to the campus a noted
scholar to address the faculty and student body on the interrelationship of
religion and other fields of knowledge at the Opening Convocation. The
endowment was established by Mrs. Mary Will Thompson, class of 1 898,
in memory of her husband, who served as chairman of the Board of
Trustees of the College. He expressed his philosophy in the statement:
"The greatest thing in life is the simple faith of an honest man."

The Lorenzo Valla Visiting Scholar Program was established in 1996 by
Mr. and Mrs. Tom Bushar (Linda Doolittle Bushar '96). Named after the
15th century Italian humanist, Valla is considered to be one of the earliest
scholars in the liberal arts. Funds from the endowment are applied to an
annual institute for Humanities I and II faculty.

Awards and Recognitions

The Nancy Alford Award is awarded each year to the sorority
accumulating the greatest number of points in the areas of scholarship,
leadership, sportsmanship, and community service.

The Irene E. Arnett Drama Award is presented annually to the member
of the senior class who shows that greatest potential for contribution to the
field of theatre, devotion to the tasks in the theatre, and dedication to the
principles of good theatre - to amuse the heart and lift the spirit to a better
understanding of man and his struggle in this world and towards his God.

113

The Needham Avery Art Award is a purchase award granted annually
in visual arts, provided by Dr. and Mrs. R.M. Avery in memory of their
son.

The Josephine A. Case Scholarship is awarded to a junior for excellence
in art and promise of achievement in that field. This award carries a stipend
and is associated with the Josephine A. Case Collection of American
Indian Art which Mrs. Case and her husband, the late Dr. Leland D. Case
of Tucson, donated to LaGrange College. Both hold honorary doctorates
from this school.

The Frances Marion Chalker Medlock Prize for Poetry is awarded to a
student or students exhibiting a profound love and appreciation of poetry in
memory of alumna Frances Marion Chalker Medlock '53. The recipient(s)
is/are selected by the Chair of the Department of English using criteria
developed by the English faculty.

The Austin P. Cook Award is presented annually by the Student
Government Association to the organization that made the most positive
impact on campus life during the year.

The Mamie Lark Henry Scholarship Cup is presented each semester to a
sorority with the highest grade-point average the previous semester.

The Waights G. Henry, Jr., Leadership Award is given annually by the
Student Government Association to a student who has actively
demonstrated effective leadership skills. Selection of the recipient is made
by a committee composed of students, faculty, and administrators.

The John R. Hines, Jr. Undergraduate Research Award is presented
annually to a LaGrange College faculty member who makes an outstanding
contribution to undergraduate research and to an outstanding undergraduate
research project in each division.

The Karen Sue Kafrouni Award is presented annually by the History
Department for a member of Phi Alpha Theta and a graduating senior with
the highest academic achievement.

The John Love Scholarship Cup is presented each semester to the
fraternity with the highest grade point average the previous semester.

The Weston L. Murray Award is presented to the senior class member of
the Georgia Delta Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu who has the highest record of
achievement and contribution in the field of Social Science.

The Meri Meriwether Norris Award was established in 1 998 in memory
of this 1980 alumna by her husband, Dr. Tommy Norris. This award is
presented annually to a graduating nursing student who demonstrates
extraordinary compassion.

114

The Outstanding Achievement in Psychology Award is presented
annually by the psychology department to the senior psychology major
who, through academic excellence and service, has made an outstanding
contribution to the field of psychology.

The Walter Malcolm Shackelford Award is presented annually to a
graduating senior who has majored in Education and has demonstrated
outstanding academic performance, leadership, and service to the College.

The Annie Moore Smith Award is a purchase award given annually in
visual arts, provided by Mrs. Rebecca Moore Butler, class of 1924, in
memory of her sister, Annie Moore Smith, class of 1915.

The W. Lee Wilson, Jr., Art Award is presented annually by the Art
Department to a graduating senior who has excelled in the art of
photography. Mr. William L. Wilson established the award in 1998 in
memory of his son.

The Jean Young Award in Photography granted annually, was
established in memory of Jean Young who was the first curator of the Lamar
Dodd Art Center. The award is a book on contemporary photography and is
presented to the student who has demonstrated an exceptional commitment
to photographic art.

Departmental Awards are presented annually at Honors Day in the
spring.

For a complete listing ofLaGrange College's Scholarships, please refer
to the Financial Aid website:
http://www.lagrange.edu/admission/finaid/scholarships.htm

115

Departments and Courses

Table of Contents 4

Academic Divisions 1 18

Course Abbreviations 120

Accountancy 139

Dr. Lydia Rosencrants

Art and Design 121

Professor Marcia Brown

Biology 130

Dr. Sarah Beth Mallory

Business 139

Dr. Jon Birkeli

Chemistry 159

Dr. William McCoy

Computer Science 170

Dr. Fay Riddle

Core Curriculum 179

Dr. Sarah Beth Mallory

Education 181

Dr. Don Livingston

English 193

Dr. Anthony Wilson

Health and Physical Education 204

Mr. Phil Williamson

History 211

Dr. Joe Cafaro

Latin American Studies and Modern Languages 220

Dr. Amanda Plumlee

Mathematics 229

Dr. Greg McClanahan

Music 238

Dr. Toni Anderson

116

Nursing 251

Dr. Celia Hay

Oikos Program 263

Dr. David Ahearn

Physics 266

Dr. Terry Austin

Political Science 268

Dr. Tracy Lightcap

Pre-Professional Programs 104

Dr. Nickie Cauthen

Psychology 276

Dr. Chuck Kraemer

Religion and Philosophy 282

Dr. David Ahearn

Sociology and Anthropology 291

Dr. Frank O 'Connor

Theatre Arts 298

Professor Kim Barber Knoll

Women's Studies 306

Dr. Amanda Plumlee

17

Academic Divisions,
Departments, and Courses

Fine and Performing Arts Kim Barber Knoll, Chair

Professors'. Anderson, Barber Knoll, Brown, Joiner,

Lawrence, Taunton
Associate Professors: Johnson, Reneke, Turner
Assistant Professors: Ogle, Tomsheck

This Division, offering B.A. and B.M. degrees, includes the
Departments of Art & Design, Music, and Theatre Arts.

Core Program and Interim Term Sarah Beth Mallory, Director

Humanities and Social Sciences Kevin Shirley, Chair

Professors: Ahearn, Cafaro, Cook, Dulin-Mallory,

Lightcap, Plumlee, Slay, Thomas, Williams

Associate Professors: Cody, O'Connor, Scott, Shirley,

Tures, Wilson

Assistant Professors: Appleby, Brevik, Lingenfelter

This Division, offering the B.A. degree, includes the Departments of
English Language & Literature, History, Latin American Studies &
Modern Languages, Political Science, Religion & Philosophy, and
Sociology & Anthropology.

Professional Programs Maranah Sauter, Chair

Professors: Birkeli, Hillyer, Sauter

Associate Professors: Bearden, Blair, Hay, D. Livingston,

Rosencrants, Williamson
Assistant Professors: Barber, Cason, Crowe, Davis-Nozemack,

Geeter, Kovack, McMullen, Odom, Truitt,

Yates

This Division includes the following Departments:
Department of Accountancy offering B. S. degrees;
Department of Business offering B. A. and B. S. degrees;
Department of Education offering B.A., M.A.T., and M.Ed, degrees;
Department of Health and Physical Education;
Department of Nursing offering B.S.N, degrees.

118

Science and Mathematics Sarah Beth Mallory, Interim Chair

Professors: Evans, Kraemer, McClanahan, McCoy,

Paschal, Riddle, Shelhorse, C. Yin, W. Yin
Associate Professors: Cauthen, Haas, Hall, Hwang, Mallory
Assistant Professors: Austin, J. Ernstberger, Pomeroy-Black
Visiting Assistant Professor: Parker
Visiting Instructor: Colvin

The Natural Sciences and Mathematics Division, offering B.A. and B.S.
degrees, includes the Departments of Biology, Chemistry & Physics,
Computer Science, Mathematics, and Psychology.

Course Numbering System and Abbreviations

The projected schedule of course numbering will be followed insofar as
possible, but is subject to change. The number in parentheses following
the course title indicates the number of semester hours credit for the course.

Courses numbered 1 100 through 1 199 are intended primarily for first
year students and sophomores.

Courses numbered 2200 to 2299 are intended primarily for sophomores.

Courses numbered 3300 through 3399 and above are intended primarily
for juniors and seniors.

Courses numbered 4400 through 4499 are intended primarily for seniors.

119

Abbreviations

Accountancy

Anthropology

Art and Design

Biology

Chemistry

Computer Science

Core

Economics

Education

English

Finance

French

German

Health and Physical Education

Physical Education

History

Japanese Studies

Languages

Latin American Studies

Library Science

Management

Marketing

Mathematics

Music

Nursing

Oikos Program

Philosophy

Physics

Political Science

Psychology

Religion

Sociology

Spanish

Theatre Arts

Women's Studies

ACCT

ANTH

ARTD

BIOL

CHEM

CSCI

CORE

ECON

EDUC

ENGL

FNCE

FREN

GERM

HPED

PEDU

HIST

JAPN

LANG

LAST

LIBR

MGMT

MRKT

MATH

MUSI

NURS

OIKS

PHIL

PHYS

POLS

PSYC

RLGN

SOCI

SPAN

THEA

WMST

120

ART AND DESIGN

Introduction

The Department of Art and Design offers major concentrations in
painting/drawing, graphic design, ceramics/sculpture, photography, art
history, and in art history/museum studies. The courses required of the
studio concentration are specific and scheduling should be determined in
consultation with an art faculty advisor. A student may choose a studio
concentration in more than one area.

Learning Objectives

The following objectives are established as a basis for the Art and
Design Program at LaGrange College:

To develop technical knowledge pertaining primarily to the
student's chosen area of concentration, but not limited to it.

To assist students in finding and focusing their creative ideas into a
consistent body of work..

To instruct students in the correct means of presenting their work
in a portfolio and culminating in a required senior exhibition.

To encourage students to exhibit their work.

To encourage students to pursue graduate study.

To provide students with a basic understanding of the history of
world art.

To develop both oral and written communicative skills.

To provide the students with a creative environment by using all
available resources. This would include field trips to galleries
and museums, course work in locations of artistic interest,
guest lectures and workshops related to the exhibitions in the
College's galleries.

121

Requirements for a Studio Concentration
Major in Art and Design:

9 hrs. Art History - ARTD 1 1 09, 1 1 1 0, 1 1 1 1 or an
Art History elective

9 hrs. Foundation Core - ARTD 1151,1152,1153
These courses should be taken during the first-
year/sophomore year as they are prerequisites for all studio
courses.

12 hrs. Introductory Studio Courses: One course from each
of the following studio disciplines:

Painting or Drawing

Graphic Design or Printmaking

Photography

Ceramics or Sculpture

9 hrs. Major Concentration - Three additional courses in
one of the above disciplines.

3 hrs. Studio Concentration

42 Total hours required

Assessment of learning objectives

Success in achieving the objectives of the Art and Design major will be
measured in the following ways:

Completion of each major course with a grade of "C-" or better.

Exemplary completion of assignments and independent study, and
the presentation of work in scheduled critiques.

An Exit or Senior Exhibition of work done in the student's major
studio discipline.

122

Requirements for a Concentration in Art
History:

6 hrs. Art History Survey I and II - ARTD 1 109, 1 1 10

21hrs. Art History courses - ARTD 1111,3101,3103,3105,3106,
3 1 07, 3 1 08 The Art of Greece and Rome, Art of the
Renaissance, Art of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries
in Europe and America, Art of the Nineteenth Century in
Europe and America, Modern and Contemporary Art, Art of the
Non-Western World, Museum Studies I.

6 hrs. Studio Courses

3 hrs. Internship or Independent Study in Art History

3 hrs. Senior Seminar - ARTD 3380 A course in which senior art
history and museum studies students work on research and
writing skills. They also prepare a resume and focus on
applying for graduate school.

39 Total hours required

Requirements for a Concentration in Art
History/Museum Studies:

6 hrs. Art History Survey I and II - ARTD 1 109, 1 1 10

18 hrs. Art History electives - ARTD 1111, 3103, 3105, 3106,
3107,3108

The Art of Greece and Rome, Art of the Renaissance, Art of the
Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries in Europe and America,
Art of the Nineteenth Century in Europe and America, Modern
and Contemporary Art, Art of the Non-Western World.

3 hrs. Studio Coursework - Three courses in elective studio

6 hrs. Museum Studies I and II - ARTD 3 1 1 , 3 1 02

3 hrs. Internship

3 hrs. Senior Seminar - ARTD 3380 A course in which senior art
history and museum studies students work on research and
writing skills. They also prepare a resume and focus on
applying for graduate school.

39 Total hours required

123

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Success in achieving the objectives of the Art Hi story /Museum Studies
Concentration will be measured in the following ways:

Sophomore review

Completion of each major course with a grade of "C-" or better

Participation in the Art History Forum or other public presentation of
research

Awards

The Art and Design Department presents several awards annually during
Honor's Day Convocation. Some are cash awards, and others are purchase
awards that allow the college to acquire works of art by the award
recipients. The faculty of the Art and Design Department present these
awards to students for superior performance and a proven commitment to
their craft.

Minor

A minor in Art and Design, Art History/Museum Studies consists of 18
semester hours: at least one course in art history, at least one course at the
1000 level, and 4 other courses selected in consultation with your minor
advisor.

Course Descriptions (ARTD)

ARTD 1109 Art History Survey I. (3) * Fall

This course surveys the history of Western Art and architecture from the

Paleolithic period through the Gothic era.

ARTD 1110 Art History Survey II. (3)* Spring

This course surveys the history of Western art and architecture from the

early Renaissance to the beginning of the 20 th century.

ARTD 1111 Modern and Contemporary Art History (3)*

This course surveys the development of Western art from the beginning of

the 20 th through the early 21 st century.

ARTD 1151 Basic Drawing. (3)* Fall

A course in drawing fundamentals, including line, value, composition,

perspective, and chiaroscuro. A variety of drawing media will be explored.

124

ARTD 1152 2-D Design. (3) * Spring

A study of the basic design elements and principles. Emphasis will be on
creative problem solving and development of unified designs. A study of
color theory and relationships will be included.

ARTD 1153 3-D Design. (3) * Fall

This course will explore the fundamentals of three-dimensional form using
various materials such as wood, clay, plaster, paper, etc. Craftsmanship,
creative thought, and transformation of ideas into form while becoming
familiar with proper use of tools and equipment is also emphasized.

ARTD 2201 Graphic Design I: Fundamentals. (3) Fall
An introduction to the fundamentals of graphic design, emphasizing
typography, and layout. Basic Macintosh computer skills will be covered,
including working with fonts, system basics, printers and service bureaus,
and understanding file formats.

ARTD 2211 Life Drawing. (3) Spring

A course in the study of human anatomy and the expressive potential of the
human form. Drawing from the model, both nude and clothed, and from
the skeleton using a variety of drawing media.

Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor

ARTD 2222 Graphic Design II: Logos and concepts. (3) Spring
A course exploring the development of graphic ideas through projects in
advertising, layout, corporate identity, magazine and poster design.
Students will be exposed to basic concepts of logo design.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2201

ARTD 2223 Basic Photography (3) * Fall
An introductory course in photography in which both silver (film and
paper) and digital (pixel and pigment) based materials are used. The
course begins with the mechanics of the camera, exposure of film and
digital file, darkroom procedures of film and printing processes from the
negative as well as pigment printing and manipulation from digital files.
Students are required to have a digital camera with manual control of
focus, f-stops and shutter speeds. Cameras for film processing will be
provided. Film, photographic and pigment print paper and presentation
materials are the responsibility of the student.

125

ARTD 2224 Documentary Photography. (3) Spring
A course in documentary photography in which the student is assigned
projects to illustrate narrative issues relevant to contemporary social
concerns utilizing both silver and digital based materials. An introduction
to the history of documentary photography and the study of the stylistic
techniques of contemporary photojournalism will also be included.

ARTD 2227 Ceramics-Methods and Materials. (3)* Fall

This course is an introduction to ceramic methods and techniques. It will

explore both wheelthrowing and hand building used in forming vessels and

sculpture. This will include using the potter's wheel, slabs, coils, textures

to create form. Glazing, decoration and firing methods will also be

explored.

ARTD 2229 Ceramics-Wheelthrowing. (3)* Spring
This course is an introduction to basic wheelthrowing techniques,
beginning with centering and opening then progressing to pulling basic
cylindrical forms, teapots and bottles. Glazing, decoration and firing
methods are also included.

ARTD 2271 Beginning Painting. (3) Fall

An introduction to painting with acrylics or oils. Projects will explore the
fundamentals of composition and modeling with color and light, as well as
abstraction and mixed media.
Prerequisite: ARTD 1151 (Basic Drawing) or permission of instructor

ARTD 2272 Sculpture I. (3)* Spring

The projects in this class will address both traditional and contemporary

issues in sculpture such as figure modeling, carving, and narrative imagery.

ARTD 2273 Printmaking I. (3)* Fall

A course in the basics of intaglio and relief printmaking techniques,
exposure to selected print and book arts media, and the development of
creative imagery.

ARTD 3101 Museum Studies I. (3) Fall

In addition to textbook study, students are actively engaged in the activities
of the Lamar Dodd Art Center: cataloguing the collection, organizing and
hanging exhibitions, and overseeing the gallery's daily activities. Students
visit area museums not only to view their collections and special
exhibitions, but also to learn from museum personnel about the functioning
of a museum.

126

ARTD 3102 Museum Studies II. (3) Spring
This course traces the history of museums, discusses contemporary
practice in museums, and examines current issues in Museology. It
explores the museum's mission and its role in society through case
studies and exhibitions in a variety of museums: art, living history,
history, children's, and ethnographic.

ARTD 3103 The Art of Greece and Rome. (3)* Spring

This course focuses on the art of Greece and Rome, emphasizing the

historical and cultural context of the works studied.

ARTD 3105 Art of the Renaissance. (3)* Fall

This course focuses on the painting, sculpture, and architecture of the

Renaissance, considering works in their historical and cultural context.

ARTD 3106 Art of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries in

Europe and America. (3)* Spring
This course examines works of painting, sculpture, and architecture
created in Western Europe and in the United States during the
seventeenth and eighteenth centuries and explores the cultural and
historical circumstances of their creation.

ARTD 3107 Art of the Nineteenth Century in Europe

and America. (3)* Fall
This course focuses on the painting, sculpture, photography, and
graphics of the nineteenth century in Europe and America.

ARTD 3108 Art of the Non-Western World. (3)* Spring

This course treats the art of non-western cultures: South and Southeast

Asia, China, Japan, Korea, Pre-Columbian America, Africa, and Oceania.

ARTD 3222 Digital Imaging. (3) Spring

A course dealing with the art of computer technology, with emphasis on

photographic image manipulation. Emphasis will be placed on

developing creative personal imagery. Access to a digital camera is

necessary.

ARTD 3301 Advanced Graphic Design. (3) Fall
This course explores advanced design principles in applied surface
design, and advanced topics in typography, layout and corporate
identity. The course is designed to assist students in developing a
portfolio of their work.
Prerequisites: ARTD 2201, ARTD 2222, ARTD 3222

127

ARTD3311 Advanced Life Drawing. (3) Spring
Advanced work with the figure in projects exploring composition and
subjective expression.
Prerequisite: ARTD2211

ARTD 3323 Advanced Photography I. (3) Fall
Advanced work in image manipulation in which creative photographic
techniques are employed using both silver and digital/pigment based
materials. Emphasis will be placed on expressive and technical elements
that go into the making of a personal vision. Students may work digitally
or with film using a variety of formats.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2223

ARTD 3324 Advanced Photography II. (3) Spring
Independent work in photographic concepts dealing with the student's
interest in documentary, commercial, or expressive photography using
either silver or digital media. A portfolio of twenty to thirty prints with a
cohesive theme is required at the end of the semester.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2224

ARTD 3327 Ceramic Concepts. (3) Fall

This course will emphasize ceramic design using hand building and/or
wheelthrowing techniques. Projects are flexible in their construction
method in order to accommodate different ability levels and interests.
Projects with commercial potential such as lamp bases, teapots, covered jars
and tile, etc. will be explored. Glazing, decoration and firing methods are
emphasized.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2227 or ARTD 2229 or consent of instructor

ARTD 3329 Ceramic Design. (3) Spring

This course is designed to allow the student to explore design, construction
and firing methods covered in previous ceramic classes.
Prerequisites: ARTD 2227 or ARTD 2229 or consent of instructor

ARTD 3341 Internship. (3-9) Fall, January, Spring
A supervised experience in an off campus professional environment such
as a photography studio, a surface or graphic design studio, or a museum or
gallery administrative office.

ARTD 3351 - 3352 Studio Concentration. (3-6) Fall and Spring
This is an advanced intensive course in which art students bring into focus
their studio interest and produce a body of work in one or two disciplines
leading towards their exit exhibition their last semester. The course may

128

include discussion and readings in contemporary art theory and criticism,
field trips to conferences, museums and galleries, and the creation of a
personal artist's statement and vitae. Students will be expected to produce a
portfolio of their work that could be used to apply for a job application and
for graduate study. This course requires that the student receive permission
from the studio professor/professors in which they plan to concentrate. This
course may be repeated for credit and a student may receive a maximum of
12 credit hours.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor/ instructors

ARTD 3371 Intermediate Painting. (3) Fall
Advanced work in either acrylics or oils. Projects will allow for the
development of personal imagery, experimental approaches to the media,
and other advanced concepts.
Prerequisite: ARTD 227 1

ARTD 3372 Sculpture Methods II. (3) Spring
This course is designed to allow the student to independently explore ideas,
methods and techniques covered in previous sculpture classes.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2272

ARTD 3373 Printmaking II. (3) Fall

A continuation of Art 2273 including advanced exploration of color prints
and other selected print and book arts media.
Prerequisite: ARTD 2273

ARTD 3375 Advanced Painting. (3) Spring

A further exploration of either oils or acrylics. Students develop a series of
paintings that explore specific imagery, materials, or techniques.
Prerequisite: consent of instructor

ARTD 3380 Special Topics. (3) On demand
A special topics course designed to provide students with exposure to
topics in either studio work or art history/museum studies not covered in
the regular course offerings.
Prerequisite: consent of instructor

ARTD 4495 Independent Studies. (3) On demand
Prerequisite: consent of instructor

* Denotes courses in Art and Design that may satisfy Fine Arts
requirements in Core Curriculum

129

BIOLOGY

Introduction

The Biology curriculum provides a broad base of knowledge of biology
while improving the creative, critical, and communicative abilities of
students. Biology, the study of life, is intriguing to students on a
fundamental level, because it is essentially the study of themselves, their
bodies, and the living world around them. The biology faculty works with
their majors to help them develop an understanding and working
knowledge of the life phenomenon at subcellular through organismal
levels. Within the major, a student may elect to emphasize human biology,
field-oriented biology, or biochemical and microscopic aspects of life
science.

Learning Objectives for the Major

The Biology Department offers a curriculum which will provide the basis
for all students majoring in biology to be able to:

1 . Demonstrate knowledge in major fields of biology.

2. Demonstrate effective communication skills using both written and
oral formats.

3. Demonstrate critical and analytical thinking and the ability to
creatively address issues in the biological sciences.

4. Demonstrate competency in reading primary literature in the biological
sciences.

5. Demonstrate mastery of basic laboratory and/or field skills and
techniques.

6. Ability to effectively apply the scientific method to answer questions
in the biological sciences.

7. Ability to effectively collect and analyze data and to creatively solve
problems in the biological sciences.

8. Ability to work collectively and collaboratively on group projects in
the biological sciences.

9. Demonstrate an appreciation of the role of science in society.

130

Methods of Accomplishing Objectives

The student is presumed to have accomplished the specific collection of
objectives by satisfactorily completing the courses which constitute his/her
major. In addition to the Core Curriculum, all biology majors are required
to successfully complete General Biology I and II (BIOL 1101 and 1 102)
and General Biology I and II Laboratory (BIOL 1 101 L and BIOL 1 102 L)
or Anatomy and Physiology I and II (BIOL 1 148 and 1 149); General
Chemistry I and II (CHEM 1101 and 1 102); one course in Mathematics
chosen from MATH 1114 (Statistics), MATH 2105 (Precalculus), or
MATH 2221 (Calculus I); one course in the cellular-level biology
category; and one course in the organismal-level biology category.
Students may count no more than one accepted upper level course taken as
a transient student at another institution as one of the biology major
courses.

The department offers two degree tracks beyond these basic courses: the
Bachelor of Arts in Biology (B.A.) and the Bachelor of Science in Biology
(B.S.). Additionally, the department offers a Minor in Biology. The
requirements for each of these are as follows:

Bachelor of Arts in Biology

Core Curriculum

BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or BIOL 1 148 and

1 149 (Core science requirement)

CHEM 1101 and 1102

Choice of MATH 1 1 14, MATH 2105, or MATH 2221

Choice of one cellular-level biology course (BIOL 3321,

3322, 3360, 3370, 3372, 3373, 3374, 3376)

Choice of one organismal-level biology course (BIOL 3334,

3335,3336,3351,3353,3384)

BIOL 4470 Senior Seminar

6 additional upper level biology courses (Biochemistry I,

CHEM 4421, may be chosen as one of these courses.)

This represents 43 semester hours of coursework in addition to the Core
requirements.

131

Bachelor of Science in Biology

Core Curriculum

BIOL 1101, 1101 L, 1102, and 1 102 Lor BIOL 1 148 and

1 149 (Core science requirement)

CHEM 1101 and 1102

Choice of MATH 1 1 14, MATH 2105, or MATH 2221

Choice of one cellular-level biology course (BIOL 3321,

3322, 3360, 3370, 3372, 3373, 3374, 3376)

Choice of one organismal-level biology course (BIOL

3334, 3335, 3336, 3351, 3353, 3384)

Organic Chemistry I (CHEM 2201) and Organic Chemistry

II (CHEM 2202)

Introductory Physics I (PHYS 1101) and Introductory

Physics II (PHYS 1102)

BIOL 4470 Senior Seminar

5 additional upper level biology courses (Biochemistry I,

CHEM 4421, may be chosen as one of these courses.)

This represents 55 semester hours of coursework in addition to the Core
requirements.

Minor in Biology

BIOL 1101, 1101 L, 1102, and 1 102 L or BIOL 1 148 and
1149

Choice of one cellular-level biology course (BIOL 3321,
3322, 3360, 3370, 3372, 3373, 3374, 3376)

Choice of one organismal-level biology course (BIOL
3334, 3335, 3336, 3351, 3353, 3384)

2 additional upper level biology courses

Declaration of Major

Before declaring a major in biology, a student must successfully
complete an introductory biology sequence (BIOL 1101, BIOL 1 101L,
BIOL 1 102 and BIOL 1 102L, or BIOL 1 148 and BIOL 1 149) and have
a GPA of 2.75 or better in all biology courses.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

The student will demonstrate that he/she has accomplished the
objectives of the major by passing the departmental exit interview exam
at the 70% level or higher. The Biology Department continues to use
the success of its graduates in the job market and in advanced study as a
gauge of the applicability of its goals and the success of its students in
attaining these goals.

132

Career Options

Graduates of the College who have majored in biology typically pursue
careers in teaching, pharmacy, medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine,
or physical therapy. In addition, many graduates find employment in
industry - some in laboratories, some in management, and others in
research and development. Most careers require further formal study in
graduate or professional schools.

Combined B.A. and M.A.T Program of Study

Undergraduate students who meet the admission requirements for the
Master of Arts in Teaching [M.A.T] (passing GACE Basic Skills or a
combined SAT score of more than 1000) and those who have a GPA of
3.0 or higher in their undergraduate studies are eligible to participate in a
combined B.A. and M.A.T. program of study after the completion of 90
semester hours. Once accepted, candidates may take entering cohort
graduate courses the Summer Semester following their junior year of
study. Upon gaining senior status, candidates may take one three credit
graduate course during the Fall, Interim, and Spring Semesters only if
enrolled with twelve undergraduate credits.

Course Descriptions (BIOL)

BIOL 1101 General Biology I. (3) Fall

This is the beginning Biology course for majors and non-majors. It is a
prerequisite to all other biology courses except for Human Anatomy and
Physiology. General Biology deals with the phenomenon of life as is
manifested in all types of living organisms. The origin of life, chemistry
of life, cellular and tissue organization, metabolism, cell division,
genetics, gene action, and functioning of the organ systems are among
topics covered in General Biology.

Prerequisite: None

Corequisite: BIOL 1101 L

BIOL 1101 L General Biology I Laboratory. (1) Fall

This laboratory course is designed to complement and to provide

experiential learning for General Biology I.

Prerequisite: None

Corequisite: BIOL 1101

BIOL 1102 General Biology II. (3) Spring
This course is a continuation of General Biology I.

Prerequisite: BIOL 1101

Corequisite: BIOL 1 102 L

133

BIOL 1102 L General Biology II Laboratory. (1) Spring

This laboratory course is designed to complement and provide experiential

learning for General Biology II and is a continuation of General Biology I

Laboratory.

Prerequisite: BIOL 1101

Corequisite: BIOL 1102

BIOL 1107 Principles of Biology I. (3) On demand
An introductory biology course for science majors that includes biological
chemistry, cell structure and function, energy transfer, cell cycle, mitosis,
and meiosis.

Prerequisite: None

Corequisite: BIOL 1 107L

BIOL 1107 L Principles of Biology I Laboratory. (1) On demand
Laboratory experience for science majors to accompany topics from BIOL

1 107. This course focuses on the scientific method, data acquisition,
manipulation and analysis, and presentation of results.

Prerequisite: None
Corequisite: BIOL 1107

BIOL 1108 Principles of Biology II. (3) On demand
A continuation of introductory biology for science majors. Topics include
Mendelian and molecular genetics, gene expression, evolution,
biodiversity, physiology, and ecology.

Prerequisite: BIOL 1 107

Corequisite: BIOL 1 108L

BIOL 1108 L Principles of Biology II Laboratory. (1) On demand
Laboratory experience for science majors to accompany topics from BIOL

1 108. This course focuses on the scientific method, data acquisition,
manipulation and analysis, and presentation of results.

Prerequisite: BIOL 1 107
Corequisite: BIOL 1108

BIOL 1148 Human Anatomy and Physiology I. (4) Fall

A study of the structure and function of the human body. Designed for pre-

nursing majors.

Prerequisite: None

BIOL 1149 Human Anatomy and Physiology II. (4) Spring
A continuation of Human Anatomy and Physiology I.
Prerequisite: BIOL 1148

134

BIOL 3320 Medical Microbiology. (4) Spring
A study of human disease caused by pathogenic microbes and helminthes.
Designed for pre-nursing majors. Laboratory activities focus on bacteria as
model organisms.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 148 and 1 149 (may be concurrent) or permission
of instructor

BIOL 3321 Microbiology. (4) Fall

A study of the morphology, physiology, classification, ecology, and
economics of microbial forms, especially bacteria and fungi.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102 and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1 148 and 1 149

BIOL 3322 Immunology. (4) Spring (even years)
A study of the fundamentals of immunology. Emphasis is placed on
tissues of the immune system, control, and cellular interaction of the
healthy and diseased immune system.

Prerequisites: BIOL 3360 or BIOL 3372 or BIOL 3374 or
permission of instructor

BIOL 3334 General Ecology. (4) Spring
An introduction to the basic principles and concepts of ecology with
emphasis on environmental sampling, analysis and characterization.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3335 General Zoology. (4) Fall (even years)
A phylogenetic approach to the Animal kingdom following cladistic
principles. Emphasis will be placed upon representative animal groups and
the position of Animalia within the domains of life. Studies of local faunae
will be highlighted.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3336 General Botany. (4) Fall (odd years)
A phylogenetic survey of the kingdom Plantae. Cladistic principles will be
followed while discovering the position of plants among the other forms of
life. Certain plant-like protists will also be covered in the course.
Characteristics, contributions and life cycles of major groups will be
emphasized. Lab work will be strongly oriented toward the local florae.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

135

BIOL 3351 Vertebrate Embryology. (4) Spring (even years)

A study of the embryological development of representative vertebrates,

with laboratory emphasis upon the chick and pig.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102 and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3353 Fundamentals of Evolutionary Theory. (4) Fall
A balanced survey of the present-day concepts of the processes and
products of evolution with emphases on 1 ) contrasting models and their
consequences, 2) mass extinctions, 3) evolution of man, 4) methods of
science and pseudoscience, and 5) philosophical considerations.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102 and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3360 Histology. (4) Fall (odd years)
A study of the microscopic features of vertebrate cells, tissues, and
organs. Lectures correlate cell structure with tissue or organ system
function. Laboratory experiences include the microscopic identification
of major tissues and organs at the cellular level.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3370 Toxicology. (4) Fall (even years)
An introduction to the principles of toxicology and the cellular,
physiological, and ecological effects of toxicants, with an emphasis on
the environmental and physiological effects of toxicants relating to the
nervous system, cardiovascular system, and respiratory system.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102 and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3372 Molecular Biology. (4) Spring (odd years)
The study and application of molecular biology techniques that are
commonly used in many fields of science. Topics of study may include
recombinant DNA technology, DNA, RNA, and protein isolation,
polymerase chain reaction, DNA and protein agarose gel
electrophoresis, growth and evaluation of bacterial cultures and
colonies, DNA sequencing, and evaluation of data using biocomputing
techniques.

Prerequisites: CHEM 1 102, CHEM 1 102 L, and BIOL 3321 or

BIOL 3322 or BIOL 3370 or BIOL 3373 or BIOL 3374

or permission of instructor

136

BIOL 3373 Genetics. (4) Fall

This course includes topics in both classical and molecular genetics.
Topics of study may include but are not limited to Mendelian and non-
Mendelian transmission of genes, sex-linked traits, chromosomal genetics
and genomes, DNA structure, replication, mutation and repair, gene
expression and its regulation, recombinant DNA technology, cancer, and
population genetics. The laboratory will evaluate wild type and mutant
model organisms using classical and molecular genetic approaches.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102 and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3374 Cell Biology. (4) Spring (odd years)
An advanced study of the structure and functions of the eukaryotic cell.
Emphasis will be on the role of cellular membranes and proteins as they
relate to cellular activities such as intracellular communication, secretion,
and recognition.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or
BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 3376 Virology. (4) Fall (even years)
This introduction to virology will focus on animal viruses that are
important for basic science and human and animal diseases. The topics in
this course may include viral taxonomy, structure, entry/exit, replication,
quantitation, genetics, pathogenesis, and virus-host interaction. The
laboratory will study nonpathogenic model viral systems.

Prerequisites: BIOL 3321 or BIOL 3322 or BIOL 3370 or BIOL

3372 or BIOL 3373 or BIOL 3374 or permission of

instructor
BIOL 3384 Neurobiology. (4) Spring (odd years)
An integrated study of the human nervous system correlating
neuroanatomy and neurophysiology with fundamentals of clinical
neurology.

Prerequisites: BIOL 1 101, 1 101 L, 1 102, and 1 102 L or

BIOL 1148 and 1149

BIOL 4470 Senior Seminar. (1)

Senior seminar is a thematic capstone course that is a broad, integrative
experience in biology. The course promotes independent thinking,
develops analytical skills, and provides practice in group discussion and in
written and oral presentation.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, biology major

37

BIOL 4495 Independent Study (1-4) On demand
Although not required as part of the biology major, this course provides an
opportunity for students, on an individual basis, to pursue in-depth study of
a particular biology topic. Up to 4 hours of BIOL 4495 may be counted
toward the major.

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor, the department chair, and the
Academic Dean

BIOL 4496 Internship (1-3) On demand
An opportunity for students to gain added experience and insight in
approved off-campus settings. The internship cannot be counted as one of
the courses required for the major or minor in biology.

Prerequisites: Consent of the supervising instructor, department chair,
and the Career Center

138

BUSINESS and ACCOUNTANCY

Introduction

The Business and Accountancy Departments of LaGrange College are
committed to academic excellence through degree programs designed to
prepare students for a wide variety of careers in business. The liberal
arts education that students receive at LaGrange College provides the
foundation for critical thinking, communication, and the leadership
skills needed for a successful professional career. The departments seek
to enhance the College's liberal arts curriculum by offering coursework
and internship opportunities that give students a fundamental
understanding of business and provide them with the knowledge and
skills needed for effective decision making in a dynamic, global, and
technologically oriented environment.

Mission Statement

We are dedicated to the development of our students' abilities to
think critically and creatively and to the enhancement of their
communication skills.

We seek to integrate and extend liberal arts-based values through
discussion, discovery, and reflection based on contemporary
business content.

We seek to provide a safe, caring and ethical place for all our
students to grow and mature.

Learning Objectives of Programs

Upon completion of a degree from the Business or Accountancy
Departments, a student should be able to:

Demonstrate general knowledge and comprehension of business
concepts and the ability to integrate this knowledge.

Synthesize and make connections among different ideas, as well as
demonstrate the ability to think creatively and critically, and to
formulate logical arguments.

Show an intrinsic desire to learn and a curiosity about the world and
about business by actively participating in class, group work, and
individual research.

Formulate and defend ethical judgments and develop an
understanding of individual moral responsibility, particularly in a
group or corporate setting.

139

Communicate in a professional manner, both orally and in writing,
using technology appropriately.

Work in teams and demonstrate an understanding of interpersonal
relations, and the leadership and followership processes.

Accept and embrace risk and uncertainty in the business environment.

Assessment of Learning Outcomes

Learning outcomes are assessed using the following methods:

Departmental Assessment Program

Senior Exit Interviews

Alumni Surveys

Internship Supervisor Evaluations

Competitive Scholarships Received

Professional Exam Pass Rates

Leadership Roles Held

SIR IT Course Evaluations

Community Service Participation

Advisory Council Feedback

Programs

The following programs are available:

Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Accountancy

Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Business Management

Minor in Accountancy

Minor in Business Management

Minor in International Economics

Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Business Administration {See separate
LaG range Evening College Bulletin)

The Bachelors programs are accredited nationally by the Association of
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP). The Albany
programs in Organizational Leadership are not included in this
accreditation.

140

Accountancy and Business Majors

Business majors (B.S. in Accountancy and B.S. in Business
Management) should note that the applicable requirements for the
major, including required courses, are those in effect when they declare
their major, not those in effect at the time of their matriculation.

In addition to the course requirements, students pursuing a Bachelor's
degree offered by the Business Department must participate in a
comprehensive Departmental Assessment Program (DAP), as well as an
exit interview with department faculty or Advisory Council members.

Program Requirements for the B.S. in
Accountancy

The B.S. in Accountancy gives students the accounting foundation
needed for effective decision making in an organization. Today's
accountants must be able to communicate, synthesize and innovate.
They not only provide the information upon which the business world
depends, but also make crucial decisions and act as trusted advisors.
The Accountancy major builds upon the liberal arts skill base to give
students the business and accounting knowledge they need. Students
planning to work in the accounting function will receive the necessary
skills and knowledge to pursue the CMA and CFM professional
designations and be prepared for the fifth year of study for the CPA.

To declare a major in Accountancy the student must meet the following
criteria:

1. Have an overall GPA of 2.75/4.00 or better.

2. Complete MGMT 2200, ACCT 221 1, and ECON 2200 with a grade
of 'C or better.

3. Normally, a student desiring to major in Accountancy will complete
ACCT 221 1 with a grade of 'B' or better.

Students who have a GPA at or above 2.5 but less than 2.75 may
petition the department faculty to be admitted on a probationary basis to
the major. Petitioners will be evaluated utilizing a departmental
screening process.

To remain a major in Accountancy in good standing, the student must
meet the following criteria:

1. Complete all other major requirements with a grade of 'C or better.

2. Maintain an overall and major GPA of at least 2.50/4.00.

141

Any accountancy major whose overall GPA or major GPA falls below a
2.50/4.00 will be placed on probation and has one semester in which to
remove the probationary status. Exceptions to the above criteria may be
made at the discretion of the departmental faculty.

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Accountancy must
complete their course work as follows:

Matriculation in the Major

Core Requirements 46 hours

Common Business Core 33 hours

Accountancy Core

27 hours

Interim

09 hours

General Elective

05 hours

Total 120 hours

The required courses in the Accountancy major are:

ACCT 22 1 1 ACCT 330 1 ACCT 3302

ACCT 33 1 1 ACCT 4401 ACCT 4410

ACCT 44 1 5 ACCT 4420 ACCT 4430

ACCT 4440 ACCT 4454 ECON 2200

FNCE 3353 MATH 1114 MGMT 2200

MGMT3312 MGMT 3351 MGMT 3370

MGMT 3372 MRKT 3380

Students planning to pursue licensure as a Certified Public Accountant
(CPA) are required by Georgia law to complete 150 semester credit
hours. The Accountancy Program Director will assist students in
determining how they should acquire the final 30 semester hours
needed. Students are eligible to sit for the uniform CPA examination
upon graduation with the B.S. in Accountancy degree.

Internship Program

Accountancy majors may have the opportunity to participate in an
extended internship during the interim and spring semesters of their
senior year. Internships typically run from the beginning of January until
the end of March. Students may receive up to 9 hours of academic credit
for this internship experience. Upon returning to campus at the end of
March, students would be expected to take two or three intensive
courses during the remaining weeks of the semester.

142

Program Requirements for the B.S. in Business
Management

The B.S. in Business Management degree program is designed to help
students develop ideals that are ethically sound and socially desirable,
cultivate an awareness of the social, political, and economic
developments to which businesses must adapt, develop sound judgment
and effective communication skills, and develop individual interests and
talents. Coursework provides both the theoretical and practical
foundation needed for those entering businesses, as well as government
and not-for-profit organizations.

There are two concentrations in the Business Management major:
Market Research and International Economics.

To declare a major in Business Management the student must meet the
following criteria:

1 . Have a GPA of 2.75/4.00 or better.

2. Complete MGMT 2200, ACCT 221 1, and ECON 2200 with a grade
of 'C or better.

3. Normally, a student desiring to major in International Economics
will complete ECON 2200 with a grade of 'B' or better.

Student who have a GPA at or above 2.5 but less than 2.75 may petition
the departmental faculty to be admitted on a probationary basis to the
major. Petitioners will be evaluated utilizing a departmental screening
process.

To remain a major in Business in good standing, the student must meet
the following criteria:

1. Complete all other major requirements with a grade of X? or better.

2. Maintain an overall and major GPA of at least 2.50/4.00.

Any Business major whose overall or major GPA falls below a
2.50/4.00 will be placed on probation and has one semester in which to
remove the probationary status. Exceptions to the above criteria may be
made at the discretion of the departmental faculty.

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in Business
Management must complete 48 semester credit hours of major
coursework (above the general education requirements of 46 hours).
Students will complete the total required 120 hours as follows:

143

Matriculation in the Major

Core Requirements 46 hours

Common Business Core 36 hours

Concentration Core 09 hours

Concentration Directed Electives 12 hours*

Interim 09 hours

General Elective 08 hours

Total 120 hours

The required courses in the Common Business Core include the
following:

ACCT 221 1 ACCT 33 1 1 ECON 2200

FNCE 3353 MATH 1114 MGMT 2200

MGMT3312 MGMT 3351 MGMT 3370

MGMT 3372 MGMT 3393 MRKT 3380

*Please note that students choosing the concentration in "international
economics" must take MGMT 4420 as one of their directed elective
courses.

Students choosing not to major in Accountancy will have two options: a
five-course, in-depth study in either "market research " or "international
economics. " The student would begin the concentration with one course
in the second semester of the junior year and complete the sequence at
the end of the senior year. Both concentrations, while in different sub-
disciplines, will share common learning goals such as integration,
creative application, ethics, and skills development in research and
communication [writing and oral delivery].

Students must meet with their advisor before October 15 of their junior
year in order to enroll in their chosen concentration.

Market Research Concentration

Students choosing the Market Research concentration must complete:

Capstone I: Business Intelligence (MGMT 4420)

Decision making/problem solving process

Database structure

Data warehousing/On-line Analytical Processing (OLAP)

144

Data Mining

Converting data into information

Communication

Market Research Methods and Design

Capstone II: Special Topics in Marketing (MRKT 4484)

Problem Identification

Decision making/Problem solving process

Creativity in problem solving

Solution Implementation

Communication

Capstone III: Applied Business Analysis (MGMT 4430)

Decision support Systems

Financial/quantitative

Data-based

Forecasting

Risk Benefit Analysis

Group dynamics

Policy implications

Communication

International Economics Concentration

Students choosing the International Economics concentration must complete:

Capstone I: International Economic Environment (ECON 4410)

Macro economics U.S. and globally

Trading patterns and economic geography

Capital markets and currency exchange

Economic and political risk

Appropriate electives:
PHIL 1410 Introduction to Philosophy
PHIL 24 1 Moral Philosophy
POLS 2210 Comparative Politics
POLS 2220 International Politics
POLS 3321 International Political Economy
LAST 3210 Latin American Politics
Any intermediate/advanced foreign language course

Capstone II: Managing Across International Borders (ECON 4420)

Evolution of the global enterprise

Cultural Understanding

Intercultural communication

145

Cultural divergence and convergence
The international manager
Appropriate electives:

LAST 1 104 Intro, to Latin American Culture

PSYC 3321 Social Psychology

HUSV 3308 Cultural and Social Anthropology

RLGN 3220 History of Christian Political Thought

RLGN 3340 Sociology of Religion

MGMT4401 Entrepreneurship

Any intermediate/advanced foreign language course

Capstone III: Special Topics in International Economics (ECON
4440)

The class will explore international topics in depth through independent
research, group discussion and debate, oral presentations and written
reports. Chosen topics are likely to vary from year to year.
Sample topics:

Comparative Value Systems and Ethical Behavior

Income and Wealth Distribution

Outsourcing

Sustainability

Doha Round

Kyoto Protocol

Accountancy, Business and International
economics Minors

Program Requirements for the Minor in
Accountancy

The department offers a Minor in Accountancy. With the accountancy
minor, students will develop a deeper understanding of financial
reporting and the use of financial information.

A minor in Accountancy consists of the following 12 hours of
coursework above ACCT 2211:

ACCT 3301

ACCT 3302

ACCT 33 11

ACCT 44 1 or ACCT 44 1 5 or ACCT 4440

To declare a minor in Accountancy the student must meet the following
criteria:

146

1. Have a GPA of 2.75/4.00 or better.

2. Complete courses in the minor with a grade of 'C or better.

3. Students must take at least four of the minor courses at LaGrange
College.

Program Requirements for the Minor in Business
Management

A Minor in Business Management is available to any LaGrange College
student, regardless of major. Courses cover the basic functional areas of
business. The minor is designed to help students develop the ability to
recognize and solve business and organizational problems and understand
the role of business in the community, nation, and the world. Such
exposure should enhance the student's employment opportunities.

A Minor in Business Management consists of the following 15 hours of
coursework:

ACCT2211
ECON 2200
MGMT 220
MGMT 3370
MRKT 3380

To declare a minor in Business, the student must meet the following
criteria:

1 . Have a GPA of 2.75/4.00 or better.

2. Complete courses in the minor with a grade of 'C or better.

3. Students must take at least four of the minor courses at LaGrange
College.

147

Program Requirements for the Minor in
International Economics

A Minor in International Economics is available to any LaGrange
College student, regardless of major. The required courses ranges from
an introductory course in economics covering basic micro and macro
concepts to a three-course series providing the student with an
understanding of the economic environment in which international
business operate, the added complexity of managing across international
borders, and the opportunity to pursue independent research culminating
in a Senior Paper. The course work requires a great deal of reading and
writing.

A Minor in International Economics consists of the following 15 hours
of coursework:

MGMT 2200

ECON 2200

ECON4410

ECON 4420

ECON 4440

To declare a minor in International Economics, the student must meet
the following criteria:

1 . Have a GPA of 2.75/4.00 or better.

2. Complete courses in the minor with a grade of 'C or better.

3. Only ECON 2200 may be transferred into the minor; all other
courses in the minor must be completed at LaGrange College.

148

Course Descriptions

Note that most courses have prerequisites and, generally, 2200-level
courses are introductory. Prerequisites are shown after the course
description.

All major and minor courses must be completed with a grade of 'C or
better.

To take any course other than MGMT 2200, ACCT 2211 or ECON
2200, students must have a GPA of at least 2.5/4.0.

Accountancy (ACCT)

ACCT 221 1 Principles of Financial Accounting. (3)

Fall and Spring
This is a foundation level accounting course which introduces the
terminology, principles, and practices of financial accounting for
corporations. The course's major focus is the accounting cycle and
preparation of financial statements.

Prerequisites: ENGL 1101, MATH 1101

ACCT 3301 Intermediate Financial Accounting I. (3) Spring
This course focuses on the decision-making implications of information
provided to external stakeholders including investors, creditors, customers,
and regulators, and regulation theory and practice as applied to
accountancy. Topics include regulation of accountancy procedures for
external reporting, current problems in reporting financial position, income
determination, and an integration of current professional pronouncements.
Prerequisite: ACCT 221 1

ACCT 3302 Intermediate Financial Accounting II. (3) Fall
Continuation of Intermediate Financial Accounting I.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301

ACCT 3311 Principles of Managerial Accounting. (3) Fall
A study of the uses of accounting for planning and control, including
analysis and interpretation of data, and use of cost information for business
policy implementation. Active learning projects will be emphasized.
Prerequisite: ACCT 22 11

149

ACCT 4401 Auditing and Accounting Ethics and Liability.

(3) Spring
This course focuses on the legal and ethical environment in which the
accounting professional practices and in which financial statements are
prepared and presented. Students will consider the conflict between profit
motive and accurate and complete financial reporting, examining the
participation in the financial reporting process by internal accountants,
internal auditors, other business managers, and the independent auditors
engaged to attest to the accuracy and completeness of management's
financial statements. These conflicts will be discussed in relation to the
business's responsibility to employees, investors, and other stakeholders.
Traditional auditing practices will also be studied to determine the
efficiency and the effectiveness of such methods.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301

ACCT 4410 Federal Income Taxation. (3) Spring
This course introduces students to U.S. Federal income tax concepts and
principles and the application of such concepts to business operating,
investing, and financing activities. Ethical and legal issues confronting tax
practitioners are discussed throughout the course. Students engage in tax
research utilizing professional databases and gain expertise in technical writing.
Prerequisite: ACCT 221 1

ACCT 4415 Cost Accounting. (3) Fall

This course focuses on the decision making implications of information
provided to organization managers. Concepts from economics, statistics,
and psychology emphasize the use of quantitative techniques to manage
uncertainty and risk. Topics include planning and control techniques,
construction of static and flexible budgeting, and product costing mechanisms.
Prerequisite: ACCT 331 1

ACCT 4420 Advanced Federal Income Taxation. (3) Fall
This course examines continues the study of Federal Income Taxation from
ACCT 4410 and addresses more advanced federal taxation issues. Topics
that will be covered include the taxation of entities and their owners,
including the taxation implications of formations, distributions,
reorganizations, liquidations and other business transactions. Return
preparation, planning, research, and compliance issues are also integrated
throughout the course.

Prerequisite: ACCT 4410

150

ACCT 4430 Advanced Accounting. (3) Spring
This is an intensive course that integrates the disciplines of accounting,
finance, and taxation with respect to selected complex business
transactions. Topics will include: business combinations, goodwill,
inventory costing, property exchanges and advanced stockholders'
equity transactions.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3302

ACCT 4440 Accounting Information Systems. (3) Spring
This course is an introduction to the systems, procedures, and processes
management employs to control operating activities and information
reporting systems.
Prerequisite: ACCT 22 1 1

ACCT 4454 Financial Statement Analysis. (3) Spring
This course focuses on the structure and analysis of financial statements
prepared in accordance with US GAAP, providing students with a
framework for using financial statement data in a variety of valuation and
business analysis contexts.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301

ACCT 4460 Internship in Accounting. (1-6) On demand
This course represents a unique opportunity for a qualified student to
expand his/her understanding of the practical applications of accounting
concepts by entering into a specific "help rendered learning
accomplishment" contract with a cooperating area enterprise. The contract
will specifically identify the student's obligations and duties, the nature and
extent of the host enterprise's commitment to assist the student in further
extending his/her knowledge of enterprise operations, and the basis on
which the student's learning accomplishments will be measured. No more
than 1 2 credit hours may be applied toward the student's graduation requirements.
Prerequisites: Accountancy major with demonstrated superior

capabilities and prior approval of the contract by

the department faculty

ACCT 4480 Special Topics in Accounting. (3) On demand
A series of special topic courses will provide students with exposure to
issues and concepts not covered in their regular course work. Most topics
will include work with "real-world" organizations.
Prerequisites: ACCT 22 1 1 and consent of instructor

151

ACCT 4488 Research and Current Topics in Accounting.

(3) On demand
This course provides a conceptual understanding of the accounting
process and the background skills to do research in the authoritative
accounting literature. Students will gain proficiency using FARS.
Current topics in accounting will be researched and discussed. Technical
writing abilities will be stressed.
Prerequisite: ACCT 3301

Economics (ECON)

ECON 2200 Principles of Economics. (3) Fall and Spring
An introduction to the science of economics and its analytical tools.
This course is devoted to providing the student with a thorough
understanding of the basic principles of a) microeconomics: the study of
the economic behavior of individual households and firms and the
determination of factor prices, and b) macroeconomics: the study of the
determination of the aggregate levels of income, output, employment
and prices and the examination of fiscal and monetary policy.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1 101, MATH 1 101

ECON 3310 Managerial Economics. (3) On demand

Focuses on the use of microeconomic principles using mathematical and

statistical tools to make/analyze business decisions.

Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1, MATH 1114

ECON 4410 International Economic Environment. (3) Spring
A comprehensive study of the economic forces affecting global
commerce, including economic geography, trading patterns, capital
flows FDI and portfolio investments and economic and political
risk factors. The course is designed to provide the student with an
understanding of the macro-economic environment in which
international businesses operate.

Prerequisite: Management major with Junior standing

ECON 4420 Managing Across International Borders. (3) Fall
A study of the socioeconomic complexity in which international
managers live and work. The course will seek to help students of
international management grasp some of the essentials of doing business
in a global economy the opportunities and threats inherent in a cross-
cultural environment and their impact on both the individual manager,
the transaction, and the business organization.
Prerequisite: ECON 4410

152

ECON 4440 Special Topics in International Economics. (3) Spring
This class will explore 3-4 international topics in depth through
independent research, group discussion and debate, oral presentations
and written reports. Chosen topics are likely to vary from year to year.
Prerequisites: ECON 4420

Finance (FNCE)

FNCE 3353 Corporate Finance. (3) Spring
This course focuses on various methods used by corporate managers to
evaluate alternative investment opportunities, including discounted
payback, internal rate of return, discounted cash flow and economic
value added analysis. Additionally, the course focuses on the methods
used to finance corporate investments in assets, including capital
structure, cost of capital, and the impact of leverage.
Prerequisite: ACCT 22 1 1

FNCE 3354 Business Performance Analysis. (3) On demand
A comprehensive survey of the basic tools and models used in
contemporary financial statement analysis.
Prerequisite: ACCT 221 1

FNCE 3357 Investments. (3) On demand
This course provides students with an introduction to the tools for
analyzing the potential returns and risks of individual securities and how
to combine them efficiently into portfolios. The subject matter will be
presented primarily from the viewpoint of the individual investor. The
course will also examine the market equilibrium pricing of capital
assets, risk-adjusted evaluations of portfolio performance, the efficiency
of the capital allocation process in security markets, the formulation of
investment policies and strategies, and other investment-related topics.
Prerequisites: ECON 2200, FNCE 3353

153

Management (MGMT)

MGMT 1101 Contemporary Business Issues. (3) Spring

Students will experience an introduction to current business topics using

active learning and ethical reasoning skills. Students will be exposed to a

variety of situations and cases that will encourage thinking like a business

person.

MGMT 2200 Foundations in Business. (3) Fall and Spring
This course will serve as an integrative introduction to the functional areas
of business. Projects based on current business dilemmas will emphasize
the need for constant research and innovation required to address problems
students will encounter in the business world. Potential decisions will be
evaluated in the context of reducing risk and maximizing returns to a
variety of stakeholders. Creative and critical thinking, problem solving,
and ethical decision making will be stressed.

Suggested Prerequisites: ENGL 1 101, MATH 1101

MGMT 3312 Business Communication. (3) Fall and Spring
This course provides an opportunity for students to practice all forms of
business communication including: written documents and reports, oral
presentations, phone, e-mail, meetings, etc. Particular consideration will
be given to audience analysis, appropriate medium, cultural and gender
issues, feedback, and biases affecting communication.
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1

MGMT 3351 Legal and Ethical Environment of Business. (3) Fall
This course addresses the legal and ethical implications of business
decisions. Topics may include business formation, employment
discrimination, contracts, workplace safety, business torts, and antitrust
issues. Cost-benefit analysis will be used as a tool to evaluate business
decisions in light of existing legal rules and social responsibility. Ethical
decision making will be stressed in every part of the course. Students will
further develop the mindset necessary to make decisions in an ethical
manner.

Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1

MGMT 3370 Management and Organizational Behavior. (3)

Fall and Spring
A study of the science and art of management with special emphasis on
motivating and leading individuals in an organization.
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1

154

MGMT 3372 Operations Management. (3) Spring
A study of the application of the science of management in the operations
management environment. Primary emphasis placed on the theories,
principles, and tools that improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the
operations manager.
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1

MGMT 3374 Interpersonal Relations in Organizations. (3)

On demand
A study of human interaction in the organization context. Topics to be
covered include self-concept, frames of reference, values and attitudes,
barriers and breakdowns in communications.
Prerequisite: MGMT 3370 or consent of instructor

MGMT 3376 Managing Human Resources. (3) On demand
The study of the basic principles and functions of effective personnel
administration and human resource management. Extensive use is made of
the case method of study. Students gain experience looking at personnel
problems, individually and as members of groups.
Prerequisite: MGMT 3370 or consent of instructor

MGMT 3377 Career Management. (3) On demand
This course is designed to help guide students through the process of
preparing for a career. Topics to be covered include experiences and
activities that enhance employability, resume preparation, cover, and thank
you letter development, identifying skills needed for a job, question and
answer preparation, and effective interviewing techniques.
Prerequisite: declared business or accountancy major

MGMT 3385 Management Information Systems. (3) On demand
This course is designed for future managers who need to understand and
critically evaluate the role and potential contribution of information
technology for their organizations, and understand and effectively apply
various computerized support systems to make better decisions.
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1

MGMT 3388 Research Methods. (3) On demand
Focuses on the survey research process and the analysis of data. Covers
topics such as problem definition, research design, sampling techniques,
questionnaire development, data collection methods and data analysis.
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1, MATH 1114

155

MGMT 3393 Cultural Aspects of International Business. (3) Spring
This course explores Hofstede's Dimensions of Culture and examines
cultural identities as expressed through business practice, with the
objective to understand the impact of cultural intelligence in the global
arena. Students will analyze real world case studies to develop strategies
for effective global management.
Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1

MGMT 4401 Entrepreneurship. (3) On demand
A study of the application of the science of management to the
development and management of the small business enterprise.
Opportunities, characteristics, and problems with the small business will
be evaluated. Students will be required to develop a business plan for a
small business and when possible students will be given an opportunity to
work on special projects with small businesses in the community. The
class requires active participation by students in and out of the

classroom.

Prerequisites: FNCE 3353, MGMT 3370, MRKT 3380

MGMT 4410 Business Modeling. (3) On demand
A look at managerial problem solving from a modeling perspective.
Problems are represented both visually and mathematically so that
appropriate analysis can be performed. Analytical tools including
management science methods, optimization, and simulation will be
covered. Interpretation of analyses in the form of business communication
will be emphasized.

Prerequisite: MGMT 3372

MGMT 4420 Business Intelligence. (3) Spring

This course is designed for future managers who need to understand how

organizational data can be converted to actionable information through the

use of data warehouse, data mining, and data visualization technologies.

The course focus will be on developing and utilizing actionable

information for the purpose of Marketing Research and Market Plan

Development.

Prerequisite: MRKT 3380

156

MGMT 4430 Applied Business Analysis. (3) Spring
A comprehensive look at the application of various business analysis
techniques in all functional areas of a business. A simulated environment
will provide students an opportunity to create various decision support and
forecasting systems and use the resulting output to manage a large
enterprise. Risk-benefit and stakeholder analysis will be used to analyze
policy implications of proposed decisions.
Prerequisite: MRKT 4484

MGMT 4440 Management Simulation. (3) On demand
This is the capstone course for majors in business. It incorporates the use
of a computer-based simulation in an effort to integrate all of the functional
areas of business into one comprehensive course. Students are required to
work in groups as managers of a simulated company and make the
necessary marketing, finance, economic, accounting, and management
decisions to run their company effectively. The student's grades are a
function of individual and group performance.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, completion of all course requirements
in major, or consent of instructor.

MGMT 4460 Internship in Business. (1-6) On demand
This course represents a unique opportunity for a qualified student to
expand his/her understanding of the practical applications of enterprise
operations by entering into a specific "help rendered learning
accomplishment" contract with a cooperating area enterprise. The contract
will specifically identify the student's obligations and duties, the nature and
extent of the host enterprise's commitment to assist the student in further
extending his/her knowledge of enterprise operations, and the basis on
which the student's learning accomplishments will be measured. No more
than 6 credit hours may be applied toward the student's graduation requirements.
Prerequisites: Business major with demonstrated superior

capabilities and prior approval of the internship

contract by department faculty.

MGMT 4483 Special Topics in Management. (3) On demand
A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to issues
and concepts not covered in their regular course work.
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor.

157

Marketing (MRKT)

MRKT 3380 Principles of Marketing. (3) Fall

This course is an introduction to the principles of marketing

management and the role of marketing in a contemporary society, in

business enterprises, and in a non-profit organization. Considers the

planning, operation and evaluation of marketing and promotional efforts

necessary to the effective marketing of consumer and industrial

offerings.

Prerequisites: MGMT 2200, ECON 2200, ACCT 221 1

MRKT 3381 Advanced Marketing. (3) On demand
Provides training in marketing decision making. Uses case studies
simulating actual business settings to help students develop analytical
abilities and sharpen their communication skills. Covers topics that
range from techniques used to analyze a market to the development of a
total marketing strategy.
Prerequisite: MRKT 3380

MRKT 4484 Special Topics in Marketing. (3) Fall
A series of special topic courses providing students with exposure to
issues and concepts not covered in their regular course work. Each year
the students will develop and present a full marketing plan for a local
business or institution.
Prerequisites: MRKT 3380 and MNGT 4420

158

CHEMISTRY

Introduction

Chemistry is often referred to as the central science, because chemical
concepts are used throughout the other sciences. Therefore, in addition
to being a major in its own right, the study of chemistry is a part of
many curricula. The Chemistry Department focuses its introductory
chemistry course as an element in a liberal education, a service to other
departments, and the beginning of a comprehensive study of chemistry.
The department offers B.A. and B.S. majors as well as a minor which
can lead to a variety of future occupations. Students with a major in
chemistry have gone on to traditional pursuits such as graduate school in
chemistry or biochemistry, pharmacy, medical school and law school
(patent law and corporate law), as well as becoming laboratory
technicians and salespersons for chemistry and related industries.

The B.A. degree offers a broad background in chemistry while allowing
ample time for extensive coursework in other fields. The B.A. is
appropriate for those interested in one of the medical or law-related
professions, teaching, or for students desiring the broadest possible
education with an emphasis in natural science. The B.S. program is
designed for those going on to graduate school in a chemically related
field (chemistry, biochemistry, molecular biology, chemical physics,
environmental science, or forensics) or those seeking employment as
chemists after graduation. The B.S. degree is generally more highly
valued at professional schools. While the B.S. degree is more
demanding of a student's time, there is sufficient time for electives
outside the sciences.

Learning Objectives

The specific objectives for the respective degrees are as follows:

The Bachelor of Science Degree

Students who earn the B.S. degree with a major in chemistry will be
appropriately competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical and graphical
presentation of chemical concepts

Equilibria and stoichiometry

Periodic relationships

Thermochemistry

159

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure, and reactivity of the major organic
functional groups

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds
by physical and instrumental methods

Volumetric and gravimetric analytical theory and practice

Analytical instrumentation theory and practice

Thermodynamics

Chemical dynamics

Quantum mechanics and spectroscopy

Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry,
or biochemistry

Knowledge of the research process in chemistry

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following Bachelor of
Science curriculum in chemistry:

General Chemistry 1 1 1 , 1 1 02 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 220 1 , 2202 8 semester hours

Analytical Chemistry 225 1 4 semester hours

Physical Chemistry 3301 , 3302 8 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 337 1 2 semester hours

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 447 1 2 semester hours

Instrumental Analysis 445 1 4 semester hours

Chemistry Elective (3000 or 4000 level) 4 semester hours

Additionally, a research experience is required. This should be taken
between the junior and senior years or during the first semester of the
senior year. This may be done on campus, in industry, or in a research
university summer program. Students may elect to earn 4900 credit for
this required activity.

Supporting required courses include the following:

Mathematics 222 1 , 2222 8 semester hours

Physics 2121,2122 8 semester hours

A Computer Science programming .

F F to to 3 semester hours

course

160

The scheduling of the B.S. curriculum is important as the Physical
Chemistry sequence (3301-3302) alternates years with Analytical
Chemistry (225 1) and Instrumental Analysis (445 1). To be prepared to
take the physical chemistry sequence, students should take calculus during
the first year and physics during the sophomore year. It is highly
recommended that students take general chemistry during their first
year. The following would be typical sequences of courses for the B.S.
chemistry degree:

Fall Spring

First Year CHEM 1101 CHEM 1 1 02

MATH 2221

MATH 2222

Second Year

CHEM 2201

CHEM 2202

PHYS2121

PHYS2122

Junior and Senior Year Sequence depends on
Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry are bein

which year Physical
g offered

Third Year

CHEM 3301

CHEM 3302
CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

CHEM 2251

CHEM 4451

Computer Programming

CHEM 4471

Chemistry Elective or

Chemistry Elective

OR:

Third Year

CHEM 2251

CHEM 4451
CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

CHEM 3301

CHEM 3302

Computer Programming

CHEM 4471

Chemistry Elective or

Chemistry Elective

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Students who earn the B.S. degree will have demonstrated their
attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current
American Chemical Society (ACS) Examinations on the following three
topics: General, Organic, and Physical. The students will additionally
attain an appropriate score from one of the following examinations:
Analytical, Instrumental, Inorganic, or Biochemistry. The passing score
will be at or above the 40 th percentile of the national norms for these
exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the Chemistry

161

Department, based on the accumulated data of the performance of
LaGrange College students on these exams. The results which are in the
best interest of the students will be used. These exams will be given at
the end of the appropriate courses and will be offered to students up to
three additional times prior to the time of the student's scheduled
graduation. The student must attempt a retest at least once a semester
until successful completion of the exam. In the event that a student
needs to repeat an exam for the second, third, or final time, evidence of
preparation must be presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled
earlier than two weeks following a previous examination.

The Bachelor of Arts-Chemistry

Students who earn the B.A. degree with a major in chemistry will be
appropriately competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding;

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical, and
graphical presentation of chemical concepts;

Equilibria and stoichiometry;

Periodic relationships;

Thermochemistry;

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and
analysis;

Recognition, structure ,and reactivity of the major organic functional
groups;

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds
by physical and instrumental methods;

Either advanced inorganic chemistry, advanced organic chemistry,
or biochemistry.

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses
required for the Bachelor of Arts curriculum in chemistry:

General Chemistry 1 101, 1 102 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 2201 , 2202 8 semester hours

Analytical Chemistry 225 1 4 semester hours

Physical Chemistry 3301, 3302 8 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 337 1 2 semester hours

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 4471 2 semester hours

Chemistry Electives 4 semester hours

162

Required supporting courses include the following:

Physics 1 1 1 , 1 1 02, or 2 1 2 1 , 2 1 22 8 semester hours
Math 1121 or 222 1 3 or 4 semester hours

The scheduling of the courses for the B.A. in chemistry can be
somewhat flexible. The following are possible sequences to fulfill the
requirements for the major.

Fall

Spring

First Year

CHEM 1101
MATH 2221

CHEM 1102

Second Year

CHEM 2201

CHEM 2202

PHYS 1101 or

2121

PHYS 1102 or 2122

Junior and Senior Year Sequence depenc
Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry are

is on which year Physical
being offered.

Third Year

CHEM 3301

CHEM 3302
CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

CHEM 2251

Chemistry Elective
CHEM 4471

OR:

Third Year

CHEM 2251

Chemistry Elective
CHEM 3371

Fourth Year

CHEM 3301

CHEM 3302
CHEM 4471

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Students who earn the B.A. degree will have demonstrated their
attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate scores on the current
American Chemical Society (ACS) Exams for (1) General Chemistry
and (2) Organic Chemistry. The passing score will be at or above the
40 th percentile of the national norms for these exams or at an appropriate
level, as determined by the Chemistry Department, based on the
accumulated data of the performance of LaGrange College students on
these exams. The results which are in the best interest of the students
will be used. These exams will be given at the end of the appropriate
courses and will be offered to students up to three additional times prior

163

to the time of the student's scheduled graduation. The student must
attempt a retest at least once a semester until successful completion of
the exam. In the event that a student needs to repeat an exam for the
second, third, or final time, evidence of preparation must be
presented. Reexamination cannot be scheduled earlier than two weeks
following a previous examination.

The Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry

Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will be
appropriately competent in the following areas:

Atomic and molecular structure and chemical bonding

The language of chemistry: verbal, written, numerical, and
graphical presentation of chemical concepts

Equilibria and stoichiometry

Periodic relationships

Thermochemistry

Physical measurements of chemical systems

Chemistry laboratory skills, including data organization and analysis

Recognition, structure, and reactivity of the major organic
functional groups

Experimental synthesis and characterization of organic compounds
by physical and instrumental methods

In-depth study of biological molecules and metabolism

Techniques of biotechnology.

Students earn these competencies by pursuing the following courses
required for the Bachelor of Arts-Biochemistry:

General Chemistry 1 101, 1 102 8 semester hours

Organic Chemistry 2201 , 2202 8 semester hours

Biophysical Chemistry 3311 4 semester hours

Junior Seminar, Chemistry 3371 2 semester hour

Biochemistry, Chemistry 442 1 , 4422 8 semester hours

Senior Seminar, Chemistry 447 1 2 semester hours

Math 1 1 14 or 1 1 2 1 3 semester hours

Physics 1 101 , 1 102 8 semester hours

Suggested but not required Biology 8 semester hours

164

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Students who earn the B.A. with a major in biochemistry will have
demonstrated the attainment of the specific objectives by appropriate
scores on the current American Chemical Society (ACS) Exams for (1)
General Chemistry, (2) Organic Chemistry and/or (3) Biochemistry. The
passing score will be at or above the 40 th percentile of the national
norms for these exams or at an appropriate level, as determined by the
Chemistry Department, based on the accumulated data of the
performance of LaGrange College students on these exams. The results
which are in the best interest of the students will be used. These exams
will be given at the end of the appropriate courses and will be offered to
students up to three additional times prior to the time of the student's
scheduled graduation. The student must attempt a retest at least once a
semester until successful completion of the exam. In the event that a
student needs to repeat an exam for the second, third, or final time,
evidence of preparation must be presented. Reexamination cannot be
scheduled earlier than two weeks following a previous examination.

The scheduling for the B.A. degree in biochemistry is flexible. The
following is a proposed schedule to meet the requirements for the
degree. This degree provides a flexible yet strong program for the pre-
health professional requirements.

Fall Spring

First Year

MATH 1121 or
MATH 1114

Second Year CHEM 110

CHEM 1 102

Third Year CHEM 2201

PHYS 1101

Fourth Year CHEM 4421

CHEM 2202
PHYS 1102
CHEM 3371
CHEM 4422

CHEM 33 11

CHEM 4471

165

A suggested schedule to meet the Pre Health Professional Requirements
and earn a B.A. degree in biochemistry is the following:

Fall Spring

First Year CHEM 1101 CHEM 1 1 02

BIOL 1101 BIOL 1102

Second Year CHEM 220 1 CHEM 2202

PHYS 1101 PHYS 1102

MATH MATH

Third Year CHEM 3301 Molecular Biology

CHEM 3371
MCAT, PCAT,
DAT, etc.
Fourth Year CHEM 4421 CHEM 4422

CHEM 4471

The Molecular Biology and Biochemistry course could be switched during
the third and fourth year depending on the interest of the student.

Declaration of Major

Before declaring a major in chemistry, a student must successfully (C or
better) complete the introductory sequence (CHEM 1101, 1 102). A student
may declare a major after one term of chemistry with permission of the
chair of the department.

Minor

A minor in chemistry shall consist of CHEM 1 101, 1 102, 2201, 2202 and two
additional chemistry courses from the following: CHEM 2251, 3301, 3302,
3311, 442 1 , 4422, 443 1 , 445 1 . Students must demonstrate proficiency in
general chemistry by passing the ACS General Chemistry Examination as
stated above.

Chemistry Awards

The CRC Freshman Chemistry Award is awarded annually on Honors Day
to the student with the most outstanding achievement in the CHEM 1101,
1 102 General Chemistry sequence.

The A.M. Hicks Award for outstanding achievement in organic chemistry
is awarded annually on Honors Day to the student taking organic chemistry
who has attained the most outstanding record. The award is made in honor
of Dr. A. M. Hicks who was a long time faculty member and chair of the
department.

166

Course Descriptions (CHEM)

Chemistry is a laboratory science and the department views the
laboratory experience as an essential component of those courses with
an associated laboratory. Consequently, students must achieve a passing
grade in both the lecture and laboratory portions of the course to obtain a
passing grade in the course.

CHEM 1 101 General Chemistry I. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Fall
A study of the foundations of chemistry including stoichiometry, atomic
structure and periodicity, molecular structure and bonding models,
and thermochemistry.

Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or placement in 2105 or higher.

CHEM 1 102 General Chemistry DL (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Spring
A continuation of CHEM 1 101 ; a study of the gas, liquid, and solid
phases, chemical thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibria, acid/base
equilibria, oxidation-reduction reactions and electrochemistry.
Prerequisites: CHEM 1101, MATH 1 101 or placement in 2105

or higher.

CHEM 2201 Organic Chemistry I. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per

week) (4) Fall
A study of the fundamentals of organic chemistry with respect to the
bonding, structure, nomenclature and reactivity of various classes of
organic compounds including aromatic compounds.
Prerequisite: CHEM 1102

CHEM 2202 Organic Chemistry H. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Spring
A continuation of CHEM 2201 including spectroscopy, synthesis,
carbonyls, and biomolecules.
Prerequisite: CHEM 2201

CHEM 2251 Analytical Chemistry. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Fall of even years
A study of the theory and practice of volumetric and gravimetric
quantitative analysis, chemical equilibrium, and acid/base chemistry.
Prerequisite: CHEM 1102

167

CHEM 3301 Physical Chemistry: Thermodynamics and Chemical
Kinetics. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Fall of odd years
A study of the basic principles of physical chemistry including the
properties of gases, kinetic theory of gases, thermodynamics,
thermochemistry, changes of state, phase rules, electrochemistry, and
chemical dynamics

Prerequisites: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor, MATH

2221, PHYS 1102orPHYS 1122

CHEM 3302 Physical Chemistry: Chemical Dynamics and Quantum
Mechanics, (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Spring of even years
The study of basic principles of physical chemistry focusing on gas
kinetics, chemical dynamics, quantum mechanics, and atomic and
molecular spectroscopy. This course is co-listed as PHYS 3302.
Prerequisites: MATH 2222, PHYS 1 102 or PHYS 1 122

CHEM 331 1 Biophysical Chemistry. (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) Fall
An overview of thermodynamics, dynamics and quantum chemistry.
Prerequisites: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor, MATH

1 1 14 or MATH 2105 or placement in MATH 2221.

Physics 1101 is a prerequisite (preferred) or may be

taken as a corequisite.

CHEM 3371 Junior Seminar (2 hrs. class per week) (2) Spring
A course that acquaints the student with the chemical literature as well
as presentation and discussion of scientific data and information. In
addition, students will explore career opportunities, prepare a portfolio,
and develop career plans. Note: Course is graded on a pass/no credit
basis.

Prerequisite: Junior standing

CHEM 4421 Biochemistry I. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Fall
An introductory course in the principles of biochemistry, with emphasis
on the structure and function of biomolecules, membrane structure and
function and an introduction to metabolism and bioenergetics.
Prerequisite: CHEM 2202 or permission of instructor.

CHEM 4422 Biochemistry II . (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of CHEM 4421 with emphasis on cellular metabolism,
fundamentals of molecular genetics, and current topics in biochemistry.
Prerequisite: CHEM 4421

68

CHEM 4431 Inorganic. (3 hrs. lee. per week) (3) On demand
An in-depth examination of atomic and molecular structure. Symmetry
concepts are introduced and used.

Prerequisite: CHEM 3301 or consent of the instructor.

CHEM 445 1 Instrumental Analysis. (3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Spring of odd years
A study of instrumentation and advanced analytical techniques.

CHEM 4471 Senior Seminar. (2 hrs. class per week) (2) Spring
A capstone course which is thematic. Emphasis is on integration of the
student's experience in chemistry and the presentation of chemical
literature in seminar and written form.
Prerequisite: Senior standing

CHEM 4800 Special Topics. (1-4 hours) On demand

A special topics course that may be designed to provide the student with

exposure to topics and concepts not covered in the regular course

offerings.

CHEM 4900 Independent Study.

This course can vary and may be used to satisfy the research
requirement for the B.S. major and provide research experience for B.A.
majors.

169

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Introduction

The Computer Science Department at LaGrange College has several goals.
With the goal of computer literacy for our general student population,
courses are offered to acquaint students with microcomputer applications
and networks. For students who want further study in computer science, the
following options are available:

A minor in computer science

B.A. degree in computer science

B.A. degree in computer science with a concentration in business

B.A. degree in computer science with a concentration in graphic design (45
semester hours)

B.S. degree in computer science

Learning Objectives

Graduates from the B.A. and B.S. degree programs at LaGrange College
should be able to do each of the following:

Write programs in a reasonable amount of time that work
correctly, are well documented, and are readable.

Determine whether or not they have written a reasonably efficient
and well-organized program.

Know which general types of problems are amenable to computer
solution and the various tools necessary for solving such problems.

Assess the implications of work performed either as an individual
or as a member of a team.

Understand basic computer architectures.

Pursue in-depth training in one or more application areas or further
education in computer science.

In addition, students in the B.S. degree program should be able to do
research, be able to convey technical ideas in a clear writing style, and
have the mathematical background necessary for scientific problem-
solving. Students in the B.A. degree program with a concentration in
business should have the knowledge of the functional areas of business
necessary for working in that environment.

170

All of the 1000-level or above courses in computer science, mathematics,
and business that are required for the B.A. or B.S. degree or the minor
must be completed with a grade of C or better.

The computer science curriculum at LaGrange College is based on the
recommendations of the A.C.M. (Association for Computing Machinery).
In addition, our students have the opportunity to take courses that will
make them more attractive in the job market. These courses include
programming languages (such as Python, COBOL, Visual Basic, and
Java), PC support and troubleshooting (including an A+ course), database
administration (Oracle), network administration, and web programming
(including XML, XHTML, HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and Adobe web
applications).

Assessment of learning objectives

The accomplishment of these objectives will be demonstrated by the
following:

1. Satisfactory performance on a programming test. This test will be
based on the concepts learned in CSCI 1990 and 2990 and must be
taken at the end of the semester in which the student completes
CSCI 2990. The test will be offered once at the end of every
semester in which CSCI 2990 is offered. The test must be
satisfactorily completed by the end of the semester in which the
student reaches senior status, but under no circumstances will a
student be allowed to take the test more than four times prior to and
including that semester. If the test has not been completed
satisfactorily by that time, the student will not be allowed to
continue in either the B.A. or the B.S. degree programs in computer
science.

2. Satisfactory performance by the student in delivering a presentation
at a regularly scheduled Computer Science Department seminar.
This presentation will be developed with the approval of and
possible input from the computer science faculty. If the student does
not arrive at the scheduled time for the seminar or does not perform
satisfactorily in the seminar, the department reserves the right to
impose additional requirements to substitute for the seminar. A
student who fails to fulfill these requirements will not be allowed to
graduate.

171

3. Satisfactory completion of an assessment portfolio to be kept on
each computer science major. The purpose of this portfolio will be
to aid in assessing the professional development of each student and
the growth of the student's programming skills as the student
progresses through the computer science curriculum. Each portfolio
will include the programming test described in item (1) above, a
program selected by the instructor from CSCI 3250, three additional
examples of the student's work, a copy of the student's resume,
material from the departmental seminar presentation made by the
student and described in item (2), a copy of the student's web page,
and a personal information sheet (including forwarding address and
phone number, e-mail address, and plans after graduation). The three
examples of the student's work mentioned above must be approved
for inclusion by faculty consensus. Maintaining the portfolio is the
responsibility of the student. Additional information about the
portfolio is available from the department.

4. Attendance at Computer Science Department seminars. Each student
will be required to attend at least 50% of these seminars each
semester. A student who fails to attend 50% of the seminars will be
required to submit a short written report for each seminar under the
50% missed. Details concerning such written reports are available
from the department. Failure to attend 50% of the seminars and
submit such reports will result in the student not being certified as a
computer science graduate.

Career Opportunities

Students who complete the computer science major have a wide range of
employment opportunities. These include positions in programming, PC
support and troubleshooting, database administration, network
administration, and web programming. Graduates of the computer science
degree program at LaGrange College have secured positions as I.T.
department managers, I.T. security specialists, systems analysts, database
administrators, webmasters, web designers, PC support specialists, as well
as other positions. Companies employing these graduates include Milliken
and Co., Interface, Duracell, Hitachi, Walt Disney World (I.T. security),
Chick-Fil-A (I.T. department), WestPoint Stevens, Total Systems Services,
BellSouth, Texas Instruments, General Motors, and others.

In addition, a number of graduates have gone on to graduate school in
areas such as computer science, computer engineering, electrical
engineering, and management information systems.

172

Course Requirements

Requirements for all students pursuing a minor, B.A., or B.S. in
Computer Science (9 semester hours)

CSCI 1990

CSCI 2990

One of the following: CSCI 2500 or 2850

Requirements for the minor in Computer Science (9 additional hours):
CSCI 3000 or 3250

Two additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above
(excluding internship credit)

Requirements for the B.A. Degree (30 additional hours)
CSCI 3000
CSCI 3050
CSCI 3250
CSCI 3700

Five additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above
(excluding internship credit)
MATH 1121

Requirements for the B.A. with a concentration in Business
(39 additional hours)
CSCI 3000 or 3250

Six additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above
(excluding internship credit)
MATH 1121

The five courses required for a minor in business management:
ACCT 221 1, ECON 2200, MRKT 3380, MGMT 2200, and
MGMT 3370

Requirements for the B.A. with a concentration in Graphic Design
(36 additional hours)
CSCI 3500
CSCI 3550

Five CSCI classes at the 3000-level or above
The six courses required for a minor in Art and Design: ARTD
1151, 2201, 2222, 3222, 3301, plus an art history class as the fine
arts course in the Core Program.

173

Requirements for the B.S. Degree (41 additional hours)
CSCI 3000
CSCI 3050
CSCI 3250

CSCI 3700 or CSCI 4100
CSCI 4900

Six additional CSCI courses at the 3000-level or above
MATH 2221
MATH 2222

In addition, PHYS 1 101/1 102 or 2121/2122 are required as the
laboratory science courses in the Core Program.

Course Descriptions (CSCI)

CSCI 1610 Introduction to Editing and System Languages. (2)

On demand
This course is designed to assist and familiarize the student with the UNIX
operating system. The course is designed for computer science students
and for those who need to learn a UNIX-like operating system.

CSCI 1700 Microsoft Office and Information Systems. (4)

On demand
An introduction to information systems software. Microsoft Office
Professional will be the primary software utilized. There are four separate
one-hour components to this class (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and Access),
and all four do not have to be taken.

CSCI 1990 Introduction to Algorithmic Design. (3) Fall, Spring
Problem solving and algorithmic design using the language Java or Python.
Structured programming concepts, debugging and documentation.

CSCI 2050 PC Maintenance and Troubleshooting. (3)

On demand
A study of basic computer hardware, how to install hardware components,
and how to diagnose hardware problems. In addition, the course will
include a study of the basics of Windows and DOS necessary for
maintaining computer hardware. The course is designed to begin to
prepare students for A+ certification, as well as for the benefit of those who
just wish to upgrade and diagnose hardware and operating system problems
on their own computers.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor

174

CSCI 2500 Visual Basic. (3)

Fall Semester in odd-numbered years
The study of Visual Basic, an event-driven (as opposed to
procedural) language.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor

CSCI 2850 COBOL Programming I. (3) On demand

The study of COBOL, a language used primarily in business data
processing applications. Emphasis on information retrieval problems.
Team project required.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor

CSCI 2860 COBOL Programming II. (3) On demand
Advanced programming concepts with a strong emphasis on ISAM files
and interactive programming.
Prerequisite: CSCI 2850

CSCI 2900 Advanced Java Programming. (3) On demand
Advanced programming in Java, including the Java utilities package, bit
manipulation, collections, database connectivity, servlets, and JSP.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3990 or consent of instructor

CSCI 2990 Algorithmic Design. (3) Spring
A continuation of CSCI 1990. Further development of techniques in Java
for program design, program style, debugging and testing, especially for
larger programs. Introduction to algorithmic analysis. Introduction to the
basic aspects of string processing, recursion, internal search/sort methods,
and simple data structures. Programming using graphical user interfaces.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

CSCI 3000 Introduction to Computer Systems. (3)

Fall semester in odd-numbered years
Computer structure and machine language, assembly language
programming. Addressing techniques, macros, file I/O, program
segmentation and linkage, assembler construction, and interpretive routines.

CSCI 3050 Introduction to Computer Organization. (3)

Spring semester in even-numbered years
Basic logic design, coding, number representation and arithmetic,
computer architecture, and computer software.
Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

175

CSCI3150 Introduction to File Processing. (3) On demand
Concept of I/O management (fields, keys, records, and buffering). File
organization, file operations, and data structures. Time and storage space
requirements. Data security and integrity.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or 3250 or consent of instructor

CSCI3250 Data Structures. (3)

Fall semester in even-numbered years
Review of basic data structures such as stacks, queues, lists, and trees.
Graphs and their applications. Internal and external searching and sorting.
Memory management.

Prerequisite: CSCI 2990 or consent of instructor

CSCI 3310 Organization of Programming Languages. (3)

On demand
An introduction to the structure of programming languages. Language
definition structure, data types and structures, control structures and data
flow. Run-time consideration, interpretative languages, lexical analysis
and parsing.

Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor

CSCI 3350 Digital Computer Architecture. (3) On demand
Structures for the central computer are studied; arithmetic logic units, machine
language features, information transfer, memory hierarchy, channels, etc.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3050

CSCI 3400 Computer Networks I. (3)

Fall Semester in odd-numbered years
An introduction to networks with particular emphasis on the TCP/IP
protocols used on the Internet.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor

CSCI 3450 Computer Networks II. (3)

Spring Semester in even-numbered years
A continuation of CSCI 3400.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3400

CSCI 3500 Web Programming. (3)

Fall Semester in odd-numbered years
The study and practice of the planning, construction, and programming of
web pages using HTML, CSS, SSI, and CGI. Graphics, sound, video, and
animation will also be discussed.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990 or consent of instructor

176

CSCI 3550 Server-Side Scripting and Database Management. (3)

The student will learn PHP, a server-side scripting language that can be
embedded in a web page to allow for dynamic content, MySQL, a
relational database management system, and how to interface them.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3500 or consent of instructor

CSCI 3700 Discrete Mathematical Structures in Computer
Science. (3) Spring Semester in even-numbered years
An introduction to the mathematical tools for use in computer science.
These include sets, relations, and elementary counting techniques.
Algebra and algorithms, graphs, monoids and machines, lattices and
Boolean algebras, groups and combinatorics, logic and languages will also
be involved.

Prerequisites: MATH 1121, 2221, or consent of instructor

CSCI 3990 Object-Oriented Programming. (3) On demand

Object-oriented programming and design in the language Java.
Prerequisites: CSCI 1990 and 2990

CSCI 4050 Database Management Systems Design. (3)

Spring Semester in odd-numbered years
Introduction to database concepts using SQL and Oracle. Data models,
normalization, data description languages, query facilities. File
organization, index organization, file security, and data integrity and
reliability.

Prerequisite: CSCI 1990

CSCI 4100 Numerical Methods. (3) On demand

Introduction to numerical analysis with computer solution. Taylor series,

finite difference calculus, interpolation, roots of equations, solutions of

linear systems of equations, matrix inversion, least-squares, numerical

integration.

Prerequisites: MATH 1121, 2221, or consent of instructor

CSCI 4150 Advanced Program Design. (3) On demand
A formal approach to techniques in software design and development.
Includes structured programming concepts, organization and management
of software development. A large-scale software project will be developed
by students working in teams.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3250

CSCI 4200 Theory of Programming Languages. (3)

On demand
Review of grammars, languages, and their syntax and semantics.
Scanners, parsers, and translation.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3310

177

CSCI4250 Algorithms. (3) On demand

A study of problems and their algorithmic solution. Algorithms will be
chosen from areas such as combinatorics, numerical analysis, systems
programming, and artificial intelligence. Domain independent techniques
will also be included.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3250

CSCI 4300 Computer Graphics. (3) On demand
An overview of graphical concepts and applications on the computer.
These include programming graphics, graphical manipulation software,
animation, web graphics, and graphics in multimedia presentations.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor

CSCI 4500 Operating Systems. (3) On demand
A course in systems software that is largely concerned with operating
systems. Such topics as process management, device management, and
memory management are discussed, as are relevant issues associated with
security and protection, networking, and distributed operating systems.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3000 or consent of instructor.

CSCI 4510 - 4520 - 4530 Special Topics. (3) On demand
This series of courses will provide the student with material not covered in
the courses above. Topics such as telecommunications, microcomputer
interfacing, artificial intelligence, automata theory, survey of modern
languages, fourth-generation languages, operating systems, and object-
oriented design will be covered.
Prerequisite: Determined by topic

CSCI 4700 Research in Computer Science. (1-3) On demand
Research project or paper in computer science. Designed for those
students who need it to fulfill a research component of the B.S. degree in
computer science. Student must present a course description in writing to
the department chairman to be approved by the end of pre-registration
during the semester prior to enrolling for the course.

CSCI 4900 Formal Languages. (3) On demand
An introduction to the basic theoretical models of computability. Finite
automata, Turing machines, computability, decidability, and Godel's
incompleteness theorem.
Prerequisite: CSCI 3250, 33 10, or 3700 or consent of instructor

CSCI 4950 Independent Study. (3) On demand

178

CORE PROGRAM
INTEGRATIVE CURRICULUM

Learning Objectives

The core curriculum of LaGrange College is designed to improve students'
creative, critical, and communicative abilities, as evidenced by the
following outcomes:

Students will demonstrate creativity by approaching complex problems
with innovation and from diverse perspectives.

Students will demonstrate critical thinking by acquiring, interpreting,
synthesizing, and evaluating information to reason out conclusions
appropriately.

Students will demonstrate proficiency in communication skills that are
applicable to any field of study.

Course Descriptions (CORE)

CORE 1101* First- Year Cornerstone. (3)

The academic Cornerstone program has as its main goal to introduce
entering first semester students to what LaGrange College values in an
interdisciplinary liberal arts education. The course balances the
instructor's selected academic theme with a common set of assignments
and academic skill sets. Together, these components strive to enhance the
creative, critical, and communicative abilities of students while engaging
ethical living through servant leadership and sustainability.

CORE 1102* First-year Orientation. (1)

This extended orientation course will improve students' academic success
and ease the transition into college life. First year students will develop
study skills, time management, understand the services offered by the
college such as career development and selection of major, academic
support, and understand the traditions and policies of LaGrange College.

* Transfer students with 30 or more hours may be waived from the CORE
1101/1 102 requirement.

179

CORE 1120 Problem Solving. (3)

Individual and small-group problem solving geared toward real-life
situations and nontraditional problems. The course will focus on a number
of problem solving strategies, such as: draw a diagram, eliminate
possibilities, make a systematic list, look for a pattern, guess and check,
solve an easier related problem and sub-problems, use manipulatives, work
backward, act it out, unit analysis, use algebra and finite differences, and
others. Divergent thinking and technical communication skills of writing
and oral presentation will be emphasized.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

CORE 1140 Computer Applications. (1)

Mathematical techniques and computer methods with spreadsheets will be
used in the development of quantitative reasoning skills. These techniques
will be examined in the contexts of business and economics and of
sustainability through managing one's personal finances.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

CORE 2001 Humanities I. (3)

This course is the first of a two-course sequence focusing on our cultural
heritage with an emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian tradition as
it relates to all knowledge. The course balances the instructor's selected
academic theme with a common set of assignments and academic skill sets.
The period from the emergence of human history to 1660 is covered in this
course. Students confront primary and secondary source materials to gain
an historical consciousness.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1 101 and 1 102

CORE 2002 Humanities II. (3)

This course is the second of a two-course sequence focusing on our cultural
heritage with an emphasis on the impact of the Judeo-Christian tradition as
it relates to all knowledge. The course balances the instructor's selected
academic theme with a common set of assignments and academic skill sets.
The period from 1660 to the present is covered in this course. Students
confront primary and secondary source materials to gain an historical
consciousness.
Prerequisite: CORE 2001

CORE 3001 The American Experience. (3)

This course focuses on the social structure, economics, politics, and culture
of the United States. It examines many of the common assumptions about
American society, especially meritocracy, freedom, and "justice for
all." In addition, the course considers issues of sustainability and how they
have shaped America's past and present and will continue to shape its
future.

Prerequisites: CORE 2001 and CORE 2002.

180

EDUCATION

Introduction

The Department of Education offers several teacher preparation
programs: Bachelor of Arts programs at the Early Childhood
(PK - 5th) level; a Master of Arts in Teaching program for both the
High School and Middle Grades level; a post-baccalaureate certification
program for Early Childhood. The Master of Education in Curriculum
and Instruction program is designed for those who already have a
teaching certificate.

The education curriculum at LaGrange College serves four basic purposes:

1 . to provide for the development of those professional
understandings and abilities which are essential for the
teaching profession;

2. to provide planned and carefully guided sequences of field
experiences (this requires that all students meet with their advisors
before making any work plans);

3. to provide initial preparation programs in Early Childhood
education at the undergraduate level, and a Master of Arts in
Teaching initial preparation program for middle and high school
grades, all of which are fully accredited by the Southern
Association of Colleges and Schools and the Georgia Professional
Standards Commission;

4. to provide a program for certified teachers that leads to the Master
of Education degree in Curriculum and Instruction.

Teacher Certification

The education department offers a variety of programs that are approved
by the Georgia Professional Standards Commission and lead to
certification in Georgia. Candidates desiring to be certified upon
completion of their programs should plan to work closely with their
advisors since certification requirements are subject to change.

Upon successful completion of approved initial preparation programs in
B.A. Early Childhood, the M.A.T. Middle Grades, and Secondary
programs, and qualifying scores on the Georgia Competency
Examination (GACE) requirements, candidates are eligible to receive
Initial Clear Renewable Certificates.

181

Admission to Undergraduate Teacher
Education

The following are required for entrance into an undergraduate program:

GACE Basic Skills Examination requirement or exemption

EDUC 1 199 - Foundations of Education (grade of "C" or better)

GPA of 2.5 or better

Submission of application to program

Background check to ensure that no criminal record or discharge
from the armed services would prevent teacher certification

Successful interview with Chair of the Education Department

After interviewing with Chair of the Education Department, candidates
may be admitted conditionally if the results of the GACE Basic Skills
examination are pending, or if one of the other criteria falls marginally
short of the minimum requirements.

Candidates who have been conditionally admitted because they have not
satisfied the GACE requirement, must show proof that they have taken
the test within the last four weeks or are scheduled to take it by the end
of the semester. Those who fail to show proof will not be registered for
the following semester.

If a junior has not satisfied the GACE Basic Skills Assessment
requirement by senior year registration in March, the candidate will be
dropped from the Education Department and can only be reinstated once
the Education Department has received official passing scores.

The candidate will not be permitted to enroll in education courses during
senior year on a conditional basis and will result in being dropped from
the teacher education program. (Admissions requirements are listed in
the Education Department Student Handbook.)

Admission decisions may be appealed to the Academic Dean. After
admission to the program, a review occurs each semester for each
candidate to determine retention in the teacher education program.

All Education pre-service teachers have extensive field experiences each
semester. They are in schools for a minimum of 7 hours each week
prior to student teaching. Student teaching takes place in Troup County.

Any transfer and/or pre-approved transient credits must completely
satisfy a program requirement by the course syllabus and appropriate
Georgia Professional Standards Commission rules.

182

Core Program Requirements

All candidates planning to complete approved programs of Teacher
Education must complete the CORE program requirements.

Learning Objectives

Approved Program in Early Childhood Education

Candidates completing the Early Childhood Education Major will:

develop a thorough understanding of the social, intellectual,
physical, and emotional development of the child;

identify the nature of learning and behaviors involving the child;

construct a curriculum appropriate to the needs of the child;

utilize existing knowledge about parents and cultures in dealing
effectively with children;

gain a thorough knowledge of the fundamental concepts of
appropriate disciplines and how to relate them to the child;

identify and implement differentiated teaching strategies in lessons
designed for elementary students;

understand diagnostic tools and approaches for assessing students
at all levels and how to remediate learning problems in the various
disciplines;

develop their maximum potential through the provision of a
succession of planned and guided experiences.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

The Georgia Professional Standards Commission requires that the
Education Department use technology to show that all candidates have
met specific standards for teaching certification. To cover the cost of
the software used for individual candidate performance, portfolio
development, and data collection, a $100 subscription fee is assessed in
the fall junior course EDUC 3342 Child Development and Practicum.

183

\

Program of Study

Early Childhood majors begin their program of study during the spring
semester of their sophomore year. The course EDUC 1 199 Foundations
of Education is a prerequisite for unconditional admittance and must be
taken before or during the spring semester of the candidate's sophomore
year. Because Early Childhood Education is a cohort program, it is
imperative that interested students declare their intent to become early
childhood certification candidates by following the above admission to
teacher education procedures before spring registration in the fall of
their sophomore year.

184

Prerequisite

EDUC 1199

Foundation in Education

3

Spring
Sophomore

EDUC 4459

Special Needs/Exceptional
Children

3

MATH 3101

Fundamentals of Mathematics I
for Teachers

3

Fall Junior

EDUC 3342

Child Development

3

EDUC 3354

Theories of Reading Instruction

3

EDUC 3356

Integrating Specialty Areas

3

EDUC 4449

Classroom Technology

3

MATH 3102

Fundamentals of Mathematics II
for Teachers

3

Interim
Junior

EDUC 4460

Diversity in Elementary
Classroom

3

Spring
Junior

EDUC 3319

Math Methods

3

EDUC 3355

Fundamentals of Reading
Instruction

3

EDUC 4456

Language Arts Methods

3

EDUC 4457

Social Studies Methods

3

Fall Senior

EDUC 3317

Science Methods

3

EDUC 4356

Diagnosis/Remediation of
Problems in Reading

3

EDUC 4360

Curriculum & Accountability

3

EDUC 4480

Senior Seminar

3

Spring
Senior

EDUC 4490

Student Teaching

12

185

Acceptance into student teaching

Before a candidate can begin student teaching, all program coursework
should be completed with at least a cumulative 2.5 GPA. Upon approval
of the Department Chair, a candidate may take up to three additional
credit hours during student teaching so long as the coursework does not
materially interfere with the candidate's student teaching responsibilities
and time obligations.

Certification Requirements

To be eligible for certification recommendation, teacher candidates must
have successfully completed program courses. Candidates must
successfully complete fieldwork assignments and receive satisfactory
ratings on all Teacher Performance Observation Instruments (TPOI) and
Dispositions Evaluations or show evidence of successfully completing a
Professional Development Plan. In addition to the above, candidates
must have a passing score on the GACE Basic Skills Examination and
have completed Opening School Experience.

Artifacts collected when a candidate applies for admission to student
teaching include GPA, Opening School Experience Journals and Logs,
Lesson Plan Rubrics, Professional Development Plans (if used), Teacher
Candidate Evaluations, and Disposition Evaluations from all field
experiences.

Program Completion Artifacts collected at the time of graduation
include transcripts, GPA, Lesson Plan Rubrics, Documentation of
Student Learning: Senior Teacher Work Sample, Professional Logs,
Teacher Candidate Evaluations, Disposition Evaluations, and PDPs (if
needed). In addition, candidates must take and pass appropriate GACE
tests to be recommended for teacher certification in Georgia. GACE
scores are collected from all candidates seeking initial certification.

After completing an initial program, graduates are asked to respond to a
survey based on Georgia Professional Standards Commission Standards
and the Georgia Framework Domains. The survey is designed to elicit
responses regarding candidates' perceptions of their preparation at
LaGrange College. Employers of LaGrange College graduates are also
contacted and asked to complete a brief survey for each LC graduate
whom they supervise. The survey based on the Georgia Framework
Domains asks employers to rate candidates on job performance.

186

Policy for Remediation of Inappropriate
Dispositions and/or Inadequate Performance

Dispositions

Because appropriate dispositions enhance teaching and learning, the
Department of Education believes that teachers should project positive and
productive attitudes toward students, colleagues and professors. It is not the
intent of the Education Department to produce identical personalities.
Rather, acceptable dispositions refer to positive attitudes, respect for the
diverse characteristics of others and taking grievances to the appropriate
person in a professional manner. In the pursuit of knowledge of learning,
childhood and society, appropriate dispositions reflect the teachers abiding
respect for the intellectual challenges set before them by their professors.
Teachers are committed intellectuals who value rigorous inquiry, critique
and informed skepticism as ways to expand their ethical, cultural and
intellectual universes. To engage in professional exchanges, committed
teachers must demonstrate constructive dispositions at all times. If a
classroom professor observes or becomes aware of inappropriate
dispositions, s/he will issue a written warning to the student. Upon the
second time, the student will be required to attend a hearing of the
Education Department Faculty for possible disciplinary action. At the
discretion of the faculty, disciplinary action may result in a reduction in
grade or in severe situations, expulsion from the program. Appropriate
dispositions are also expected and assessed during field and clinical
experiences.

Performance

Candidates who exhibit poor content knowledge, content pedagogical
knowledge, professional skills and/or fail to demonstrate a positive effect
on student learning based on specific criteria stated in the Field Experience
Handbook (FEH) may be required to complete a remedial Professional
Development Plan (PDP). Dismissal from the program is possible if the
candidate fails to meet the minimum scores on the PDP. Specific
procedures, instruments and scoring criteria used to assess dispositions and
performance are described in the FEH.

Grants and scholarships

Qualified early childhood and BA/MAT education candidates are eligible
for HOPE Promise and TEACH grants. See General Grants and
Scholarship in the Financial Aid portion of this bulletin for details.

187

Combined B.A. and M.A.T Program of Study

Undergraduate students who meet the admission requirements for the
M.A.T (passing GACE Basic Skills or a combined SAT score of more than
1000) and those who have a GPA of 3.0 or higher in their undergraduate
studies have the opportunity to participate in a combined B.A. and M.A.T.
program of study after the completion of 90 semester hours are eligible to
participate in the combined B.A. and M.A.T. program of study. Once
accepted, candidates may take entering cohort graduate courses the
Summer Semester following their junior year of study. Upon gaining
senior status, candidates may take one three credit graduate course during
the Fall, Interim, and Spring Semesters only if enrolled with twelve
undergraduate credits.

B.A. and M.A.T. Program of Study

First Summer EDUC 6040 Foundation in Curriculum and 3

Semester I Instruction (after 90 credit hours)

EDUC 5000 Summer Field Experience

First Summer
Semester II

EDUC 6020

Educational Technology

3

First Fall Semester

EDUC 5060

Secondary /Middle Grades
Exceptional Child

3

Interim

EDUC 5040

Affirming Diversity

3

First Spring
Semester

EDUC 5020
OR

EDUC 5090

Methods of Teaching
OR

Foundations of Reading Theories

3

Second Summer
Semester I

EDUC 6030

Problems of Reading

3

Second Summer
Semester II

EDUC 6010

Assessment and Accountability

3

Second Foil
Semester

EDUC 5700

Internship I

(formal observations)

4

EDUC 5020

Methods of Teaching

3

Second Spring

EDUC 5700

Internship II

8

Semester

(formal observations)

188

Course Descriptions (EDUC)

EDUC 1199 Foundation in Education. (3) Fall and Spring
An introduction to teaching and learning. This course addresses teacher
behavior, teacher roles, teacher ethics and experiences, historical
perspectives, philosophical foundations, approaches to curriculum
development, the politics of education, school governance, school funding
and legal issues, school environments, and living and learning in a diverse
society. Prerequisite for admission to education program and education
classes. This course includes an initial school visitation experience.

MATH 3101 Fundamentals of Mathematics I for Teachers. (3)

Spring
A study of topics in mathematics designed for future elementary and
middle school teachers who are not getting a concentration in mathematics.
Topics include problem solving, number systems and the relationships
between these systems, understanding multiplication and division,
including why standard computational algorithms work, properties of
arithmetic, and applications of elementary mathematics.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

MATH 3102 Fundamentals of Mathematics II for Teachers. (3)

Fall
A study of topics in mathematics designed for future elementary and
middle school teachers who are not getting a concentration in mathematics.
Topics include numbers and operations, algebra, geometry, data analysis,
statistics, probability, and measurement. Technology will be used when
appropriate.
Prerequisite: MATH 3101

EDUC 3317 Science Methods. (3) Fall

This course addresses science content, process skills, attitudes, and real-
world applications that are developmentally appropriate for science and
instruction. Effective teaching strategies that incorporate integrated and
interdisciplinary approaches, technology, literature, multicultural
education, and the Georgia QCC objectives are combined with theories of
learning. Field experience required.

EDUC 3319 Math Methods. (3) Spring

The math methods course focuses on a constructivist approach to teaching
and learning with emphasis on problem-solving, NCTM standards, and
QCC objectives. The course stresses mental mathematical exercises and

189

activities with manipulatives that promote mathematical confidence in
children. There is an extensive field experience that involves a semester
relationship with exemplary math teachers. Coursework involves
implementation of the tenets that underlie the conceptual framework of the
Education Department.

EDUC3342 Child Development Practicum. (3) Fall
A study of the principles of growth and development from conception
through twelve years of age. Specific attention will be given to the
influences of family on physical maturation, cognitive development, social
skills, and personality development. Major contributions from the leading
authorities in the field will be emphasized during the study of each area of
development. A nursery and preschool field experience is required.

EDUC 3354 Theories of Reading Instruction. (3) Fall
Different theories of reading instruction will be the focus for this course.
Special emphasis will be on children's literature and its role in successful
reading programs. Other topics include: reading process, principles of
reading instruction, and emergent literacy. IRA standards and Georgia
QCC objectives will provide a basis for lesson plans and field experiences
in local schools.

EDUC 3355 Fundamentals of Reading Instruction. (3) Spring
A study of word recognition strategies with emphasis on phonics.
Teaching techniques for vocabulary and comprehension, reading in
content areas, and interrelatedness of reading and writing will also be
addressed. Standards from IRA and Georgia QCC objectives will be used
in combination with various approaches to effective instruction in
planning effective lessons for experiences in local schools.

EDUC 3356 Integrating Specialty Areas into Classroom

Instruction (3) Fall
This course teaches the early childhood certification candidate how to
integrate the arts, health and physical education into instruction. Through
collaboration with college faculty, elementary classroom teachers and
specialty area teachers, candidates will understand, and use the content,
functions, and achievements of dance, music, theater, and the several
visual arts as primary media for communication, inquiry, and insight
among elementary students; use the major concepts in the subject matter
of health education to create opportunities for student development and
practice of skills that contribute to good health; and know, understand, and
use human movement and physical activity as central elements to foster
active, healthy life styles and enhanced quality of life for elementary
students.

190

EDUC 4356 Diagnosis and Remediation of Problems in Reading.

(3) Fall
The focus of this course is the identification and correction of reading
problems in elementary school students. Special attention is given to
testing and teaching materials for corrective work including reading
inventories, formal and informal assessment, and computer programs. A
variety of assessment techniques, IRA standards, and technology will be
incorporated throughout the course.

EDUC 4360 Curriculum and Accountability in Elementary

Grades. (3) Fall
This course addresses the practical aspects of curriculum development
along with the role of preparation and its contribution to successful
classroom management. A variety of assessment techniques, use of
Georgia QCC objectives, technology, and portfolio development are
among other key areas that are studied. EDUC 4360 Curriculum and
Accountability in the Elementary Grades is taken in conjunction with
EDUC 4480 Senior Seminar.

EDUC 4449 Classroom Technology for Elementary Grades. (3)

Fall
Classroom technology is a 3 semester-hour course offered to early
childhood and middle grades education majors during the fall and spring
semesters. This course will meet the expected performances found in the
Georgia Technology Standards for Educators. It is designed to teach (a)
Global Communication Skills (b) Application Skills and (c) Integrative
Strategies. All students will be responsible for designing a professional
web site and electronic portfolio that will contain evidence of their
expertise in classroom technology. The evidence will be aligned with the
Georgia Technology Standards.

EDUC 4456 Language Arts Methods. (3) Spring

This course provides a thematic approach to methods for teaching language
arts in the elementary grades. Major topics include oral and written
language, reading and writing workshop, spelling, and grammar. Georgia
QCC objectives, NCTE and IRA standards will be used in developing
instructional resources and units. Field experience is required.

191

EDUC 4457 Social Studies Methods. (3) Spring
The interdisciplinary nature of social studies will be the focus for the
study of curriculum, methods, technology, and professional sources. An
emphasis will be on planning for and developing resources for
instruction, including the development of a unit with emphasis on the
NCSS standards and Georgia QCC objectives for a chosen grade level.
This course includes a field experience component.

EDUC 4459 Special Needs and Exceptional Children. (3) Spring
A study of identification and diagnostic techniques for teachers related
to areas of exceptionality among students and of alternative styles of
teaching to meet special needs. The introduction to the Student Support
Team (SST) process, the writing of eligibility reports and Individual
Education Plans (IEP) will be explored. The psychological and
behavioral characteristics of exceptional children will be studied. The
importance of transition and other forms found within the exceptional
children's categories will be identified. Weekly field experience in the
exceptional children's areas will be provided.

EDUC 4460 Diversity in the Elementary Classroom. (3) Interim
This course addresses a variety of issues in diversity including
psychological, physiological, and social conditions of different students.
Various issues of equality and equal opportunity are also examined as
well as strategies for working with children at risk. This course includes
a field experience in diverse school settings outside of Troup County.

EDUC 4480 Senior Seminar. (3) Fall

Senior seminar is taken in conjunction with the curriculum course for
early childhood the semester prior to student teaching. Senior education
majors work closely with a local school for eight hours each week
supervised by college faculty.

EDUC 4490E Early Childhood Student Teaching. (12)

Fall and Spring
This course provides a full-day teaching experience for a minimum of
thirteen weeks. Pre-service teachers will be assigned to diverse public
schools and will gradually assume responsibility for working with
groups and individuals. They will participate in classroom teaching
and observation, planning and evaluation conferences, and other school
-related experiences with guidance provided by the cooperating teacher
and college supervisor gradually assuming total responsibility for the
class.

192

ENGLISH

Introduction

The Department of English Language and Literature offers a wide range of
courses to meet a variety of needs and demands:

introductory and advanced courses in composition and literary studies;

British and American literature survey and period courses;

genre studies including non-English works in translation;

language and theory courses;

single-author courses;

creative writing and nonfiction writing courses.

Learning Objectives of Composition courses

The primary goal of courses in composition and literature is to help
students become competent readers and writers by providing them with
challenging texts and ample opportunities to practice their skills of critical
thinking and expression. Toward this end, the English faculty has set the
following four objectives. All students completing the core curriculum will
demonstrate:

proficiency in expository writing with Standard American English
grammar, punctuation, and usage;

proficiency in critical reading;

the ability to assimilate, organize, and develop ideas logically and
effectively;

an understanding of the rudiments of research-based writing, including
accurate and ethical citation and MLA documentation.

Learning Objectives of English Major Courses

All students completing the baccalaureate program in English will be
prepared to pursue careers in which a broad knowledge of literature and a
proficiency in critical reading, critical thinking, and expository writing are
important. They also will be prepared to pursue graduate studies in English
and in other professional areas, such as law, medicine, or journalism. In
addition, students who wish to prepare for a career in teaching may do so
by completing a major in English. For each of these endeavors, English
majors will demonstrate:

193

an extensive knowledge of the development of British literature and
American literature from their origins to the present;

a capacity for interpreting literature, reading critically, and expressing
literary ideas, both in oral discussion and in written work;

an ability to bring informed critical and analytical judgment to bear
on the study of literary issues, both in oral discussion and in written
work;

a mastery of the techniques of literary research and the use of MLA
style;

a knowledge of Standard American English grammar, punctuation,
and syntax;

a knowledge of Standard American English usage.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Success in achieving the objectives of the English major will be
demonstrated in the following ways:

completion of each major course with a grade of C or better;

completion of an entrance and an exit examination;

satisfactory performance on the senior thesis and its presentation.

Students are required to take the ETS Major Field Achievement Test in
Literature while enrolled in ENGL 2200 and again while enrolled in
ENGL 4495. Scores will be compared to measure progress. Students
preparing for graduate study in English or law are encouraged to take the
GRE or the LSAT.

194

Requirements for a Major in English

Before declaring English as a major, students must complete the CORE
composition classes (ENGL 1101 & 1 102) with no grade lower than a C.

English majors are required to take 40 semester hours in English
language and literature above the 1000 level.

English Major

Introductory Course (1 required)

ENGL 2200 (1-hour course)

Survey Courses (3 required)

ENGL 2204, 2205, 2206, 2207

Language/Theory Courses (1 required)
ENGL 3300, 3302, 4400

Writing Courses ( 1 required)

ENGL 3303, 3306, 3308, 3310

Genre Courses (2 required)

ENGL 3315, 3335, 3345, 3355, 4440, 4450, 4460

British Literature Courses (2 required)

ENGL 3320, 3330, 3340, 3350, 3360

American Literature Courses (2 required)
ENGL 3375, 3380, 3385

Single-Author Courses ( 1 required)
ENGL 4410, 4420, 4430

Capstone Course ( 1 required)
ENGL 4495

Total: 40 semester hours

Requirements for a Minor in English

The English Department offers two minors: English Minor with
Literature Concentration and English Minor with Writing Concentration.
The requirements of each minor are as follows:

195

English Minor: Literature Concentration

Survey Courses (2 required)

ENGL 2204, 2205, 2206, 2207

Language Courses (1 required)
ENGL 3300, 3302

Genre Courses ( 1 required)

ENGL 3315, 3335, 3345, 3355, 4440, 4450, 4460

British Literature Courses (1 required)

ENGL 3320, 3330, 3340, 3350, 3360

American Literature Courses ( 1 required)
ENGL 3375, 3380, 3385

Total: 18 semester hours

English Minor: Writing Concentration

Survey Courses ( 1 required)

ENGL 2204, 2205, 2206, 2207

Language/Theory Courses (2 required)
ENGL 2210, 2212, 2215

Creative Writing Courses (1 required)
ENGL 3306, 3308

Nonfiction Writing/Genre Courses (2 required)
ENGL 3303, 3310, 3315

Total: 18 semester hours

Awards

The English Department gives the following awards to outstanding
English majors during the annual Honors Day program:

the Walter D. Jones Award for Excellence in Composition and
Scholarship

the Murial B. Williams Award for Excellence in Literary Studies

the Francis Marion Chalker Medlock Prize for Poetry

196

The Jones award is given to the student whose paper written for a major
course is judged as outstanding by an impartial panel of reviewers. The
Williams award is given to the student who is deemed by the English
faculty to demonstrate the highest standards of scholarship and who
contributes the most to the advancement of literary studies among English
majors at LaGrange College. The Medlock Prize is awarded to the student
who has demonstrated a love of and appreciation for poetry and who shows
great promise as an aspiring poet.

In addition, each spring at Honors Day, the Department of English
recognizes the most outstanding essay(s) composed for a Rhetoric and
Composition course (ENGL 1101 or 1 102) during the current academic
year. The winning essay(s) are published in the next year's edition of the
LaGrange College Handbook of Rhetoric & Composition.

Sigma Tau Delta

Sigma Tau Delta, the International English Honor Society, confers
distinction upon students of the English language and literature in
undergraduate, graduate, and professional studies. Sigma Tau Delta fosters
all aspects of the discipline of English, including literature, language, and
writing; promotes exemplary character and good fellowship among its
members; and upholds high standards of academic excellence.
Qualifications for induction into the local chapter, Alpha Beta Chi, include
the recommendation of the English faculty, an overall GPA of 3.0, and a
GPA of 3.5 in English major courses.

Writing Center

The Department of English Language and Literature maintains a Writing
Center, which serves the college community by providing advice and
support for student writers. The Writing Center is part of the new Moshell
Learning Center, located on the ground (2 nd ) floor of the Frank & Laura
Lewis Library. Both facilities are directed by Dr. Laine Scott, who trains
students to serve as peer writing consultants. These tutors are available
Sunday through Thursday evenings, from 6:00 to 9:00 p.m.

The Scroll and LC Writing Contest

Since 1922, The Scroll has been LaGrange College's journal of creative
arts. Published each spring, the magazine features the best of fiction,
drama, poetry, essays, and artwork by the students and faculty of the
College.

197

The LC Writing Contest is an annual event sponsored by the English
Department, the Writing Center, and The Scroll. It is open to all LC
students. First and second prizes are awarded to best entries in
fiction/drama, poetry, and essay. Winners are announced at Honors Day and
included in the annual Scroll.

Advanced Placement

Most LaGrange College students will take Rhetoric and Composition I and
II (ENGL 1101 and 1 102) during their first year. Some students will receive
credit for one of these courses based on the Advanced Placement Test.

Students who earn a score of 4 or 5 on the AP Test in English
Language and Composition will receive three hours of credit for
Rhetoric and Composition I [English 1 101].

Students who earn a score of 4 or 5 on the AP Test in English
Literature and Composition will receive three hours of credit for
Rhetoric and Composition II [English 1 102].

Students who earn a score of 4 or 5 on both tests must choose which
course they prefer to exempt. Only one exemption is allowed.

Only the AP Tests in English Language or English Literature are
accepted for credit in the LaGrange College English program.

Honors English

The honors sections of ENGL 1101 and 1 102 are open to students whose
standardized test scores and other placement criteria indicate they would
benefit from more challenging readings and writing assignments.
Enrollment in each honors section is limited to 15 students, and
participation is based upon placement criteria or recommendation from the
English faculty of LaGrange College. LC transcripts will reflect
participation in an honors-level course.

International Students

International students must enroll in a 1000-level English course during
each semester that they spend at LaGrange College until they have
satisfactorily completed both courses in the Rhetoric and Composition
sequence (ENGL 1 101 and 1 102).

Transient Credit

No transient credit will be accepted for courses in first year Rhetoric and
Composition (ENGL 1 101 or 1 102).

198

Combined B.A. and M.A.T Program of Study

Undergraduate students who meet the admission requirements for the
Master of Arts in Teaching [M.A.T] (passing GACE Basic Skills or a
combined SAT score of more than 1000) and those who have a GPA of 3.0
or higher in their undergraduate studies are eligible to participate in a
combined B.A. and M.A.T. program of study after the completion of 90
semester hours. Once accepted, candidates may take entering cohort
graduate courses the Summer Semester following their junior year of
study. Upon gaining senior status, candidates may take one three credit
graduate course during the Fall, Interim, and Spring Semesters only if
enrolled with twelve undergraduate credits.

Course Descriptions (ENGL)

ENGL 1101 Rhetoric and Composition I. (3)

Every fall and spring
Introduction to expository writing, emphasizing the essay form, the writing
process, and rhetorical modes of thesis development. Some students may
be invited to join an honors section of ENGL 1101. Prerequisite to all
higher-numbered English courses.

ENGL 1102 Rhetoric and Composition II. (3)

Every fall and spring
Introduction to critical thinking and writing about literature, emphasizing
reading strategies, analytic writing, research techniques, and modes of
documentation. Some students may be invited to join an honors section of
ENGL 1 102. Prerequisite to all higher-numbered English courses.
Prerequisite: ENGL 1101.

ENGL 2200 Introduction to Literary Studies. (1) Every fall
Introduces students to the academic discipline of English. Focuses on
critical issues (past and present) involved in literary studies. This course is
a prerequisite for English majors for any 3000- or 4000-level course.
Required of all English majors.

Prerequisites: ENGL 1 101 & 1 102

ENGL 2204 British Literature I. (3) Fall 2010 (every other fall)
A survey of British Literature from the Anglo-Saxon period through the
eighteenth century. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation.

199

ENGL 2205 British Literature II. (3) Spring 200 1 1

(every other spring)
A survey of British literature from the Romantics through the Modern/
Postmodern period. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation.

ENGL 2206 American Literature I. (3) Fall 2009 (every other fall)
A survey of American Literature from the Colonial period through
American Romanticism. Short critical essays required, at least one with
documentation.

ENGL 2207 American Literature II. (3) Spring 2010

(every other spring)
A survey of American literature from Realism and Naturalism through the
Modern/ Postmodern period. Short critical essays required, at least one
with documentation.

ENGL 2210 Introduction to Peer Tutoring. (3) In rotation
This course prepares undergraduates to work as peer tutors in a writing
center. Students will practice tutoring as they learn about reading and
responding to the writing of others. Students from all majors, as well as
undeclared majors, are encouraged to enroll.

Prerequisites: ENGL 1 101 & 1 102 and permission of the instructor.

ENGL 2212 Rhetorical Theory. (3) Spring 20 1 1
This course introduces undergraduates to the theory that informs the
modern practice of teaching composition. Fundamentals of persuasion and
human communication are presented as well.
Prerequisites: ENGL 1 101 & 1 102

ENGL 2215 Writing About Film. (3) Fall 20 1

This course focuses on the critical viewing of film with critical writing in

several modes.

Prerequisites: ENGL 1 101 & 1 102

200

Prerequisite to 3000-level or 4000-level courses: ENGL 1101, 1102, and
for English majors, ENGL 2200

ENGL 3300 History of the English Language. (3) Fall 2009
Introduction to principles of linguistics; a survey of the origins and
development of English, and a study of its structure.

ENGL 3302 Advanced Grammar. (3) Spring 201 1

A survey of the basic logic and grammatical structure of English, from

morpheme to word, phrase and clause, to sentence.

ENGL 3303 Advanced Composition. (3) Fall 2009
This course is open to all students, regardless of major, who are interested
in strengthening their written expression beyond the level of "functional."
The focus will be on producing nonfiction prose that is exemplary for its
clarity and finesse.

ENGL 3306 Creative Writing Workshop (poetry). (3) Spring 201 1
An advanced course in imaginative writing. Professional models studied,
but student writing emphasized.

ENGL 3308 Creative Writing Workshop (fiction). (3) Spring 20 1
An advanced course in imaginative writing. Professional models studied,
but student writing emphasized.

ENGL 3310 Art of Argumentation. (3) Spring 20 1
This course presents the fundamentals of effective persuasion, including
the three appeals (logical, emotional, ethical), logical fallacies, inductive
and deductive reasoning, and evaluation of evidence. Students from all
majors, as well as undeclared majors, are encouraged to enroll.

ENGL 3315 Readings in Literary Journalism. (3) Fall 201 1

This course consists of a survey of literary journalism, a form of creative

nonfiction that blends elements of fictional narrative and factual reporting.

ENGL 3320 Medieval Literature. (3) Fall 20 1

A survey, mostly in Middle English, of English literature to about 1500.

ENGL 3330 Renaissance Literature. (3) In rotation
Renaissance English literature to about 1675, excluding Shakespeare.

201

ENGL 3335 Development of Drama. (3) In rotation

An examination of the development of drama, excluding Shakespeare,

from its beginnings up through the 1 8 th century.

ENGL 3340 Restoration & Neoclassical Literature. (3) Fall 201 1
Selected Restoration, Neoclassical, and Pre-Romantic English literature,
excluding the novel.

ENGL 3345 The Rise of the Novel. (3) Spring 20 1 2

A study of the rise of the novel with an emphasis on selected works of

the late seventeenth-century and eighteenth-century, including novels in

translation.

ENGL 3350 English Romanticism. (3) Spring 20 1 2

A study of selected major nineteenth-century British prose and poetry,

with emphasis on lyric verse.

ENGL 3355 The Nineteenth-Century Novel. (3) Fall 2009
A study of the selected 19 th century novels, including novels in
translation.

ENGL 3360 Victorian Literature. (3) Spring 20 1

A study of selected major Victorian prose and poetry, with emphasis on

Tennyson, Browning, and the Pre-Raphaelites.

ENGL 3375 American Romanticism. (3) Fall 20 1
Major American Romantic writers of the United States through
Whitman and Dickinson.

ENGL 3380 American Realism and Naturalism. (3) Spring 2013
Major American writers of the Realistic and Naturalistic movements in
the United States.

ENGL 3385 Southern Literature. (3) Fall 20 1 2

A study of major Southern writers from about 1815 to the present.

ENGL 4400 Contemporary Literary Theory. (3) In rotation
A survey of theoretical interpretive traditions of the 20th and 21st
centuries.

ENGL 4410 Chaucer. (3) Fall 201 1

A survey of Chaucer's work. Consideration will also be given to

Chaucerian influence and criticism.

202

ENGL 4420 Shakespeare. (3) Fall 2009

The development of Shakespeare's art, as reflected in selected individual

plays or groups of plays.

ENGL 4430 Milton. (3) Fall 2010
Selected poetry and prose of Milton.

ENGL 4440 Modern / Contemporary Fiction. (3) Spring 20 1
A study of selected contemporary fiction writers and their novels or short
stories, including works in translation.

ENGL 4450 Modern / Contemporary Poetry. (3) In rotation

A study of selected contemporary poets and their poems, including works

in translation.

ENGL 4460 Modern / Contemporary Drama. (3) In rotation

A study of contemporary playwrights and their plays, including works in

translation.

ENGL 4495 Senior Thesis and Presentation. (3) Every spring
English majors will write and present orally an original research project based
on a significant topic in language or literature. Required of all English
majors.

Prerequisite: Senior standing

ENGL 4496 Internship. (1-3) On demand
An opportunity for students to gain added experience and insight in
approved off-campus settings. The internship cannot be counted as one of
the courses required for the major or minor in English.

Prerequisites: Consent of the supervising instructor, department chair,

and the Career Development Center

ENGL 4499 Independent Study/Research. (3) On demand
This is an opportunity for students to conduct an individual, in-depth
exploration of an area in literature, writing, or theory.

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor, the department chair, and the

Academic Dean

203

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Introduction

The curriculum in the Department of Health and Physical Education is
composed of two programs. The physical education activities program
offers a selection of physical skill classes designed to promote health,
physical skill development and to promote lifetime fitness. The minor
programs offer courses that are designed for students who may be involved
in some facet of physical education or coaching as a career path. Coaching
at all levels, health/fitness promotion and sports management are all
potential employment areas.

Learning Objectives

The activities program strives to provide classes for student to gain skill in
activities that carry-over into later life thus providing an avenue for
lifetime fitness. The two minor programs provide knowledge and skill in
teaching and coaching areas which will be beneficial in career choices and/
or leisure pursuits.

Assessment of learning objectives

satisfactorily complete all course work requirements

maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA

current certification in Community First Aid/CPR.

Required hours for the physical education minor
and for the coaching minor

There are two minor programs; one in physical education and one in
coaching. The department will guide the student in selecting courses that
best meet the student's aims and plans. Fifteen (15) semester hours are
required for each minor.

Physical Education minors must take HPED 225 1 - Introduction to
Physical Education

Coaching minors must take HPED 3310 Coaching Theory and Methods.

The remaining 12 semester hours for either minor can be selected from the

following courses:

HPED 1 154 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies

HPED 2202 Sports Statistics

HPED 225 1 Introduction to Physical Education

204

HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of Physical

Education and Recreation
HPED 3305 Sports Psychology
HPED 33 10 Coaching Theory and Methods
HPED 33 12 Principles of Strength, Conditioning and Nutrition for

Athletes
HPED 33 1 3 Leadership in Physical Education and Athletics
HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries/Illness
HPED 3390 Seminar and lab Practice in Physical Education

Course Descriptions (HPED)

HPED 1153 Camp Leadership and Program. (3) On demand
A study of camping in an organized setting and of the leadership skills
necessary for the implementation of the camp program.

HPED 1154 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies. (3) Fall,

Spring

This course focuses on the identification of emergency situations and

selection of correct response. Certification in American Red Cross

standard first aid and adult, child and infant rescue breathing and

cardiopulmonary resuscitation are earned upon successful completion of

the course.

HPED 1155 Lifeguard Training. (3) Spring

Competencies in swimming and life guarding techniques, swimming

speed and endurance are developed in this course. American Red Cross

lifeguard training and cardiopulmonary resuscitation for the professional

rescuer certifications are the result of successful completion of this

course.

Prerequisites: Current Standard First Aid Certification;

Passing of the following practical exams on the first
day of class; 500 yd. continuous swim (crawl, breast
stroke and sidestroke); treading water for two
minutes with legs only and retrieving a brick from
the deep end of the pool.

HPED 1156 Water Safety Instructor. (3) Spring.
A course which focuses on the development of competencies in
swimming stroke and instructional techniques. Students who
successfully complete this course earn certification in Red Cross WSI,
enabling them to teach all levels of the Learn to Swim Program, Basic and
Emergency Water Safety courses.

205

HPED 2202 Sports Statistics. (3) On demand

Techniques of recording sports statistics and maintaining scorebooks are

the focus of this class.

HPED 2251 Introduction to Physical Education. (3) On demand
A survey course of the career choices available in physical education.
Opportunities to talk with and observe professionals in various sub-
specializations are provided.

HPED 3302 Organization and Administration of Recreational
and Physical Education Programs. (3) On demand
A study of the organization and administration of instructional, intramural,
and interscholastic activity programs. Special emphasis is placed on the
selection, purchase, and care of safe equipment and facilities as well as on
the legal requirements for providing and maintaining safe programs and facilities.

HPED 3305 Sports Psychology. (3) Spring

A study of human behavior in the context of the sporting experience and
how performance is affected by the interactions of the coach, athletes and
the environment. Emphasis is on motivation, personality, attributions,
disengagement from sport, aggression, leadership, and communication patterns.

HPED 3306 Techniques of Sports Officiating. (3) Spring
This course focuses on techniques of officiating athletic events.
Knowledge of the rules of selected sports and extensive practical
officiating in selected sports form the basis of this course.

HPED 3310 Coaching Theory and Methods. (3) On demand
Analysis of teaching skills and techniques of the different interscholastic
sports in high schools.

HPED 3312 Principles of Strength Conditioning and Nutrition

for Athletes. (3) Fall
This course focuses on the examination of proper techniques, concepts, and
applications of exercise science. Nutritional principles as these relate to
athletic performance also are included.

HPED 3313 Leadership in Physical Education and Athletics.

(3) Spring
A study of the leadership skills necessary to implement and conduct
physical activity programs and functions.

HPED 3320 Methods in Health and Physical Education in

the Elementary School. (3) Fall
A study of the objectives, materials, activities, and curricula appropriate for
elementary school physical education and health. Supervised observation
and practical experiences in the elementary schools are provided.

206

HPED 3331 Personal Health Issues. (3) On demand
This course allows students to explore basic health issues and principles
in depth. Topics include fitness, diet and weight control, nutrition,
human sexuality, stress management, death education, aging, and
drug and alcohol education.

HPED 3332 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries/Illnesses. (3)

Spring
This course focuses on common injuries and illnesses occurring in
athletics. Topics include, but are not limited to, heat exhaustion, heat
stroke, abdominal injuries, injury management, emergency triage,
anatomical instability, blood borne pathogens, and mechanics of injury.

HPED 3333 Yoga for Wellness. (3) Fall, Winter
A study of the effects that yoga has on all aspects of the human body,
including physical, mental, and spiritual. Topics will include breathing
techniques, asanas, fasting, meditation, and different disciplines of yoga.
There will also be a physical component of this course.

HPED 3334 Advanced Yoga with Martial Arts Training. (3)

Fall and Spring
This advanced course will build on the foundation that the yoga for
wellness course established. Advanced Yoga with Martial Arts Training
will emphasize mental focus, body organization, alignment, technique,
and core development. This advanced yoga course with martial arts
training is designed to bring the student eye to eye with their greatest
obstacles, which are perceived physical and mental limitations. This
course is one pathway to cultivating the mind/body clarity and power that
leads to developing the will.

HPED 3340 Karate: Techniques and Philosophy (3) On demand
A study on the interrelation between training and philosophy in
karate. Students will learn karate techniques and examine the
philosophy of modern karate. Participants will be required to observe
how the philosophy influences the essences of training and how the
training affects the spirits of philosophy. Physical activity is required.

HPED 3352 Physiology of Exercise. (3) On demand
The effects of exercise on the major systems of the human body,
including cardio respiratory, neuromuscular, glandular, and digestive are
the focus of this course. Effects of heat, altitude, and ergogenic aids on
the human body during exercise also are included.
Prerequisites: BIOL 1 148- BIOL 1 149

207

HPED 3390 Seminar and Lab Practice in Physical Education. (3)

Fall, Spring
This course provides supervised leadership experiences in various
physical education or athletic settings. Seminar discussions focus on
common issues and concerns.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing and completion of 6 hours of

HPED courses

HPED 4400 Internship in Physical Education and Coaching. (3)

Interim
Directed observation and participation in physical education, coaching,
and/or supervisory situations.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing, recommendation by the

department chair in health and physical education

Physical Education Activities (PEDU)

The physical education activity program is designed to provide
opportunities for learning or enhancing those skills necessary to
participate in leisure time activities throughout the life cycle. Special
emphasis also is given to activities which improve one's physical fitness
and condition. All courses carry one semester hour of credit and
count toward the hours needed for graduation.

PEDU 1102 Beginning Archery. (1) Fall, Spring

Basic competencies in archery techniques and safety with experiences in

target shooting.

PEDU 1103 Badminton. (1) Spring

Introduction to the skills, strategies, and rules of badminton.

PEDU 1104 Basketball. (1) On demand

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of basketball.

PEDU 1105 Jogging. (1) Fall, Spring

Participation in progressive running programs designed to increase

cardiovascular endurance.

PEDU 1107 Bowling. (1) On demand

Introduction to the basic skills and rules of bowling. Course conducted

at local bowling lanes.

PEDU 1108 Physical Conditioning. (1) Fall, Spring
Basic assessment, maintenance, and improvement of over-all
physical fitness.

208

PEDU 1109 Beginning Golf. (1) Fall, Spring

Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of golf. Field trips

to city golf courses.

PEDU 1111 Softball. (1) Fall

Basic competencies and knowledge of rules and strategies of softball.

PEDU 1112 Beginning Tennis. (1) Fall, Spring
Introduction to the basic skills, strategies, and rules of tennis.

PEDU 1114 Volleyball. (1) Fall, Spring

Basic competencies in the techniques, strategies, and rules of volleyball.

PEDU 1116 Personal Fitness. (1) Spring

Introduction to diet and weight control techniques as well as assessment

and maintenance of personal fitness.

PEDU 1120 Karate. (1) On demand

Basic competencies and skills in karate techniques.

PEDU 1121 Bicycling. (1) On demand

Introduction to the basic equipment, safety, and techniques of cycling

including training and racing strategies. Weekend field trips.

PEDU 1122 Weightlifting/Plyometrics. (1) Fall, Spring
Introduction to exercises that are geared toward increasing speed, power,
and jumping ability. A basic overview of the physiological factors
involved in the exercises will be included.

PEDU 1123 Beginning Swimming. (1) Spring

Introduction to the aquatic environment with emphasis on competence in

primary swimming and safety skills and stroke readiness.

PEDU 1124 Intermediate/Advanced Swimming. (1) On demand
Development and refinement of key swimming strokes. Introduction to
turns, surface dives, and springboard diving.
Prerequisite: PEDU 1 123 or equivalent skills

PEDU 1130 SCUBA. (1) Fall, Spring

Develop competencies in safe diving techniques and practices as well as
safe use of SCUBA diving equipment. PADI open Water Diver
Certification available upon completion of course and optional trip for
checkout dives.
Prerequisite: PEDU 1 124 or equivalent intermediate swimming skills

209

PEDU1156 Canoeing. (1) Fall, Spring

Fundamental canoeing skills emphasized. Field trips to lake facilities
and overnight camping experience are provided to give extensive
opportunities for recreational canoeing.

PEDU 1158 Backpacking. (1) Spring

Introduction to basic equipment, safety, and techniques of trail camping.

Extensive field trips to state and national trails are provided.

PEDU 1159 Sailing. (1) On demand

Basic sailing competencies and understanding with experiences in

fundamental racing strategy. Field trips to lake facilities are provided.

PEDU 1160 Snow Skiing. (1) Spring

Introduction to basic techniques, safety, and equipment of snow skiing.

Field trip to area ski facilities is included.

PEDU 1161 Rhythmic Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring
A conditioning course in which exercise is done to musical
accompaniment for the purpose of developing cardiovascular efficiency,
strength and flexibility.

PEDU 1162 Hiking, Orienteering, and Camping. (1) Fall, Spring
Introduction to basic techniques of tent camping, map, and compass
work. Field trips to nearby campgrounds and forest lands.

PEDU 1164 Water Aerobics. (1) Fall, Spring
Development of cardio respiratory endurance, flexibility, body
composition, and muscle endurance/tone through vigorous water
exercise. The resistance of the water makes this course an excellent
choice for the beginner as well as the well-conditioned athlete, and for
the swimmer as well as the non-swimmer.

PEDU 1165 Aqua Fitness. (1) On demand
Development and/or maintenance of cardiovascular fitness through
various aquatic activities including water jogging, circuit training, and
water resistance training. Students will learn to use various aquatic
equipment to implement their personal training.
Prerequisite: PEDU 1 123 or equivalent beginning swimming skills

PEDU 1166 Scottish Country Dance. (1) Fall, Spring
Introduction to, and dancing folk dances of Scotland. Learn figures
and steps of reels, jigs, and strathspey. Opportunity to attend workshops
sponsored by the Atlanta Branch of The Royal Scottish Country
Dance Society.

210

HISTORY

Introduction

The faculty of the Department of History believe that all persons,
whatever their selected role in life, require an understanding of their past
in order to prepare for their future. The faculty firmly believes that the
liberal arts preparation, which encompasses courses from the discipline
of history, provides the student with the most appropriate educational
background for life by integrating knowledge from the broadest range of
disciplines. The objective of the Department of History is to provide
students at LaGrange College with knowledge of the historical forces
which have shaped civilization as we know it.

Learning Objectives

To achieve the mission set forth above, all courses seek to help each
student ultimately demonstrate:

A grounding in and familiarity with a basic historical narrative;

An ability to master and analyze primary sources;

An awareness of historiography and the ability to critically assess
that historiography;

A capacity to synthesize material from a variety of sources;

Oral, written, and electronic communication skills.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Success in achieving the objectives established for the major will be
demonstrated as follows:

successful completion of each major course with a grade of C- or
better;

successful completion of the Research Methods in History course;

successful completion of the senior history seminar and defense of
the senior thesis before the students and faculty of the department;

successful completion of a major field examination during their
senior year.

Those wishing to major in history are encouraged to declare their major
during the beginning of the spring semester of their sophomore year.

The faculty of the department believes that students who select to
complete a major course of study in history should have the foundation
knowledge and understanding of the discipline, developed by classroom
instruction and individual study, necessary to provide them with the
opportunity to:

211

pursue graduate study within the discipline;

pursue a professional degree in a selected field of study;

pursue employment as a teacher in pre-collegiate education;

seek employment in a field such as government, entry level historic
documentation and preservation, social or historic entry level research,
or a field where their liberal arts preparation can be beneficially
utilized.

Graduates of the Department of History may be found pursuing careers in
business, law, education, politics and government, broadcasting,
journalism, the ministry and other fields of endeavor. In all of these
endeavors, our graduates have found that their education has provided a
foundation for their careers and for their growth in life.

The Department of History offers the following major in history:

A. Prerequisite Courses:

HIST 1 101 and 1 102 World Civilization
HIST 1 1 1 1 and 1 1 1 2 United States History

These are prerequisite courses for the major.

Prerequisite courses can be met by AP, CLEP tests, or by transfer credit.

B. Two courses from:

HIST 3307 Social and Intellectual History of the United

States
HIST 3308 American Diplomatic History

or
HIST 33 1 033 1 1 Constitutional History of the United States

Two courses from:

HIST 3301 Greco-Roman World

HIST 3302 Middle Ages

HIST 3320 Renaissance and Reformation

Two courses from:

HIST 3372 Europe 1 660- 1 870

HIST 3374 Europe 1 870- Present

Required courses:

HIST 2000 Research Methods in History

HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar

C. An additional nine semester hours of 3000 and 4000 level history
courses are required. The total major course requirements are 33
semester hours credit beyond 1000 level courses.

212

We strongly encourage the history major to pursue the widest possible
liberal arts preparation by the careful selection of courses from the core
program structure.

Upper level courses in history, those numbered 3000 or above (with the
exception of HIST 4490), are available to all students who have
successfully completed prerequisites.

Minor

The minor in history consists of TWELVE hours of history courses
successfully completed with no lower than a grade of C-. At least six of
those hours must be at or above the 3000 level.

Combined B.A. and M.A.T Program of Study

Undergraduate students who meet the admission requirements for the
Master of Arts in Teaching [M.A.T] (passing GACE Basic Skills or a
combined SAT score of more than 1000) and those who have a GPA of 3.0
or higher in their undergraduate studies are eligible to participate in a
combined B.A. and M.A.T. program of study after the completion of 90
semester hours. Once accepted, candidates may take entering cohort
graduate courses the Summer Semester following their junior year of study.
Upon gaining senior status, candidates may take one three credit graduate
course during the Fall, Interim, and Spring Semesters only if enrolled with
twelve undergraduate credits.

Course Descriptions (HIST)

HIST 1101 World Civilization I. (3) Fall, Spring

Survey course on the development of world civilization up to 1660.

HIST 1102 World Civilization II. (3) Fall, Spring

Survey course on the development of world civilization from 1 660 to the

present.

HIST 1111 History of the United States to 1865. (3) Fall
Emphasis on the Colonial, Revolutionary, early national, and Civil War
periods.

HIST 1112 History of the United States, 1865 to the Present.

(3) Spring
Emphasis on Reconstruction, liberal nationalism, New Deal, and postwar
periods.

213

HIST 2000 Research Methods in History. (3) Interim only

This course is required of all sophomore history majors. It will acquaint the

student with the basic components of historical methodology and research.

HIST 3301 Greco-Roman World. (3) Fall

A study of Greco-Roman civilization from its birth in ancient Greece

through the collapse of the western Roman empire in the fifth century A.D.

HIST 3302 The Middle Ages, 350-1350. (3) Spring

This course offers a comprehensive study of the development of medieval

civilization from the late fifth century to the late fourteenth century.

HIST 3305 Islamic World to 1500. (3) On demand
This course will examine the development of Islam, its growth and
diversification from its birth in seventh century c.e. Arabia through the
Ottoman conquest of Constantinople in 1453.

HIST 3306 History of the South. (3) On demand

Emphasis on the antebellum, Civil War, Reconstruction, and New South periods.

HIST 3307 Social and Intellectual History of the United States.

(3) Fall
A review of ideas and patterns of thought, the role of social, ethnic, and
racial groups, and the major institutions of American society.

HIST 3308 American Diplomatic History. (3) Fall
Emphasis on the procedure for developing foreign policy as well as
diplomatic history.

HIST 3310 Constitutional History of the United States to 1900.

(3) Fall
An analysis of fundamental constitutional development from 1776 to present.
Prerequisites: HIST 1 1 1 1 and HIST 1112

HIST 3311 Constitutional History of the United States 1901 to

the Present. (3) Spring
An analysis of fundamental constitutional development from 1901 to the present.

HIST 3315 Georgia History. (3) Summer/On demand
A study of Georgia History from the pre-colonial period to the present with
emphasis on the historical, social, economic and political development of
the State.

214

HIST 3320 The Renaissance and the Reformation, 1350-1600.

(3) Fall
This course offers a detailed study of the civilization of Renaissance and
Reformation Europe. Primary focus will be placed on the artistic and
religious achievements of the period 1350 to 1600.

HIST 3330 The Medieval Church and Papacy. (3) Spring
This course will examine the institutional and cultural history of the
medieval church, with special emphasis on the role of the papacy, and its
impact on medieval civilization.

HIST 3331 Colonial Latin American History. (3) Fall

An examination of the history of Latin America from the pre-Conquest era

through the independence movements of the early nineteenth century.

HIST 3332 Comparative Colonization and Slavery. (3) Spring
This course offers a comparative examination of colonial contact in the
Americas, including the interaction of Europeans, natives, and Africans
within the French, Spanish, and British empires of the New World.

HIST 3340 Medieval Kings and Queens. (3) Fall

A survey of medieval kings and queens and their influence on the

development of medieval civilization.

HIST 3341 Russia to 1856. (3) Fall

A comprehensive survey of the Russian historical development from the

appearance of the Kievan State in the 9 th century through the Crimean War.

HIST 3342 Russia 1856 to the Present. (3) Spring
An examination of the Imperial Russian state.

HIST 3350 Renaissance and Renascences. (3) Spring

An examination of the great cultural revivals from the age of Charlemagne

to the age of Michelangelo.

HIST 3361 History of England to 1689. (3) Fall

A political, economic, social, and cultural history of England fiom 55 B.C. to 1689.

HIST 3362 History of England from 1689 to Present. (3) Spring
A political, economic, social and cultural history of England from 1689 to present

215

HIST 3372 Europe 1660-1870. (3) Fall

A comprehensive survey of European history from the reign of Louis XTV through

the rise of the modem German state in 1 870.

HIST 3374 Europe 1870 to the Present. (3) Spring

A comprehensive survey of European history from the Bismarckian Era to

the present.

HIST 3378 European Diplomatic History:1890 to the Present.

(3) On demand
A detailed examination of European international relations from 1 890, the
end of the Bismarkian system to the present.

HIST 4416 Twentieth Century America. (3) On demand
An intensive study of the United States during the twentieth century.

HIST 4478 Contemporary Europe. (3) On demand

An examination of European history focusing on major issues since 1945.

HIST 4490 Senior History Seminar. (3) Spring

A study of historiography and research methods and materials.

Prerequisites: Senior History Major or permission of the professor
and the Chair of the Department. This course may only be attempted
twice.

216

Minor in Japanese studies
Introduction

LaGrange College entered into a cooperative international exchange
agreement with Seigakuin University of Tokyo, Japan in 2003. Students
who wish to complete a minor in Japanese Studies will complete
successfully at least two semesters of Japanese language study at
LaGrange College and at least 6 hours of study at Seigakuin University.
In most cases students will spend one semester at Seigakuin University.
The Japanese Studies Program Director will advise students who wish to
study at Seigakuin University.

Learning Objectives

The exchange agreement between LaGrange College and Seigakuin
University states that its intent "is to promote international friendship
and world peace by encouraging students and faculty from each
institution to develop friendships within and learn more about the
culture of the other country." In addition, the agreement will allow each
student to have an extensive international experience and learn Japanese
language in a total immersion environment.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Program goals are assessed by meeting the following criteria:

Successful completion of at least two semesters of Japanese study at
LaGrange College with an overall average of B or above.

Admission to the Seigakuin exchange program after review by the
Program Director and the selection committee.

Completion of at least 6 hours of study at Seigakuin University with
grades of C- or above in each class.

Program Overview

1 . Courses Offered at LaGrange College.

JAPN 1 101: Beginning Japanese I
JAPN 1 102: Beginning Japanese II
JAPN 2103: Intermediate Japanese I
JAPN 2105: Intermediate Japanese II

217

Students must successfully complete at least 1101 and 1 102 with a grade
of B or better before they can study abroad. It is recommended that
students complete at least the third semester of Japanese with a grade of
B or better.

2. Courses at Seigakuin University

Seigakuin University has exchange relationships with several
international universities and offers a slate of courses each semester
that serves their needs. These courses are of three types:

Courses taught in English and about Japanese history and culture

Courses taught in simplified Japanese (i.e., using a limited number
of Kanji)

Courses taught in Japanese for regular Japanese Seigakuin students,
but that allow international students to turn in papers and exams
written in English

Courses will cover a broad range of topics, including Japanese language,
history, culture, and economy. In consultation with the Japan Studies
minor advisor, students will select a slate of courses from the Seigakuin
schedule during the pre-registration period at LaGrange College. The
student will register for several sections of this course:

JAPN 3000: Special Topics in Japanese Studies: [Subtitle Varies
According to Course Topic] (variable credit)

In consultation with the LaGrange College Registrar and the Academic
Dean, the Japan Studies advisor will establish correct hours earned and
will develop course subtitles that best describe the contents of each
course. Course credits will be transferred to LaGrange College if the
student receives a course grade of C- or higher.

Selection of Students

Participation of LC students in the exchange program is necessarily
limited and competitive. Each year the Japanese Studies Director will, in
consultation with a selection committee of faculty and staff, select those
students who are best prepared to pursue studies in Japan and who will
best represent the college. Criteria for selection include:

Japanese language skills, based on semesters in Japanese completed
and grades earned;

ability to articulate clear goals for participating in the program;

218

the maturity to handle the stresses of living in a foreign country;

character that represents the mission and values of LaGrange
College.

Studying overseas requires a great deal of paperwork and planning.
Students who wish to study at Seigakuin University should consult with the
Japanese Studies program advisor as soon as they begin to consider
studying abroad. Students must contact the program advisor no later than
the beginning of the semester before they wish to study abroad. For
example, students who wish to study in Japan in the fall term must initiate
contact with the program advisor no later than the beginning of the prior
spring term. Students who wish to study in Japan in the spring term must
initiate contact no later than the beginning of the prior fall term.

While the Program Director will advise students through the application
process, the preparation ultimately is the student's own responsibility.

Courses Descriptions (JAPN)

JAPN 1101 Beginning Japanese I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in listening and speaking,
essentials of grammar, and writing of Japanese Kana and simple Kanji.

JAPN 1102 Beginning Japanese II. (3)

A continuation of JAPN 1101.
Prerequisite: JAPN 1101

JAPN 2103 Intermediate Japanese L (3)

Study of advanced grammar, reading of texts, and more complex Kanji.
Prerequisites: JAPN 1 101 and 1 102

JAPN 2105 Intermediate Japanese II. (3)

A continuation of JAPN 2103.

Prerequisites: JAPN 1 101, 1 102, 2103

JAPN 3000 Special Topics in Japanese Studies, (variable credit)

Courses will cover a broad range of topics, including Japanese language,
history, culture, and economy. While a student at Seigakuin University,
students will enroll at LaGrange College for several sections of this course.
Students will work with the Japanese Minor Program Director to select
appropriate credits and subtitles for the courses.

Prerequisites: JAPN 1101 and 1 102 with a grade of B or above

and admission to the Seigakuin exchange program.

219

LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES AND
MODERN LANGUAGES

Introduction

Latin American Studies is a growing program at LaGrange College. It is
an interdisciplinary program that introduces the student to the cultural
diversity and richness of Latin America and its people. Due to the
increasing presence and importance of Latinos in the United States, a
minor in Latin American Studies enhances one's career opportunities and
effectiveness in such fields as business, government, health care,
journalism, law, and social work.

Learning Objectives

While the minor in Latin American Studies currently requires 6 hours of
Spanish language study, students are encouraged to take more Spanish
courses in order to develop basic conversational fluency. In addition, study
abroad is strongly encouraged because it provides the student with total
cultural immersion. At present, the College offers only a minor in Latin
American Studies; yet, the hope is to expand and to be able to provide a
major in the near future.

A minor in Latin American Studies consists of the following 18 hours of
course work:

Spanish courses 6 hrs.

LAST 1 104 Latin American Culture 3 hrs.

LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies 3 hrs.

LAST 3110 Special Topics or Spanish 3110 3 hrs.

Elective in either LAST or Spanish 3 hrs.
(3000 level or above)

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Success in achieving the objectives of all majors & minors in this
department will be demonstrated in the following ways:

Completion of each major/minor course with a grade of C or better;

Completion of exit survey.

220

Course Descriptions (LAST)

LAST 1104 Introduction to Latin American Culture. (3)

A study of the art, literature, history, and anthropology of Latin America
(fulfills LANG 2000 requirement).

LAST 1199 Latin American Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar that provides valuable educational experience
through close contact with the contemporary life and civilization of a
selected Latin American country. Basic academic preparation in the
history and customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure.
Prerequisites: SPAN 1 101, SPAN 1 102, and SPAN 2103 or

permission of instructor and chair of Latin

American Studies
LAST 2000 Introduction to Latin American Studies. (3)
An interdisciplinary approach to the people, culture, development, and
identity of Latin America. Attention will be given to such topics as art,
class, economics, gender, history, literature, music, politics, race, and religion.

LAST 3001 Survey of Latin American Literature I. (3)

A general survey of contemporary Latin American literature.

LAST 3002 Survey of Latin American Literature II. (3)

Focuses on the works of a current major Latin American writer or
writers.

LAST 3110 Special Topics. (3)

A study of selected topics from a specific discipline. Since the focus of
this course changes frequently, this course may be repeated for credit.
(History 333 1 : Colonial Latin America may be taken for LAST 3110
credit)

LAST 3210 States and Politics in Latin America (3)

A comparative study of political systems in Latin America. Topics
considered include: basic comparative political theory, modern history
of Latin American societies, politics of selected Latin American states,
and the interaction of economic and political factors in Latin America.

LAST 3930 Intercultural Communications. (3)

A study of the cultural risks confronting the business manager in an
international environment. This course will survey the differences in
values and codes of behavior among a number of cultures with the
primary focus being on Latin America. This course will give the student
the opportunity to learn how to read and respond to the organizational
culture of regulators, business associates, and customers across cultural
borders.

221

Spanish

As the Latino population increases in the United States, the ability to
speak Spanish is becoming an asset if not a necessity in the market
place. This need is already occurring in such diverse fields as business,
education, health care, law, and social work. In order to better prepare
our students to meet this growing need in their future fields, we offer a
major and minor in Spanish. While not required, study abroad is
strongly encouraged for both our majors and minors to improve
language fluency and cultural awareness.

A major in Spanish consists of a total of 36 hours. Thirty of these hours
are in Spanish courses above 1 102. Required courses are as follows:

SPAN 2 1 03 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs.

SPAN 2 1 05 Intermediate Spanish II 3 hrs.

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I 3 hrs.

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II 3 hrs.

SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civilization 3 hrs.

SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature 3hrs.

Two electives in Spanish courses at the 3000 level or above. The
remaining six hours of the major consist of two Latin American
Studies electives.

A minor in Spanish consists of 1 8 hours. Eighteen of these hours are in
Spanish courses above Spanish 1 102. Required courses are as follows:

SPAN 2 1 03 Intermediate Spanish I 3 hrs.

SPAN 2 1 05 Intermediate Spanish II 3 hrs.

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature 3 hrs.

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 hrs.

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II 3 hrs.

Plus:

One Spanish elective at the 3000 level or above 3 hrs.

222

Course Descriptions (SPAN)

SPAN 1101 Elementary Spanish I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials
of grammar, and reading of simple prose.

SPAN 1102 Elementary Spanish II. (3)

A continuation of Spanish 1101.
Prerequisite: Spanish 1101

SPAN 2103 Intermediate Spanish I. (3)

A review of grammar and syntax with practice in reading selected texts.
Prerequisite: Spanish 1 102 or permission of instructor

SPAN 2105 Intermediate Spanish II. (3)

A continuation of Spanish 2103.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor

SPAN 2106 Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3)

An introductory course designed to introduce the intermediate level
language student to reading and analyzing short literary works in Spanish.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of the instructor

SPAN 2199 Latin American Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar which provides valuable educational experience
through close contact with the contemporary life and civilization of a
selected Spanish-speaking country. Basic academic preparation in the
history and customs of the target culture is undertaken before departure.
Prerequisites: SPAN 1101, SPAN 1 102, and SPAN 2103 or

permission of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies

SPAN 3000 Spanish Conversation and Composition I. (3)

A course stressing practice in speaking and writing Spanish. Not open to
students fluent in Spanish.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2105 or permission of instructor

SPAN 3001 Spanish Conversation and Composition II. (3)

A continuation of Spanish 3000. Not open to students fluent in Spanish.
Prerequisite: SPAN 3000 or permission of instructor

SPAN 3002 Hispanic Culture and Civilization. (3)

This course provides an overview of Spain's and Latin America's cultures
and civilizations.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor

223

SPAN 3110 Special Topics. (3)

The further development of Spanish language skills by focusing on a
variety of professions or fields of study. Since the focus of this course
changes frequently, this course may be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2103 or permission of instructor

SPAN 4000 Latin American Literature. (3)

An advanced course designed to introduce the student to Latin
America's major literary movements and writers.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor

SPAN 4001 Peninsular Spanish Literature. (3)

An advanced course designed to introduce the students to Spain's major
literary movements and writers.
Prerequisite: SPAN 2106 or permission of instructor

SPAN 4002 Latin American Women Writers. (3)

This course will introduce the student to major contemporary Latin
American and Latina women writers. Writers and works to be studied will
change periodically.
Prerequisite: SPAN 4000 or SPAN 4001 or permission of instructor

Modern Languages

The program in Modern Language is administered by the department of
Latin American Studies. Courses are taught in Spanish, French,
German, and other modern languages (under the LANG label). As for
Japanese, please refer to the Japanese minor.

Minor in French

For students wishing to develop their general understanding of French
and the Francophone world, and/or wish to concentrate in a particular
area of French language study. The French minor consist of 18 credits
(12 additional credits beyond the intermediate level).

Required courses : 15 credits

FREN2103 Intermediate French I 3 credits

FREN 2 1 05 Intermediate French H 3 credits

FREN 3000 French Conversation 3 credits

FREN 3001 Advanced Grammar and Composition 3 credits

FREN 3002 French Civilization or

FREN 3003 French Literature (every other year) 3 credits

224

The remaining 3 hours can come from any 3000 level French course listed
below:

FREN 3004 Francophone Culture and Literature (On demand)
FREN3110 Special Topics:
Topics will change, so students may take for repeat credit.

FREN 3110 Business French (On demand)

FREN 3110 Translation and Reading in French (On demand)

FREN 3110 French Philosophers (On demand)

Total credits: 18 credits

French (FREN)

FREN 1101 Beginning French I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials
of grammar, and reading of simple prose.

FREN 1102 Beginning French II. (3)

A continuation of French 1101.
Prerequisite: FREN 1101 or permission of instructor

FREN 2103 Intermediate French I. (3)

A continuation of French 1 102 with additional readings.
Prerequisite: FREN 1 102 or permission of instructor

FREN 2105 Intermediate French II. (3)

A systematic and thorough review of French grammar with emphasis on
the production of speech. Not open to students fluent in French.
Prerequisite: FREN 2103 or permission of instructor

FREN 2199 Francophone Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar composed of preliminary academic preparation
followed by contact with the target culture through travel in the selected
French-speaking country.
Prerequisite: FREN 1 101, FREN 1 102, and FREN 2103 or

permission of instructor and chair of Latin

American Studies

FREN 3000 French Conversation. (3)

The goal of this course is to help students improve their

( 1 ) vocabulary

(2) aural comprehension: listening skills

(3) oral production: speaking skills
Prerequisite: FREN 2105 or permission of instructor

225

FREN 3001 Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3)

The objective of this course is to allow the participants to improve their
composition skills in French. The course has three major components:
grammar review and refinement; reading and analysis of various kinds
of texts, both literary and journalistic; a variety of composition
assignments involving such techniques as description, analysis,
persuasion, and managing complicated chronologies. The participants
can expect to improve their command of French grammar, to increase
their vocabulary, and to develop appropriate strategies for writing
good compositions.

Prerequisite: FREN 2105 or permission of instructor

FREN 3002 French Civilization: Making and Identity of France.

(3)

Concentrating on political and social history, rather than "high culture,"
this course is designed to introduce you to the great moments and great
personages who have defined France and what it is to be French across
the centuries. Some high points include Roman Gaul, the Carolingian
Renaissance, St. Louis and the high Gothic Period, Jeanne d'Arc and the
Hundred Years' War, Renaissance and Reform, Louis XIV and
Versailles, the Revolution, Napoleon, Revolution and Restoration in the
1 9th century, France at war in the 20th century.

Prerequisite: FREN 2105 or permission of the instructor.

FREN 3003 Introduction to French Literature. (3)

An introduction to representative writers from the Middle Ages to the
Revolution. Attention will be paid to the changing social and cultural
contexts in which the literature was produced; emphasis will be on
enduring humanistic values.
Prerequisite: FREN 2105 or permission of instructor

FREN 3004 Francophone Literature and Culture. (3)

As a four skills course, this FREN 3004 class seeks to improve the
reading, writing, speaking, and listening skills of students studying
French particularly with the goal of preparing those students who wish
to go on for upper division French. The four skills mentioned will be
integrated into the body of the course and will be developed
simultaneously.

Prerequisite: FREN 3002 or FREN 3003

FREN 3110 Special Topics. (3)

Topics will change so students may repeat for credit

Prerequisite: FREN 2103 or permission of instructor

226

Translation and Reading in French

Translation and Reading skills. This course concentrates exclusively on the
cultivation of reading and translation abilities in the French language.
Classes are in English and all work is from French to English.

Business French

The trend of internationalizing business and services forces companies to
cope with cultural differences inside a company and when sending
executives and their families abroad. In a foreign country there are more
than language barriers to overcome. Methods which work at home can lead
to failure abroad. Likewise, the most competent manager can damage an
operation if not properly prepared for his or her stay in the host country.
This course is designed to help you cross cultural boundaries, whether you
are planning on living abroad as a student, an intern, or an employee. It is
not meant to be a technical business course, but rather a course that will
help you understand what culture shock is and how you can prepare
yourself for it.

French Philosophers

An introduction to French philosophers and the different philosophical
currents that have shaped French thought and the world at large.

German (GERM)

GERM 1101 Beginning German I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in pronunciation, essentials
of grammar, and reading of simple prose.

GERM 1102 Beginning German II. (3)

A continuation of German 1 101.
Prerequisite: GERM 1 101 or permission of instructor

GERM 2103 Intermediate German I. (3)

Continuation of the development of proficiency in listening and speaking,
while expanding the reading and writing skills using materials of a literary
or cultural nature; grammar review included.
Prerequisite: GERM 1 102

GERM 2104 Intermediate German II. (3)

A continuation of German 2103.
Prerequisite: GERM 2103

227

Other Languages and Culture (LANG)*

LANG 1101 Beginning Language I. (3)

A course for beginners with intensive practice in oral communications,
pronunciation, essentials of grammar, and where possible, reading of simple
prose.

LANG 1102 Beginning Language II. (3)

A continuation of LANG 1 101.
Prerequisite: LANG 1101 or equivalent

LANG 1199 Language Travel Seminar. (1-9)

A travel-study seminar which provides further preparation in the target
language and culture through travel in a country which speaks the
language. Academic work is determined by the course instructor.
Prerequisites: LANG 1 101, LANG 1 102, and LANG 2103 or consent
of instructor and chair of Latin American Studies

LANG 2000 Culture and Civilization of a Selected Country. (3)

A survey of the civilization and culture of one of the major societies of
the world. The course examines the culture's social and political
development, its customs and traditions, and its contributions to the
global community in terms of art, music, and literature. (LAST 1 104 can
fill this requirement.)

LANG 2103 Intermediate Language I. (3)

A continuation of LANG 1 102
Prerequisite: LANG 1 1 02 or equivalent

LANG 2105 Intermediate Language II. (3)

An intensive review of the language grammar with emphasis on the
production of speech. Not open to students fluent in the language.
*Note: These courses are available so that a language other than French,
German, or Spanish may be available from time-to-time.

228

MATHEMATICS

Introduction

The Mathematics curriculum at LaGrange College provides a solid
undergraduate mathematics foundation. Along with the broad-based
general education curriculum, the Mathematics department seeks to prepare
mathematics majors for careers in industry or teaching, or for graduate
study in mathematics.

Learning Objectives

To be accepted as a major in the Mathematics Department, a student must
have completed Mathematics 2221, have an overall GPA of 2.25 or better,
and a GPA of 2.5 or better in all mathematics courses numbered 2221 or
higher. Students can pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in
mathematics or a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in mathematics.
Students who pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree have more options in
selecting their courses. This is the liberal studies degree in mathematics.
A more in-depth degree is earned by students in the Bachelor of Science
program.

The Bachelor of Arts Degree

This degree requires a minimum of 40 semester hours in mathematics
courses, as follows:

MATH 222 1 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I (4)

MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II (4)

MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus IU (4)

MATH 2224 Differential Equations (3)

MATH 33 1 6 Probability Theory (3)

MATH 3335 Linear Algebra (3)

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics (3)*

OR MATH 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory (3)*

MATH 4333 Modern Algebra I (3)**

OR MATH 4343 Analysis I (3)**

MATH 4350 Senior Capstone (3)

* One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one

of the additional courses in the next listing.

** One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy

one of the additional courses in the next listing.

229

plus 3 additional courses
MATH 2241

MATH 2261
MATH 3305
MATH 3306
MATH 3317
MATH 3340
MATH 3342
MATH 3380
MATH 3382
MATH 4333
MATH 4334
MATH 4343
MATH 4344
MATH 44 10
ORCSCI 4100
MATH 4495
MATH 4496
MATH 4499

selected from:
Programming in MATLAB
for the Sciences
Calculus Applications
Number Theory
College Geometry
Mathematical Statistics
History of Mathematics
Complex Variables
Discrete Mathematics
Combinatorial Design Theory
Modern Algebra I
Modern Algebra II
Analysis I
Analysis II
Numerical Analysis
Numerical Analysis
Independent Study
Independent Study
Special Topics in Mathematics

(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)

A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by advisor.

Bachelor of Science Degree

This degree requires
courses, as follows:
MATH 2221
MATH 2222
MATH 2223
MATH 2224
MATH 3316
MATH 3335
MATH 3342
MATH 3380
OR MATH 3382
MATH 4333
MATH 4343
MATH 4350

a minimum of 46 semester hours in mathematics

Analytic Geometry and Calculus I
Analytic Geometry and Calculus II
Analytic Geometry and Calculus III
Differential Equations
Probability Theory
Linear Algebra
Complex Variables
Discrete Mathematics
Combinatorial Design Theory
Modern Algebra I
Analysis I
Senior Capstone

(4)
(4)

(4)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)*

(3)*

(3)

(3)

(3)

*One of these courses must be taken. The other may be used to satisfy one
of the additional courses in the next listing.

230

plus 3 additional courses selected from:

MATH 224 1 Programming in MATLAB

for the Sciences (3)

MATH 226 1 Calculus Applications (3)

MATH 3305 Number Theory (3)

MATH 3306 College Geometry (3)

MATH 3317 Mathematical Statistics (3)

MATH 3340 History of Mathematics (3)

MATH 4334 Modern Algebra H (3)

MATH 4344 Analysis II (3)

MATH 44 1 Numerical Analysis (3)

OR CSCI 4100 Numerical Analysis (3)

MATH 4495 Independent Study (3)

MATH 4496 Independent Study (3)

MATH 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)

A programming course in Computer Science is required, as approved by
advisor. Physics 2121 and 2122 are recommended.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Assessment of the objectives of the mathematics program is based on
the following:

completion of each major course with a grade of "C" or better,

successful completion of a standardized examination at the
conclusion of MATH 4350 during the senior year.

A survey will be sent to recent graduates of the program during the fall
term of each year. The results of these surveys will be considered and
may result in changes to improve the program.

Minor

A minor in mathematics consists of the following courses: MATH 2221,
plus five additional courses selected from MATH 2222, 2223, 2224,
2261, 3305, 3306, 3316, 3317, 3335, 3342, 3380, 3382, 4333, 4334,
4343, 4344, 4350, 4410, 4495, 4496, and 4499. At least two of the six
courses must be at the 3000 or 4000 level.

231

Combined B.A. and M.A.T Program of Study

Undergraduate students who meet the admission requirements for the
Master of Arts in Teaching [M.A.T] (passing GACE Basic Skills or a
combined SAT score of more than 1000) and those who have a GPA of
3.0 or higher in their undergraduate studies are eligible to participate in a
combined B.A. and M.A.T. program of study after the completion of 90
semester hours. Once accepted, candidates may take entering cohort
graduate courses the Summer Semester following their junior year of
study. Upon gaining senior status, candidates may take one three credit
graduate course during the Fall, Interim, and Spring Semesters only if
enrolled with twelve undergraduate credits.

Course Descriptions (MATH)

MATH 0100 Basic Mathematics. (3) Fall, Spring

An introduction to algebra. Topics include instruction in real numbers,

graphs, algebraic expressions, equations, and polynomials.

MATH 1101 College Algebra. (3) Fall, Spring
A study of sets, real numbers, operations, order, inequalities, polynomial
factoring, functions, graphs, exponents, first- and second-degree
equations, and systems of equations.
Prerequisite: MATH 0100 or satisfactory score on mathematics
placement test

MATH 1114 Introduction to Statistics. (3) Fall, Spring
An introduction to probability and statistics. Topics include descriptive
statistics, probability, normal probability, confidence intervals,
hypothesis testing, and linear regression.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 101, 2105, or 2221

MATH 1117 Quantitative Methods. (3) On demand
A study of finite mathematical models with an emphasis on the
quantitative skills required to solve applications related to business.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 101, 2105, or 2221

MATH 1121 A Survey of Calculus. (3) Fall, even years
An intuitive introduction, using technology, to the concepts and
applications of calculus. Topics include functions and graphing,
tangents to a curve, differentiation and integration, maxima, minima,
and area under a curve.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or 2105 or satisfactory score on

mathematics placement test.

Note: Not open to students who have credit for

MATH 2221

232

MATH 2105 Precalculus. (4) Fall, Spring

A study of calculus-oriented algebra and trigonometry. Topics include
simplifying algebraic expressions, solving equations, exponential and
logarithmic functions, applications of functions, graphs, and the
trigonometric functions.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or satisfactory score on mathematics
placement test

MATH 2221 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. (4) Fall, Spring
An introduction to differentiation and integral calculus. Topics include
limits, differentiation and applications, integration, and the calculus of
exponential and logarithmic functions.
Prerequisite: MATH 2105 or 1 121 (and permission of instructor) or
satisfactory score on mathematics placement test.

MATH 2222 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II. (4) Fall, Spring
A continuation of Math 222 1 . Topics include the applications of
integration, the calculus of inverse trigonometric functions, techniques of
integration, indeterminate forms, improper integrals, sequence and series,
and the parametric equations, and the polar coordinates.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221

MATH 2223 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III. (4) Fall
A continuation of Math 2222. Topics include vectors and vector-valued
functions of several variables, multiple integration, and vector analysis.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

MATH 2224 Differential Equations. (3) Spring
An introduction to differential Equations. Topics include study of first and
second order differential equations, first-order system, linear system,
Laplace transforms, and numerical methods.
Prerequisite or Co-requisite: MATH 2223, 2241 or permission of
instructor

MATH 2241 Programming in MATLAB for the Sciences. (3)

Interim (On demand)
A first course in MATLAB that ranges from basic programming to the
implementation of higher-level mathematics and data presentation
techniques.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

MATH 2261 Calculus Applications. (3) Interim (On demand)
A study of applications which can be solved using calculus. The course
will utilize technology, in the form of graphing calculators, a software
package (such as Mathematica or Maple), or both.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

233

MATH 3001 Mathematical Applications for Teachers. (3)

On demand
A study of topics in graph theory, linear programming, scatterplots, least
squares regression, topics in coding theory, exponential growth and
decay, number patterns, symmetry and tilings.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher.

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors

MATH 3002 Geometry for Teachers. (3) On demand
A study of conditional statements, angles, congruent figures, parallel
lines, similar figures, transformations, trigonometric ratios, and two- and
three-dimensional figures.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors

MATH 3003 History of Mathematics for Teachers. (3)

On demand
An historical development of mathematical concepts.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors

MATH 3004 Probability and Statistics for Teachers. (3)

On demand
A study of basic probability and statistics and its applications with an
emphasis on the skills required to organize and analyze data as it relates
to the education field.
Prerequisite: MATH 1 101 or higher

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors

MATH 3006 A Survey of Mathematics for Teachers. (3)

On demand
A study of problem solving techniques selected from the spectrum of
mathematical knowledge required of middle grades teachers.
Prerequisite MATH 1101 or higher

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors

MATH 3101 Fundamentals of Mathematics I for Teachers. (3)

Spring
A study of topics in mathematics designed for future elementary and
middle school teachers who are not getting a concentration in
mathematics. Topics will include problem solving, number systems and
the relationships between these systems, understanding multiplication
and division, including why standard computational algorithms work,
properties of arithmetic, and applications of elementary mathematics.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors

234

MATH 3102 Fundamentals of Mathematics II for Teachers. (3)

Fall
A study of topics in mathematics designed for future elementary and
middle school teachers who are not getting a concentration in mathematics.
Topics include numbers and operations, algebra, geometry, data analysis,
statistics, probability, and measurement. Technology will be used when
appropriate.
Prerequisite: MATH 1101 or higher

Note: Open only to Early Childhood Education Majors

MATH 3305 Number Theory. (3) On demand
An introduction to number theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221

MATH 3306 College Geometry. (3) Interim (On demand)
A study of the concepts of plane Euclidean geometry, with an introduction
to coordinate geometry and non-Euclidean geometries.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221

MATH 3316 Probability Theory. (3) Spring
An Introduction to probability theory. Topics include random variables,
method of enumeration, conditional probability, Baye's theorem, discrete
distributions (binomial distribution, and Poisson distribution), continuous
distributions (uniform distribution, exponential distribution, gamma
distribution, chi-square distribution, and normal distributions), Multivariate
distributions.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

MATH 3317 Mathematical Statistics. (3) On demand
An introduction to the mathematical theory of statistics. Topics include
estimation and maximum likelihood estimates, sampling distributions,
confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing.
Prerequisite: MATH 3316

MATH 3335 Linear Algebra. (3) Spring
An introduction to linear algebra and matrix theory. Topics include
Vectors, Systems of Linear Equations, Matrices, Eigenvalues,
Eigenvectors, and Orthogonality.
Prerequisite: MATH 1121, 222 1 , 2241 or permission of instructor

MATH 3340 History of Mathematics. (3) Interim (On demand)
An historical development of mathematical concepts.
Prerequisite: MATH 222 1 or permission of instructor

235

MATH 3342 Complex Variables. (3) Spring, even years
An introduction to complex variables. Topics include complex numbers,
Analytic functions, elementary functions, complex integration, series
representations for analytic functions, residue theory, and conformal
mapping.
Prerequisite: MATH 2223

MATH 3380 Discrete Mathematics. (3) Fall, even years
An introduction to discrete mathematics. Topics include set theory,
combinatorics, recurrence relations, linear programming, and graph theory.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221

MATH 3382 Combinatorial Design Theory. (3) Fall, odd years
A study of techniques used for constructing combinatorial designs. Basic
designs include triple systems, Latin squares, and affine and projective
planes.
Prerequisite: MATH 2221

MATH 4333 Modern Algebra I. (3) Fall, odd years
An introduction to modern abstract algebra.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

MATH 4334 Modern Algebra II. (3) On demand
A continuation of Modern Algebra I.
Prerequisite: MATH 4333

MATH 4343 Analysis I. (3) Fall, even years
An introduction to Analysis.
Prerequisite: MATH 2223

MATH 4344 Analysis II. (3) On demand
A continuation of Analysis I.
Prerequisite: MATH 4343

MATH 4350 Senior Capstone. (3) Fall

A study of problem solving techniques selected from the spectrum of
Mathematics course work required to complete a mathematics major at
LaGrange College. Topics come from a variety of areas, including algebra,
trigonometry, geometry, calculus, discrete mathematics, probability and
statistics, and mathematical reasoning and modeling.
Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of instructor

236

MATH 4410 Numerical Methods. (3) On demand
An introduction to numerical analysis with computer solutions. Topics
include Taylor series, finite difference, calculus, roots of equations,
solutions of linear systems of equations, and least-squares.
Prerequisite: MATH 2222 and CSCI 1990

MATH 4495 Independent Study in Mathematics I. (Variable)

On demand

This course allows students to pursue a special problem or topic beyond

those encountered in any formal course.
Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outlined in the LaGrange
College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be
determined by the instructor, based on the material to be studied.

MATH 4496 Independent Study in Mathematics II. (Variable)

On demand

This course allows students to pursue a second special problem or topic

beyond those encountered in any formal course.
Prerequisites: Minimum prerequisites are outlined in the LaGrange
College Bulletin. Additional prerequisites will be
determined by the instructor, based on the material to be studied.

MATH 4499 Special Topics in Mathematics. (Variable)

On demand
A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a specialized topic
from the field of mathematics. A prerequisite may be required.

237

MUSIC

Introduction

The Department of Music is committed to developing technically skilled,
technologically astute, performance-ready musicians within a challenging
and nurturing learning environment that encourages creativity, artistry,
scholarship, and musical excellence. Our program size allows us to focus
attention on each student as an individual, helping each one grow into a
well-rounded, intelligent, and confident musician. We offer the Bachelor of
Arts and the Bachelor of Music, as well as a minor in Music. The B.A. in
Music provides a broad study of music while allowing ample time for
extensive coursework in a related minor. The B.M., a professional music
degree, demands more courses within the music department and is offered
in three areas of study: Creative Music Technologies, Performance (Voice,
Piano, Organ, Guitar, Percussion), and Church Music.

Learning Objectives

To equip music majors with the necessary musical knowledge and
performance skill required to obtain successful careers in music and/
or entrance into graduate study in music.

To develop well-rounded musicians whose personal development and
artistry demonstrate intelligence, confidence, initiative, and creativity.

To provide culturally enriching experiences for the college and
community which heighten aesthetic awareness and appreciation of
the musical arts.

Facilities and Resources

The Department of Music is located on the Callaway Campus and is
housed in the Callaway Educational Building. Our facilities include the
Callaway Auditorium (a 740-seat concert hall), Callaway Recital Hall,
instructional and rehearsal space, student practice rooms, theory lab,
keyboard lab, composition lab, edit/mix suite, video editing suite, and two
recording studios. Most laboratories are 24/7 facilities and enjoy a great
deal of student use and creative productivity.

238

General Information for Music Majors

Acceptance into the Department of Music is granted by a music faculty
committee to those students who have submitted an application and
completed an audition/interview. Please inquire about audition dates,
usually held in early spring. Incoming students who have not auditioned or
interviewed before the committee prior to the beginning of the fall
semester should contact the Chair of the Department before enrolling in
music courses. Admission of all new music students to the Department of
Music, first-year students and transfers, is provisional in nature and will be
evaluated at the end of the first year of study (see Entry Requirements for
Music Majors below).

The Bachelor of Music degree is designed for students who are preparing
for professional careers in music and/or graduate study in music. The
curricula leading to this degree are based on a philosophy that recognizes
the need for rigorous study in all aspects of music. Each program of study
requires a heavy concentration of music courses/experiences, and many
courses are sequential. Therefore, potential music majors are strongly
encouraged to begin taking music courses in their first year. The Chair of
the Department of Music can provide you with advisement and a four-year
suggested course guideline.

The music faculty provides incoming students with a Music Majors
Handbook containing departmental policies and further details about
requirements for music majors.

Music Scholarships

Talent-based scholarships are available for incoming first-year students as
well as transfer students. Audition dates for scholarships are held annually
in the spring. Applicants to the Creative MusicTechnologies degree track
must present two or three original compositions and/or arrangements on
manuscript or any recorded format. Applicants to all other degrees should
be prepared to present two selections of contrasting styles.

Ensembles

Various ensembles are available by audition for both music majors and
non-majors. Our ensembles represent the College and Department of
Music in public performances throughout the academic year, both locally
and abroad. Ensembles are open to talented students by audition only.
Those interested may audition at the beginning of each semester.

239

Theory 1-2

4 hours

Ear Training 1-2

4 hours

Literature & Language

of Music 1-2

2 hours

Piano 1

1 hour

Music History 1 (or 2)

3 hours

3 hours

Total:

17 hours

Music Minor

To obtain a minor in Music, students must complete the following courses:
MUSI 1101 and 1102
MUSI 1113 and 1114
MUSI 11 10 and 1111

MUSI 1103

MUSI 3301 (or MUSI 3302)

Music Electives

Entry Requirements for Music Majors

In addition to fulfilling the general requirements for admission to LaGrange
College, students desiring to major in music must complete an audition/
interview before the music faculty prior to enrolling in music courses and
take the Music Theory Placement Exam. The results of this exam will be
used to determine the appropriate level of music theory instruction.

Exit Requirements for Music Majors

Students must earn a grade of "C" or better in all music courses.

All music majors must take the Theory Competency Exam upon
completion of MUSI 2202 and MUSI 2214 and must receive a
minimum score of 80 percent in each section. A detailed description of
this exam is included in the Music Majors Handbook.

All music majors must take the Piano Proficiency Exam demonstrating
keyboard skill, receiving a "Pass" on each of the exam's criteria.
Further details about this exam are included in the Music Majors
Handbook.

All music majors must present either a capstone presentation or a
public recital featuring their talent (according to the degree
requirements). Recital requirements vary between the different
programs of study. Consult the Music Majors Handbook for specific
guidelines.

All music majors must attend at least 80 percent of departmentally
sponsored concerts and events each semester of study.

240

Music Core

The following courses are common to all Music Majors and are referred to
as the Music Core. A student testing out of Piano Class 1-3, or those
whose primary applied instrument is piano or organ must take an additional
3 hours of music electives to substitute for these classes. Theory 1 and Ear
Training 1 fulfills the Fine Arts elective requirement and is counted as part
of the Common Core Program.

MUSI 11 10 & 1111

MUSI 1101, 1102,2201,2202
MUSI 1113, 1114,2213,2214
MUSI 1103, 1104,2203
MUSI 3301, 3302

Literature & Language

of Music 2 hours

Music Theory 1-4 8 hours

Ear Training 1-4 8 hours

Piano Class 1-3 3 hours

Music History 1 & 2 6 hours

Total: 27 hours

Bachelor of Arts in Music

This program of study provides the student with a broad, liberal arts based
music education. The major consists of course work in four areas of study:
1) academic, 2) performance, 3) music electives, and 4) capstone
presentation. The academic areas include music theory and music history.
The performance component is comprised of Piano Class (1-3) and applied
lessons or ensemble. The music electives consist of MUSI courses and
may not be counted in the academic or performance areas. MUSI 4486
Special Topics may be taken multiple times for credit. The capstone
presentation should be a senior-level investigation of a topic approved by
the music faculty and may take the following forms: a) recital, a 30-minute
public performance; b) lecture-recital, the student presents a combination
lecture and recital totaling 20-30 minutes; or c) lecture, a 20-30 minute
presentation of research on some music topic appropriate to the student's
interests and abilities. The successful capstone project should bring
together each facet of the student's music education, and thus should be
completed in the student's final semester. The student is encouraged to
choose a complementary minor area of study, including (but not limited to)
English, Philosophy, History, or Theater. The student must adhere to all
entrance/exit requirements common to all Music Majors.

241

In addition to the other degree requirements, students complete the
following Music courses:

Music Core 27 hours

MUSI 1105, 1106 (or 1107, 1108)

Applied Lessons or Ensemble
MUSI 4488 Capstone Presentation
Music Electives

6 hours
1 hour
1 2 hours

Bachelor of Music in Creative Music Technologies

This program of study prepares the student for an entry-level position in
the music industry or continued study at the graduate level. Students of
this program typically come from backgrounds that include performance,
song writing, composition, electronic and/or computer music. The course
work prepares students for a wide variety of activities, such as film/video
scoring, multimedia, electro-acoustic concert and studio applications,
music printing, digital audio and video editing, 5.1 audio editing and
mixing, and MIDI applications of every sort.

Internships allow students to tailor their academic work to their specific
career goals and gain valuable experience with industry professionals.
Internships may be repeated for credit.

In addition to the other degree requirements, students complete the
following Music courses:

Music Core 27 hours

MUSI 1 105, 1 106 Applied Instrument 3 hours

MUSI 121 1,2210, 221 1,3210, 321 1,4210

Composition 1-6 6 hours

MUSI 1 107, 1 108 Ensemble 2 hours

MUSI 23 1 Orchestration 2 hours

MUSI 2390 Audio Engineering 3 hours

MUSI 3369 Music Technology 3 hours

MUSI 3352 Jazz Theory & Popular Practice 2 hours

MUSI 3384 Junior Recital 1 hour

MUSI 3366 Basics of Conducting 3 hours

MUSI 4470 Internship 1 hour

MUSI 4484 Senior Recital 1 hour

Music Electives 4 hours

242

Bachelor of Music in Performance
(Voice, Piano, Organ, Guitar, Percussion)

This program of study is designed for students seeking careers as
professional classical performers and/or studio teachers. Students admitted
to this program of study must possess exceptional talent in their principal
applied area, and instrumental and keyboard majors must demonstrate
previous training. The curriculum couples rigorous scholarship with
numerous performance opportunities, thus adequately preparing students
for graduate study in performance.

In addition to the other degree requirements, students complete the
following Music courses:

Vocal Majors Track:
Music Core

MUSI 1105, 1106

Applied Voice

27 hours

8 hours

MUSI 1107,

1108

Choir

8 hours

MUSI 2239

Diction for Singers

(may be repeated for credit)

3 hours

MUSI 3384

Junior Recital

1 hour

MUSI 3366

Basics of Conducting

3 hours

MUSI 4484

Senior Recital

1 hour

MUSI 4480

Opera Workshop

3 hours

Foreign Language

(Non-Music Required)

6 hours

Instrumental ]

Majors

Track:

Music Core

MUSI 1105, 1106
MUSI 1107, 1108
MUSI 3366
MUSI 3352
MUSI 3384
MUSI 4484
Music Electives

Applied Instrument

Ensemble

Basics of Conducting

Jazz Theory & Popular Practice

Junior Recital

Senior Recital

27 hours

8 hours
8 hours
3 hours
2 hours
1 hour
1 hour
6 hours

243

Bachelor of Music in Church Music

The Bachelor of Music degree in Church Music prepares future leaders for
music ministry in the church. The course of study affirms both the rich
heritage of the sacred musical tradition and contemporary worship styles
practiced in many churches today. This degree is also appropriate for those
students pursuing graduate study in church music at the seminary/graduate
school level.

The required internships provide an opportunity for students to practice
their craft in a real-world environment. Students are expected to provide
their own transportation to and from the internship site. Because the
internship experience offers valuable interaction with professionals and
spiritual mentoring, students are encouraged to enroll for as many
internship credit hours as their schedule permits. Internship may be
repeated for credit.

In addition to the other degree requirements, students complete the
following Music courses:

Music Core

27 hours

MUSI 1105,

1106

Applied Instrument

8 hours

MUSI 1107,

1108

Ensemble

8 hours

MUSI 3331

Christian Hymnody

3 hours

MUSI 3366

Basics of Conducting

3 hours

MUSI 4470

Internship

1 hour

MUSI 4484

Senior Recital

1 hour

Music or Religion

Electives

9 hours

Course Descriptions (MUSI)

MUSI 1100 Music Fundamentals. (3)* As needed

Provides an introduction to elementary music theory, including scales, key
signatures, staff notation, clefs, rhythm, meter, intervals, and general
music terminology.

MUSI 1101 Theory 1. (2)* Fall

This course is designed to provide the student with the basics of music
theory, including: scales, key signatures, intervals, triads, beginning voice
leading, harmony, figured bass, basic reductive and hierarchic graphing
techniques. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources and
notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC computer
skills especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in music theory.
Must be taken with MUSI 1113.

Prerequisite: MUSI 1 100 or passing score on Theory Placement Exam

244

MUSI 1102 Theory 2. (2) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1 101. This course is designed to provide the
student experience with intermediate-level music theory topics,
including: phrase structure, non-chord tones, voice leading, harmony,
figured bass, basic reductive and hierarchic graphing techniques. Some
lab time will be devoted to internet music resources and notation using
FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC computer skills,
especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in music theory.
Must be taken with MUSI 1114.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1101

MUSI 1103 Piano 1. (1) Spring

Beginning instruction in piano for music majors with no previous

keyboard training. Development of basic reading skills.

MUSI 1104 Piano 2. (1) Fall

Continuation of Piano 1 with additional emphasis on sight-reading.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 103 or permission of Instructor.

MUSI 1105-1106 Applied Lessons. (1-2) Fall, Spring
Individual instruction in the student's choice of instrument or voice to
develop technical proficiency, repertoire knowledge, and performance
skills. May be repeated for credit.

Prerequisite: Audition and authorization by the Chair
Section A - Voice
Section B - Piano
Section C - Organ

Section D - Guitar (Classical and Contemporary)
Section E - Percussion
Section F - Brass
Section G - Composition
Section H - Strings

MUSI 1107-1108 Ensemble. (1) Fall, Spring

Performance organization(s) providing ensemble experience. May be

repeated for credit.

Prerequisite: Audition
Section A Concert Choir
Section B Jazz Combo 1
Section C Jazz Combo 2
Section D Instrumental Ensemble
Section E Chamber Choir

245

MUSI 1109 Beginning Classical Guitar. (1) As needed

Basic techniques of Classical guitar taught in a classroom setting, intended
for non-music majors. The course includes fundamentals of reading music
and understanding elementary music theory. In addition, students will
study examples of simple folk music and music for worship. A selection
of the most useful guitar chords, suitable for beginners, and basic
accompaniment patterns will be taught to allow the students to accompany
their singing. Students will need to own an acoustic guitar and plan for
daily practice time.

MUSI 1110 Literature and Language of Music 1. (1) Fall

This course will acquaint students with the appropriate language needed
for a precise discussion of music and the literature that corresponds to
musical evolution since notation developed. The course will also have a
strong listening component, thereby encouraging more discriminate
listening.

MUSI 1111 Literature and Language of Music 2. (1) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1110.

MUSI 1112 Music Survey. (3)* As needed

A broad survey of music aimed at developing aesthetic awareness and

critical analysis of music from diverse styles and genres.

MUSI 1113 Ear Training 1. (2) Fall

This course is designed to provide the student with basic sight singing and
listening skills. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources
and notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC
computer skills especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in
music theory and ear training. Must be taken with MUSI 1101.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 100 or passing score on Theory Placement Exam

MUSI 1114 Ear Training 2. (2) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1114. Must be taken with MUSI 1 102.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 101 and MUSI 1113

MUSI 1211 Composition 1. (1) Spring

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the
student. This is a seminar class; therefore, peer evaluation and
commentary is part of the classroom experience. At least one work must
be offered in the recital given by the composition class at the end of the term.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 101 and MUSI 1113

246

MUSI 2201 Theory 3. (2) Fall

Continuation of MUSI 1 102. This course is designed to provide the
student with more advanced knowledge of music theory, including:
basic reductive and hierarchic graphing techniques, chromatic harmony,
modulations, form (binary, ternary, and variations), advanced voice
leading, and advanced part writing. Some lab time will be devoted to
internet music resources and notation using FINALE. Other topics will
include basic MAC computer skills, especially as they pertain to music
theory and CAI in music theory. Must be taken with MUSI 2213.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1114

MUSI 2202 Theory 4. (2) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 2201 . This course is designed to provide the
student with more advanced knowledge of music theory, including:
reductive and hierarchic graphing techniques, advanced chromatic
harmony, modulations, sonata and rondo form, advanced voice leading,
advanced part writing, and introductory 20 th century compositional
techniques. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources
and notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC
computer skills, especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in
music theory. Must be taken with MUSI 2214.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2201 and 2213

MUSI 2203 Piano Class 3. (1) Spring

Continuation of MUSI 1 104 with emphasis on transposition and chord
accompaniment. Upon completion of this course, the student should be
; prepared for the Piano Proficiency Exam. May be repeated for credit.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1104

MUSI 2210 Composition 2. (1) Fall

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the
student. This is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and
commentary is part of the classroom experience. At least one work
i must be offered in the recital given by the composition class at the end
of the term.

MUSI 2211 Composition 3. (1) Spring

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the
student. This is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and
commentary is part of the classroom experience. At least one work
must be offered in the recital given by the composition class at the end
of the term.

247

MUSI 2213 Ear Training 3. (2) Fall

Continuation of MUSI 1114. This course is designed to provide the
student with a more advanced knowledge, sight singing, and listening
skills. Some lab time will be devoted to internet music resources and
notation using FINALE. Other topics will include basic MAC computer
skills, especially as they pertain to music theory and CAI in music theory
and ear training. Must be taken with MUSI 2201 .
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1114

MUSI 2214 Ear Training 4. (2) Spring
Continuation of MUSI 2213. Must be taken with MUSI 2202.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2201 and MUSI 2213

MUSI 2239 Diction for Singers. (1) Fall and Spring
Trains students in the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet to
pronounce foreign language art songs. Practice in transcribing English,
Italian, French, and German art songs and applying the rules of correct
pronunciation. May be repeated for credit.

MUSI 2310 Orchestration. (2) Fall

Techniques of scoring for string, brass, woodwind, percussion instruments
and MIDI instruments.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 and MUSI 1114

MUSI 2390 Audio Engineering. (3) Spring

Classroom instruction in digital and analog audio engineering. Recording
console operation, microphone placement and usage, mixing, tape based
and hard disc recording, mastering, CD burning and troubleshooting.

MUSI 3210 Composition 4. (1) Fall

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the
student. This is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and commentary
is part of the classroom experience. At least one work must be offered in
the recital given by the composition class at the end of the term.

MUSI 3211 Composition 5. (1) Spring

Score preparation, performance, and recording of works created by the
student. This is a seminar class, therefore, peer evaluation and commentary
is part of the classroom experience. At least one work must be offered in
the recital given by the composition class at the end of the term.

248

MUSI 3301 Music History 1. (3) Fall
The study of the western classical tradition, from earliest antiquity
through Bach. Emphasis on musical analysis and criticism.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 1 02 or permission of instructor

MUSI 3302 Music History 2. (3) Spring
Music of the Classical, Romantic, and Modern eras. Course will
emphasize historical analysis and criticism, aural identification, and
research.
Prerequisite: MUSI 1 102 or permission of instructor

MUSI 3331 Christian Hymnody. (3) As needed
A survey of Christian hymnody in the English-speaking world from its
roots in the early Christian Church to present day practices in worship.
The study of selected hymns and hymn writers associated with a number
of different Christian traditions will be included.

MUSI 3352 Jazz Theory and Popular Practice. (2) Fall
Theoretical foundations of the Jazz tradition, and consideration of
related contemporary style; blues, fusion, rock, gospel, and current
popular idioms. Aural skills emphasized, with keyboard harmony
studies oriented to realizing technical comprehension of the material.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202

MUSI 3366 Basics of Conducting. (3) Fall
Conducting techniques, score reading, rehearsal techniques for choral
i and/or instrumental ensembles.
Prerequisite: MUSI 2202

MUSI 3369 New Media. (3) Fall

Basic studio techniques, music sequencing, music printing, synthesizers,
1 studio operation.

Prerequisite: MUSI 2390 Audio Engineering

MUSI 3384 Junior Recital. (1) Fall and Spring
, A 30-minute public performance of the student's creative work and/or
talent presented during the junior year.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing

MUSI 4210 Composition 6. (1) Fall
Continuation of MUSI 321 1. A projects course.

249

MUSI 4413 Business of Music Industry. (3) As needed
The study of basic issues pertaining to the music industry: music
copyrights, music synchronization, musical mechanical licensing,
standard music contracts, royalties, artists' advances and contracts,
buyouts. Introduction to the major licensing organizations, i.e., ASCAP,
BMI, SESAC, and the National Academy of Recording Arts & Sciences,
the professional society of musicians.

MUSI 4460 Production Project. (3) January Term
A special projects course with hands-on participation and teamwork
required. Each project is unique; specific content will be publicized in
the semester preceding the course offering.

MUSI 4470 Internship. (1) Fall, January, Spring
A supervised, practical "real world" experience in a professional off-
campus environment. May be repeated for credit.

MUSI 4480 Opera Workshop. (3) Fall, January, or Spring Term
Survey of operatic works of several styles and periods. May include
staged and directed performances of complete compositions and/or
excerpts from operatic literature.

MUSI 4484 Senior Recital. (1) Fall, Spring
A one-hour public performance of the student's creative work and/or
talent presented during the senior year.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Pre-Recital Hearing

MUSI 4486 Special Topics. (3) As needed
Class instruction for musical topics of a highly specialized nature. The
content of this course will change based upon the expertise of the
instructor and the needs of the students. May be repeated for credit.

MUSI 4488 Capstone Presentation. (1)

The capstone presentation is a senior level investigation of some music-
faculty approved topic and may take the following forms: 1) recital, a
30-minute public performance; 2) lecture-recital, where the student
presents a combination lecture and recital totaling at least 20-30
minutes; or 3) lecture, a 20-30 minute presentation of research on some
music topic appropriate to the student's interests and abilities.

* Denotes courses in Music that may satisfy Fine Arts requirement
in Core Curriculum.

250

Nursing
Introduction

The Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) curriculum consists of two
plans of study. The basic program prepares graduates for entry into
professional nursing practice and confers eligibility for initial licensure
as a registered professional nurse (RN). A degree-completion option is
designed for licensed RNs who wish to earn the BSN degree.

The curriculum provides professional nursing education within a heritage
of Christian faith and liberal arts learning. The nursing major, grounded
in an ethic of caring, encourages independent thought, appreciation for
the discovery of excellence, and commitment to supporting the health of
individuals and society. BSN studies establish a sound foundation for
professional nursing practice, graduate study, and continuing progress
toward personal and professional goals. Faculty and students serve as
resources for the College and community in nursing education, service,
and research. Opportunities for collaborative study with students of other
majors and clinical experience with varied health care providers
emphasize the interdisciplinary nature of nursing practice. As
professional nurses, graduates will be able to assist individuals, groups,
and communities in meeting health care goals.

The BSN program is approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is
accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission,
61 Broadway-33 rd Floor, New York, NY 10006; Sharon Tanner, Ed.D.,
RN, Executive Director; 1-800-669-1656 ext. 153; sjtanner@nlnac.org

Learning Objectives

Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program will be able to:

Practice nursing from a knowledge and research base utilizing skills
of critical thinking, and communication, with the ability to expand
knowledge and skills through lifelong learning.

Engage in nursing practice based in a value system consistent with
professional standards of nursing and the philosophy of the nursing
program, characterized by caring and valuing of self and others.

Participate in transitions of health recognizing the opportunities and
limitations imposed by historical, sociocultural, spiritual, legal,
ethical, political, economic, and environmental contexts.

251

Assume the role of professional nurse, accountable as provider of
care, manager, collaborator, educator, learner, and resource for
individuals, families, groups, and communities in promoting and
restoring health and well-being.

Admission to the BSN Program

Students may declare the intent to pursue a nursing major at any
time. However, application for admission to the upper-division program
is made during the sophomore year. Nursing studies begin at the junior
level with the exception of Nutrition (NURS 3305) which may be
completed prior to admission to the nursing program. Admission
requirements are as follows:

A completed Application for Admission to Nursing. An application
form is available from the College Admissions office and in the office of
the Department of Nursing.

Completion of a sufficient number of credits in Common Core and other
required courses to permit an uninterrupted progression in the nursing
major.

All applicants will be administered the Assessment Technologies
Institute (ATI) Test of Essential Skills (TEAS) as part of the screening
process for admission. The TEAS is an exam of academic preparedness
that covers Reading, Math, Science and English Language Usage.

A grade of C or higher is required in anatomy, physiology,
microbiology, and English composition courses. A student is allowed
one attempt to repeat one of these courses. A subsequent failure in this
course or any other of these prerequisite courses will render the student
ineligible to enter the nursing program. A limit of five years applies to
completion of anatomy, physiology, and microbiology courses.

A cumulative overall GPA of 2.5 or higher at the time of entry into the
nursing program, including all courses completed or attempted at any
institution.

An interview with a member of the nursing faculty may be required. An
applicant may request an interview if desired.

An applicant who has completed any program of study leading to
licensed employment in the health care area (such as registered or
practical nursing, emergency medical technician) must present the
license in person.

252

Unlicensed students enrolled in the nursing program may not be
employed by any health care agency in the capacity of licensed nursing
personnel. They shall not represent themselves in any practice setting as
nursing students unless engaged in planned programmatic learning
activities which are part of the nursing curriculum.

Admission to the BSN Completion Option

The BSN Completion Option is open to Registered Nurses who have
graduated from an Associate Degree or Diploma program in Nursing
and who hold a valid license to practice as a Registered Nurse.
Current Georgia RN licensure is required prior to entering a clinical
nursing course.

In addition to RN licensure, the general admission requirements above
apply to RN applicants, with the following exceptions:

RN students who enter the nursing sequence on a full-time basis
must have completed all Common Core requirements and all
required non-nursing courses through the junior level.

No time limit applies to the completion of anatomy, physiology, or
microbiology courses.

Thirty (30) previously earned Associate or Diploma nursing
semester credits may be accepted toward the BSN degree, subject to
the terms of the Georgia RN-BSN Articulation Agreement (the
complete Agreement is available in the office of the Department of
Nursing). These 30 semester credit hours represent previously
completed nursing courses in Adult Health, Child Health, Maternal
Health, and Mental Health and are not intended to equal the actual
number of previously earned nursing credits. Normally, no more
than 30 hours of Associate Degree or Diploma nursing course
credits may be applied toward fulfilling any requirements of the
BSN degree.

Twenty-four (24) additional nursing course credits must be earned
at the upper division level (3000 and 4000 courses). Up to 9 of
these credits may be earned through challenge examinations on a
one-attempt basis. A minimum of one year of nursing practice
experience within the past three years is required for eligibility for
challenge examinations.

253

Matriculation Requirements

An accepted student must possess a level of physical and emotional
health sufficient to enable him/her to meet nursing program
requirements and the standards of professional nursing practice.

Prior to beginning the first clinical nursing course, a medical
examination is required which documents the student's level of
health and immunization including current documentation of the
Hepatitis series and TB skin test.

Students are required to provide a current 12 panel urine drug screen
and a criminal background check after acceptance. (Drug Screen
Criteria to include: Marijuana, Cocaine, Amphetamines, Opiates,
Oxycodone, Phencyclidine (PCP), Barbiturates, Benzodiazepine,
Methadone, Propoxyphene, and Methaqualone)

Professional liability insurance (purchased on a group basis through
the College) and basic cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
certification is required prior to beginning the first nursing course
and must be continued throughout all clinical nursing courses.

Curriculum

Nursing courses are offered in a 4-1-4 semester sequence during the
junior and senior years of study. The total BSN curriculum can be
completed in four academic years (8 semesters) and includes 46 credit
hours in the Common Core, 16 credit hours in other required and
elective courses, and 61 credit hours in nursing courses. Included in
these hours are two elective and one required interim courses which
compose 9 hours of required interim hours. Selected courses required
for the BSN degree may fulfill certain Common Core Requirements;
these and other required non-nursing courses are:

254

BIOL 1 148 and BIOL 1 149 Human Anatomy and

Physiology*

MATH 1101
CORE 1120, 1140

PSYC 1101
PSYC 3302

ENGL 1101, 1102
BIOL 3320
CORE 3001

College Algebra*

Problem Solving/Computer
Applications

Introduction to Psychology*

Human Growth and
Development*

Rhetoric and Composition*

Microbiology *

American Experience

*These courses are prerequisite to entering the nursing courses.

Junior Year
Fall:

NURS 3305

NURS3310
NURS 3311
NURS 3312
NURS 3400

Interim:

Spring:

NURS 3321

NURS 3331
NURS 3330

NURS 3350

Nutrition and Health*

(may be completed in advance)

Health Promotion I: A Focus on Aging

Health Assessment Across the Life-Span

Conceptual Foundations of Nursing

Health Restoration I: A Psychiatric Mental
Health Focus

Introduction to Pharmacotherapy and
Pathophysiology

Pharmacology in Nursing*

Health Promotion II: Mother, Child and
Family

Health Restoration II: Adult Health Focus

255

Senior Year
Fall:

NURS 4430 Health Restoration III: Adult Health Focus

NURS 443 1 Research in Nursing*

NURS 4440 Health Promotion III: A Community Focus*

Spring:

NURS 4432 Senior Capstone in Nursing*

NURS 4433 Health Restoration IV: Advanced Concepts

NURS 4450 Leadership & Role Transition

Nursing courses designated above by an asterisk are required of RN
students enrolled in the BSN-completion option. RN students also
complete two RN only courses:

Junior Level NURS 33 13 Transitions: A Seminar for

Registered Nurses (Fall)

Senior Level NURS 4460 Transitions & Leadership for

Registered Nurses (Spring)

Information regarding the program length and costs is provided to the
National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission and is available
from that organization at 61 Broadway, 33 rd Floor, NY 10006,
800-669-1656 Ext. 153.

Progression

1 . A grade of C (75%) or higher is required for successful completion
of all nursing courses. Course syllabi and the BSN Student
Handbook detail requirements for achieving a passing grade of C or
better. A grade of D, F, or WF is a failing grade.

2. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 must be maintained throughout
the period of enrollment in nursing courses. A nursing major whose
GPA falls below 2.0 will be placed on departmental probation and
has one semester in which to raise the GPA to 2.0 or higher. Failure
to achieve a 2.0 in one semester will result in withdrawal from the
nursing program. A 2.0 GPA is required for entrance into senior
level courses.

3. Students earning a D or F in any nursing course may repeat the
course one time. The course may be repeated, and if the student
passes, he/she is eligible to continue the nursing program. However,
any other failure in that or any other nursing course will result in
dismissal from the program.

256

4. All Common Core and other required non-nursing courses, with the
exception of American Experience, and an interim elective must be
completed prior to beginning the senior level nursing courses.

5. Students who fail a course in the first semester of the program must
compete for readmission with the next year's applicant pool.

6. Any student who fails clinically will not be allowed to continue in
the nursing program.

7. Students must successfully complete all Junior-level clinical
courses before proceeding to Senior-level clinical courses.

8. The faculty of the Department of Nursing reserve the right to
dismiss at any time a student whose health, conduct (academic
dishonesty, professional conduct), general attitude, clinical
performance, or scholastic standing make it inadvisable to retain the
student in the program. Students are expected to display qualities
that are desirable in professional persons.

Progression in BSN Completion Option

In addition to the guidelines above, the following policies apply to
progression in the BSN Completion Option:

A valid Georgia RN license must be maintained throughout
enrollment in clinical nursing courses.

Credit for completion of NUR 33 1 1 (Health Assessment) may be
earned by successful completion of a standardized examination and
demonstration of clinical competence. Credit for NUR 333 1
(Pharmacology) and NUR 3305 (Nutrition) may be earned through
successful completion of standardized examination. Should a passing
score not be achieved on the first attempt the student is required to
complete the course.

All previously earned ADN or Diploma nursing credits will be
placed in escrow when the RN student enters the nursing program.
Upon satisfactory completion of 6 credit hours of BSN nursing
courses, the escrowed credits will be transferred to the student's
permanent academic record. Should the RN student not be
successful in the initial 6 hours of nursing course's, the previously
earned nursing credits will not be applied toward the BSN degree.

257

Assessment of Learning Objectives in the Major

In order for students and faculty to monitor learning progress and to provide
for evaluation of the educational program, periodic assessment measures are
used. All assessments are program, course, or College requirements.
Students are provided information as to the scheduling and cost of each
assessment.

Senior Institutional Assessment. Prior to graduation, students are
required to complete a senior institutional assessment that measures
students' creative, critical, and communicative abilities. This assessment
is designed to determine the extent to which students have achieved the
objectives of the College curriculum.

Standardized Exams. ATI achievement exams are administered at
intervals throughout the nursing program. These tests are required
within selected nursing courses.

Assessment in the Major. Standardized testing through Assessment
Technologies Institute (ATI) with course specific tests will be used in
each course as 5% of the course grade. Those students scoring below
the "cut score" for each test will be required to remediate using ATI
study materials. The RN Comprehensive Predictor Exam will be used in
the last semester as an exit exam that must be passed in order to
graduate. Students will be provided with study materials and a practice
exam before their first Predictor Exam and students will have two
opportunities to pass the exam. RN students complete an essay-type
examination.

258

Course Descriptions (NURS)

Course credit hours and corresponding clock hours are shown in
parentheses. One class clock hour/week equals one credit hour; three
laboratory or practice clock hours/week equal one credit hour.

NURS 3305 Nutrition and Health. (1) Fall
An introduction to nutrition concepts and current dietary trends,
focusing on health promotion. Nutrients are explored with regard to
sources, dietary requirements, and health implications. Student interests
are incorporated.

Prerequisite: None

NURS 3310 Health Promotion I: A Focus on Aging. (4) Fall
(2 hrs. class 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week)

A foundation course to introduce and develop concepts, practices and
processes of health promotion in professional nursing, emphasizing the
needs of the elderly. The skills of communication, problem solving, and
critical analysis in nursing are included.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program.

Corequisites: NURS 331 1, NURS 3400

NURS 3311 Health Assessment Across the Life-Span.(4) Fall
(3 hr. class, 3 hrs. lab per week)

A study of the health assessment process applied to persons of all ages,
with emphasis on building knowledge and skill in data acquisition,
organization, and interpretation.

Prerequisite: RN status or Corequisite: NURS 3310, NURS 3400

NURS 3312 Conceptual Foundations of Nursing. (2) Fall
(2 hrs. class per week)

An introduction to professional nursing practice and the varied roles of
the nurse in multiple practice settings. Conceptual bases of the
professional nursing role is explored.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program.

Corequisites: NURS 3305, NURS 3310, NURS 331 1

NURS 3313 Transitions: A Seminar for Registered Nurses. (2) Fall
(2 hrs. class per week)

A study of varied perspectives and conceptual bases of the professional
nursing role. The research process and research significance in nursing
practice is introduced.

Prerequisite: Admission to BSN program, RN status.

259

NURS 3321 Introduction to Pharmacotherapy and Human
Pathophysiology. (3) Interim
(6 hrs. class per day)

An introduction of concepts of pharmacotherapeutics and
pathophysiological processes as they relate to professional nursing.
Emphasis is on the use of pharmacological agents and the skills and
techniques of safe administration of medications as well as calculation
of drug dosages.

' Prerequisite: NURS 3311, 3310, 3312, 3400

NURS 3330 Health Promotion II: Mother, Child and Family.

(4 hrs. class, 6hrs. lab/clinical per week) (6) Spring
A course designed to provide the student with an understanding of
nursing care for mother, infant, and family and selected women's health
issues. Emphasis is placed on the nurse's role in promoting the health of
mother, infant and family. Physical, developmental, and psychosocial
challenges to health are examined.

Prerequisites: NURS 3310, NURS 331 1, NURS 3312, NURS 3400

Corequisites: NURS 3331, NURS 3350

NURS 3331 Pharmacology in Nursing. (4) Spring

(4 hrs. class per week) A course designed to build on
pharmacologic concepts and skills essential for nursing practice
introduced in a previous course. This course provides opportunities for
analysis and synthesis of content and concepts while continuing to
introduce the basic science of drugs, human pathophysiology as it relates
to drug therapy and the nursing implications related to pharmacotherapy.

Prerequisites: NURS 3310, 331 1, 3400

Corequisites: NURS 3330, 3350

NURS 3350 Health Restoration II: Adult Health Focus.

(5) Spring

(3 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week)

The foundation course in nursing care of individuals and families who
are experiencing challenges to health, emphasizing understanding and
skill in health restoration.

Prerequisites: NURS 3310, NURS 331 1, NURS 3312, NURS 3400

Corequisites: NURS 3331, NURS 3330

260

NURS 3400 Health Restoration I:A Psychiatric Mental Health
Focus. (4) Fall
(3 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab/clinical per week)

Course provides the student with a foundation in psychiatric and mental
health nursing with a focus on therapeutic communication, influences
affecting mental health and illness, and nursing care for mental health
maintenance and restoration.

Prerequisites'. Admission to BSN Program
Corequisites: NURS 3310, NURS 331 1, NURS 3312

NURS 4430 Health Restoration III: Adult Health Focus. (7) Fall
(3 hrs. class, 12 hrs. lab/clinical per week)

A study of advanced nursing care relevant to acutely ill patients with
complex health problems. Learning experiences emphasize
collaboration and critical analysis necessary in providing and
coordinating care.

Prerequisites: NURS 3331, NURS 3350, NURS 3340, NURS 3400

Corequisites: NURS 4431 NURS 4440

NURS 4431 Research in Nursing. (3) Fall
(3 hrs. class per week)

A course designed to assist students in developing a sense of inquiry,
including research designs, sampling strategies, data analysis methods,
and the use of research in clinical nursing practice.
Prerequisites: NURS 3312 or NURS 3313

NURS 4432 Senior Capstone in Nursing. (3) Spring
(3 hrs. class per week)

A seminar to assist students in synthesizing learning related to the roles
and practices of professional nurses, exploring the health care system
and the legal-ethical, sociopolitical, cultural, and professional issues
influencing contemporary nursing.

Prerequisites: All Junior-Level Nursing & Senior Fall Courses

Corequisites: NURS 4450, NURS 4460

NURS 4433 Health Restoration IV: Advanced Concepts.

(5) Spring

(3 hrs. class, 6 hrs. lab/clinical per week)

This course is the third of a three-course sequence. This course provides
opportunities for analysis and synthesis of content and concepts
contained in previous nursing courses. The primary focus of this course
is clients with complex health care needs.

Prerequisites: All Junior level courses; NURS 4430

Corequisites: NURS 4432, NURS 4450

261

NURS 4440 Health Promotion III: A Community Focus. (4) Fall
(3 hrs. class, 3 hrs. lab/clinical per week)

A course directed toward the knowledge and skills necessary to the practice
of community health nursing. Emphasis is placed on the promotion and
protection of the health of individuals and groups within the context of
community. A research project is completed focusing on a problem or
issue in community health.

Prerequisites: All Junior-level Nursing courses

Corequisites: NURS 4430, NURS 4431

NURS 4450 Leadership & Role Transition. (6) Spring

(2 hrs. class per week, 180 total hours clinical
practice)

A course to facilitate the transition to professional practice. Leadership
and management roles assumed in clinical practice and increasing
autonomy in patient care are guided through preceptorial experiences.

Prerequisites: All Junior-Level Nursing Courses and NURS 4405,
NURS 4330, NURS 4430, NURS 4431

Corequisites: NURS 4432, NURS 4433

NURS 4460 Transition & Leadership for Registered Nurses.
(2 hrs. class per week, 108 total hours clinical
practice) (4) Spring
A clinical practicum to facilitate RN transition to professional practice.
Principles of leadership are examined as they relate to Nursing Practice for
theRN.

Prerequisite: All nursing courses
Corequisites: NURS 4432, NURS 4433

NURS 4495 Independent Study in Nursing. (Variable)

On demand
For students meeting requirements, the opportunity to pursue special
interests beyond those in the formal course of study.

Prerequisite: Completion of 2/3 nursing major, 3.0 GPA,

and permission.

262

The Oikos Program
A Minor Program in Sustainability

Introduction

The Oikos Program is an interdisciplinary minor program on the theme of
sustainability. The program is sponsored by the departments of Biology,
Political Science, Religion, and Sociology & Anthropology. Oikos is the
Greek word for "house." It is the root word for both ecology and
economics, and thus points to the dual aspects of ecological and social and
responsibility that are central to the sustainability theme. The uniting theme
across disciplines is how we might contribute to a just, sustainable, and
peaceful future.

Learning Objectives

Using the expertise unique to each academic discipline, students will
explore the root causes of injustice, ecological degradation, and social
conflict.

Students will explore creative responses to these realities and will
imagine possibilities for future social policy.

Students from various disciplines will form a coherent learning
community around a common theme.

Oikos students will engage in genuine servant leadership: i.e.;
understand the systemic roots of social problems and engage in
transformation of the world in which they live.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Mastery of the Oikos curriculum is demonstrated by the following:

Completion of each course with a grade of C- or better and a GPA of
2.0 or better in the minor.

Successful completion and defense of a senior research project that
explores an Oikos theme in great depth. (See discussion on OIKS
4000 below.)

Program Overview

The advisor for the program is the Oikos Program Director. The Oikos
minor requires successful completion of the 5 courses described below (16
hours in total) with a grade of C- or better in each course and a GPA of 2.0
or better in the minor.

263

Course Descriptions

SOCI 1320 Oikos Seminar on Social Justice (3) Spring 2008

An introduction to issues of diversity and social justice in the United
States. The course provides students with theoretical frameworks for
understanding the dynamics and intersections of oppression and an
opportunity to expand their awareness of various forms of oppression.
Prerequisites', none

RLGN 2320 Religion, Violence, and Social Change (3)

An examination of models of non-violent social change that are
grounded in religious faith commitments. The course will focus on the
Christian faith tradition but will work comparatively with figures and
movements from Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, and Islam. The course
will include practice in the skills of peace-building that are guided by
the principles of restorative justice.
Prerequisites: none

POLS 2320

or Seminar on Ecological Sustainability and Policy (3)

SOCI 2320

A survey of sustainability as a political, economic and socio-cultural
part of our lives. The course is divided into three major segments. First,
it assays how our lives are conducted and considers the ecological cycles
and processes that make life possible. Second, it examines the ground
solutions to the issue of a sustainable lifestyle and attempts to implement
this goal. Finally, it surveys the arena of ecological politics in order to
engage the issue of how can we achieve this as a society.
Prerequisites', none

BIOL 3334 General Ecology (4)

or
BIOL 3370 Toxicology (4)

General Ecology is an introduction to the basic principles and concepts
of ecology with emphasis on environmental sampling, analysis, and
characterization. Toxicology is an introduction to the principles of
toxicology and the cellular, physiological, and ecological effects of
toxicants, with an emphasis on the environmental and physiological
effects of toxicants relating to the nervous system, cardiovascular
system, and respiratory systems.

Prerequisites'. The prerequisites for BIOL 3334 are BIOL 1 101,

1 1 OIL, and BIOL 1 102, 1 102L. The prerequisites for
BIOL 3370 are BIOL 1 101, 1 1 OIL, and BIOL 1 102,
1102L or BIOL 1148 and 1149.

264

OIKS 4000 Capstone Research Project (3)

A research project and presentation that explores in great depth an issue
at the intersection of peace and nonviolence, social justice, and
ecological sustainability. When the student is completing a major that
already requires a senior research project, the student will generally
register for the departmental capstone course instead of OIKS 4000. The
student will work out a common topic in consultation with the Oikos
program director and the faculty member who teaches the capstone
course in the student's major. In those rare cases in which the student is
earning a major that does not require a senior project, or if the student
cannot develop a topic that is acceptable to his or her major advisor, the
student may register for OIKS 4000 instead of a departmental capstone
course. In this case the student will choose a topic in consultation with
the Oikos program director.

Prerequisite: Completion of all other Oikos courses with a grade of
"C-" or better and a GPA of 2.0 or higher in the minor, or
permission of the Oikos Program Director.

265

Physics

Introduction

Why study physics? Physics is crucial to understanding the world
around us, the world inside us, and the world beyond us. It is the most
basic and fundamental science. Physics encompasses the study of the
universe from the largest galaxies to the smallest subatomic particles.
Physics challenges our imaginations and leads to great discoveries that
change our lives. The computer that you are using and the laser that
reads your CDs were developed as a result of basic physics research.
Are you curious about how the world works?

The physics curriculum at LaGrange College serves two basic purposes:

1 . An introduction to the physical sciences, oriented towards
developing problem solving, and analytical reasoning skills
suitable for the core requirements of the College.

2. Provides courses that support programs in mathematics, chemistry,
biology, computer science, dual-degree in engineering, education,
and preparation for health professional schools including medicine,
dentistry, veterinary science, pharmacy, and physical therapy.

Physics Courses Required for the Minor
Concentration

A minor in Physics requires at least 16 credit hours, with at least a C
average. The required courses include: General Physics I and II
(PHY2121 and 2122), Introduction to Modern Physics (PHYS3201).
and Physical Chemistry: Chemical Dynamics and Quantum Mechanics
(PHYS3302).

Course Descriptions (PHYS)

PHYS 1101 Introductory Physics I.

(3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A non-calculus-based introduction to elementary kinematics, dynamics,
energy, momentum, fluids, and thermodynamics. Physics is a science of
measurement, testing, and experimentation - inquiry based laboratories
make physics come to life!
Prerequisite: MATH 2105

266

PHYS 1102 Introductory Physics II.

(3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of Physics 1101 and an introduction to sound and waves,
electric and magnetic fields, electric circuits, light and optics, and
nuclear physics. Physics is a science of measurement, testing, and
experimentation - inquiry based laboratories make physics come to life!
Prerequisite: PHYS 1101

PHYS 2121 General Physics I.

(3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
A calculus-based introduction to particle dynamics, energy and
momentum conservation, rotational dynamics, fluid mechanics,
thermodynamics, and kinetic theory of gases. Physics is a science of
measurement, testing, and experimentation - inquiry based laboratories
make physics come to life!
Prerequisite: MATH 2222

PHYS 2122 General Physics II.

(3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Spring
A continuation of Physics 2121 covering wave mechanics, electricity
and magnetism, electric circuits, light and optics. Physics is a science of
measurement, testing, and experimentation - inquiry based laboratories
make physics come to life!
Prerequisites: PHYS 2121

PHYS 3201 Introduction to Modern Physics

(3hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4) Fall
During the early twentieth-century, two momentous theories were
proposed: the theory of relativity and the quantum theory. This course
will introduce these theories and supporting experimental evidence, as
well, many of the theories that were developed in the twentieth-century.
Topics to be studied include: the Birth of Modern Physics, Special
Relativity, Quantum Theory, Atomic Physics, General Relativity, and
Cosmology. The laboratories involve experiments that explore the
quantum nature of matter and energy.

Prerequisites: PHYS 1 102 or PHYS 2122 with a grade of C or higher,

Corequisite: MATH 2223

PHYS 3302 Physical Chemistry: Chemical Dynamics and
Quantum Mechanics.
(3 hrs. lee, 3 hrs. lab per week) (4)

Spring of even years
A study of basic principles of physical chemistry focusing on gas
kinetics, chemical dynamics, quantum mechanics, and atomic and
molecular spectroscopy. This course is co-listed as CHEM 3302.
Prerequisites: MATH 2222, PHYS 1 102 or PHYS 2122

267

Political Science
Introduction

The political science program is designed to provide students with the
knowledge and skills they will need to become active, useful citizens in
modern democratic polities. For students who concentrate in political
science or who take only occasional courses, this means that the political
science program will develop your capacity to understand political
organizations and political processes, to analyze the forces affecting
political decisions, and to form judgments about your obligations and
rights as a citizen. It also means that the political science program will
provide you with the skills necessary to begin a career in business, public
service, consulting, or journalism or to continue your education in
graduate studies or law school.

Learning Objectives

Students majoring in political science at LaGrange College will acquire
basic knowledge of these areas:

the values, processes, and institutions that affect collective decision
-making and contemporary politics in the United States,

the comparative analysis of the values, processes, and institutions
that affect collective decision-making and contemporary politics in
other countries,

the relations between and among states, especially those affecting
international conflict and international cooperation,

the ethical dimensions of public policy issues, political practices,
and constitutional and legal questions.

Students majoring in political science at LaGrange College will also
acquire the basic skills necessary to comprehend and perform modern
political analysis. These include:

ability to analyze the foundations of and differences between
normative and empirical inquiry,

knowledge of the basic elements of research design and methods in
normative, empirical, and historical studies of politics,

knowledge of basic data management and analysis and of the use of
computers in political research,

ability to convey findings in both written and oral presentations.

268

Course of Study

The Department of Political Science offers both a major and minor
course of study in political science.

For a Major in Political Science

Demand Sequence for the Program in Political Science (POLS)

POLS 1101

OR
POLS 1102
POLS 2210
POLS 2220
POLS 3300
POLS 4430

U.S. Government

Introduction to Political Science

Comparative Politics

International Relations

Research Methods in Political Science

Senior Seminar in Political Science

Students majoring in political science must also complete an additional
1 8 semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and
four thousand level courses listed for the program in this catalog. At
lease one of these courses must be in the field of American politics and
public policy (POLS 3310, 331 1, 3312, 3313, 3314, or 3315) and one in
the fields of international relations (POLS 3320, 3321, 3322, 3323) or
comparative politics (POLS 3350, 3351, 3352, 3353). Political science
internships (POLS 4400) can earn up to a full semester ( 1 2 hours) of
credit toward graduation, but usually only three (3) hours will be
credited toward completion of the major. This limit can be waived by
the Department under special circumstances. Completing the full
semester program in the Capital Hill Internship Program can be
! substituted for the required completion of POLS 4430 with approval of
the Department. Completion of the interim term Capital Hill Internship
Program earns elective credit only.

For a Minor in Political Science

Demand Sequence for the Program in Political Science (POLS)

POLS 1101

OR
POLS 1102
POLS 2210
POLS 2220

U.S. Government

Introduction to Political Science
Comparative Politics
International Relations

269

Students minoring in political science must also complete an additional
6 semester hours of elective courses chosen from among the three and
four thousand level courses listed for the program in this catalog. In the
minor course of study, political science internships cannot substitute for
elective course credit.

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Assessment of the objectives of the program in political science is based
on successful completion of each major course with a grade of "C-" or
better, successful completion of required overall credit hours with a 2.0
average, and successful completion of POLS 4430: Senior Seminar in
Political Science or the full semester program in the Capital Hill
Internship Program. To enroll in POLS 4430 students must have
completed POLS 1 101, or 1 102, 2210, 2220, and an additional nine (9)
semester hours of elective courses in the political science program. In
special circumstances, these requirements may be waived by permission
of the faculty of the program.

Special Opportunities

LaGrange College is a charter member of the United Methodist College
Washington Consortium that sponsors the Capital Hill Internship
Program in Washington, D.C., for students of political science and other
disciplines. The program in political science also supervises a variety of
internships in local and state government and in Georgia's legal
community. Students interested in pursing one of these opportunities
should consult with the program faculty. The program also includes
service learning opportunities in several of its courses. Again, students
should consult with program faculty concerning these courses prior
to registration.

Combined B.A. and M.A.T Program of Study

Undergraduate students who meet the admission requirements for the
Master of Arts in Teaching [M.A.T] (passing GACE Basic Skills or a
combined SAT score of more than 1000) and those who have a GPA of
3.0 or higher in their undergraduate studies are eligible to participate in a
combined B.A. and M.A.T. program of study after the completion of 90
semester hours. Once accepted, candidates may take entering cohort
graduate courses the Summer Semester following their junior year of
study. Upon gaining senior status, candidates may take one three credit
graduate course during the Fall, Interim, and Spring Semesters only if
enrolled with twelve undergraduate credits.

270

Course Descriptions (POLS)

POLS 1101 United States Government. (3)

An introduction to political science through an analysis of the political
system of the United States. Topics considered include: basic concepts of
political science, federalism, civil liberties and civil rights, basic
governmental institutions, elections and public opinion, political parties
and groups, and domestic and foreign public policy.

POLS 1102 Introduction to Political Science. (3)

An introductory course which focuses on the nature of the discipline of
political science and which deals with the way political scientists study
politics through an overview of the major topics of the discipline.

POLS 2210 Comparative Politics. (3)

An introduction to comparative analysis of political systems. Topics
considered include: basic concepts of comparative theory, modern political
history in developed and developing areas, the interaction of political and
economic factors in developed and developing areas, politics and state
institutions in selected countries, and comparative aspects of domestic and
foreign public policy.

POLS 2220 International Politics. (3)

An introduction to the interaction of nation-states in the global system.
Topics considered include: war and power, economic and social
interdependence, and problems specifically associated with developing
nations.

POLS 2320 Seminar on Ecological Sustainability and Policy (3)

A survey of sustainability as a political, economic and socio-cultural part
of our lives. The course is divided into three major segments. First, it
assays how our lives are conducted and considers the ecological cycles and
processes that make life possible. Second, it examines the ground solutions
to the issue of a sustainable lifestyle and attempts to implement this goal.
Finally, it surveys the arena of ecological politics in order to engage the
issue of how can we achieve this as a society.

POLS 3300 Research Methods in Political Science. (3)

A study of basic social science research methods as applied in political
science. Topics considered include: research design and data collection,
measurement and causality, fitting models to data with various methods,
graphic analysis, and the use of statistical software. (This course is cross-
listed as SOCI 3900.)

271

POLS 3310 State and Local Government. (3)

A study of state and local government in the United States. Topics
considered include: the political cultures and social environments of
American states and communities, political processes in states and
communities, the structure of state and local political institutions, and
policy issues facing states and communities.

POLS 3311 Congress and the Presidency. (3)

A study of the institutional interactions of the executive and legislative
branches of the United States government. Topics considered include:
the President and policymaking, Congress and policymaking,
institutional constraints on executive and legislative policymaking;
foreign policy, civil rights policy, economic policy and budgeting, and
social welfare policy.

POLS 3312 Public Administration and Public Policy. (3)

An introduction to the study of public administration and public policy.
Topics considered include: theoretical approaches to the study of public
administration, the historical and constitutional basis for public
administration in the United States, the organization and management
of public institutions, the social, political, and legal environments of
public institutions, the role of political processes in public
administration, the analysis and evaluation of public policy, and the
ethical basis of public administration.

POLS 3313 American Judicial Institutions. (3)

A study of judicial institutions in the United States. Topics considered
include: the functions of legal and judicial institutions, the structure and
powers of national and state court systems, the legal profession, judicial
selection, judicial procedure, court administration, and policy formation
by judicial institutions.

POLS 3314 American Constitutional Lawrlnstitutions. (3)

An introduction to the study of constitutional law as it applies to
government institutions in the United States. Topics considered include:
basic concepts of constitutional analysis, historical development of
present legal institutions and regimes, judicial policy decisions in
different areas of law, and the social, political, and economic factors
affecting those decisions.

272

POLS 3315 American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties and
Civil Rights. (3)

An introduction to the constitutional liberties and rights accorded
American citizens. Topics considered include: basic concepts of
constitutional analysis, historical development of present legal
interpretations and regimes, judicial decisions in different areas of law,
the social, political, and economic factors affecting those decisions, and
their effect on governing in the United States.

POLS 3320 Analysis of Foreign Policy. (3)

An introduction to how structures, institutions, outside actors, and
political culture produce American foreign policy. Topics covered
include: recent history of U.S. foreign relations, the roles played by both
the President and the Congress, the roles, functions and structures of
U.S. State Department, the Defense Department, intelligence agencies
and the National Security Council, the policy making process and the
measurement of outcomes, roles played by the public, interest groups,
and other actors. Current major foreign policy issues will be discussed
and examined as case studies.

POLS 3321 International Political Economy. (3)

A study of international economics and trade through the analysis of the
factors influencing past and present changes. Topics covered include:
current and past international finance systems and mechanisms of
exchange, the role of the state and other actors, an examination of
comparative advantage, various strategies states employ such as import
substitution or export promotion, the nature and impact of formal and
informal barriers to trade, the GATT and WTO, the problems, failures,
successes and prospects of the international economic system and its
impact on domestic politics.

POLS 3322 International Organizations. (3)

A study of the current international system. Topics covered include: the
nature of "systems", the recent history of global affairs and the evolution
of the international system to its present state, selected theoretical
analyses of international systems, the nature, roles and functions of the
various actors in the system, how advances in technology have
fundamentally changed the world, and the evolving roles of both states
and supranational institutions.

273

POLS 3323 International Conflict. (3)

A study of the conditions that produce war and peace in international
relations. Topics considered include: an examination of recent conflicts
in the international system, theories concerning the potential sources and
determinants of war with an emphasis on the theory of realism and
competing theories, and theories of war settlement and potential sources
of future interstate tension.

POLS 3340 Themes in Political Philosophy. (3)

An introduction to the basic ideas of political philosophy. Topics
considered include: the social and historical context of political theory;
the development of major ideas in political philosophy; critical analysis
of theoretical arguments; and the relation of political theory to
contemporary politics. (This course is cross-listed as PHIL 3420.)

POLS 3341 Modern Political Theory. (3)

An overview of liberalism, communism, and fascism, the three primary
political ideologies that have shaped the twentieth century.

POLS 3350 The Politics of Development. (3)

A comparative study of the political systems in developing countries.
Topics considered include: basic comparative political theory, modern
history of developing societies, and an overview of theories explaining
economic and political change in developing countries.

POLS 3351 States and Politics in Developed Areas (3)

A comparative study of the political systems of developed societies.
Topics considered include: basic comparative theory, modern history of
developed societies, political systems of selected states, and the
interaction of political and economic factors in developed societies.

POLS 3352 States and Politics in Latin America (3)

A comparative study of political systems in Latin America. Topics
considered include: basic comparative political theory, modern history
of Latin American societies, politics of selected Latin American states,
and the interaction of economic and political factors in Latin America.
(This course is cross-listed as LAST 3210)

POLS 3353 States and Politics in Africa. (3)

A comparative study of political systems in Africa. Topics considered
include: basic comparative political theory, modern history of African
societies, politics of selected African states, and the interaction of
economic and political factors in Africa.

274

POLS 4400 Political Science Internship, (credit may vary)

A supervised internship opportunity for students to work for approved
public or private organizations.

POLS 4410 Selected Topics in Political Science. (3)

This course examines particular issues related to topics in political science
selected by program faculty.

POLS 4420 Directed Study in Political Science. (3)

A supervised course of independent study available to selected students.
The course provides an opportunity for close cooperation between program
faculty and students on research projects and presentations.

POLS 4430 Senior Seminar in Political Science. (3)

A seminar course on a major subject of national or international concern
based on individual research and assigned readings.

275

Psychology
Introduction

The goal of this department is to teach the science of psychology.
Students will become acquainted with basic principles of behavior and the
research methods necessary to understand them.

Learning Objectives

A student who graduates from LaGrange College with a major in
psychology will:

Recognize the importance of an EMPIRICAL approach in
attempting to understand behavior,

Be familiar with the concepts, terms, and explanatory principles
characteristic of major psychological theorists and be able to
evaluate them critically,

Be able to identify and discuss examples of the major "types"
of learning, to wit: classical, operant, observational, and
information processing,

Be familiar with generalizations regarding physiological correlates
of behavior,

Be familiar with the major historical developments in psychology,

Be familiar with the terminology of the current edition of the
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric
Association (DSM-IV-TR),

Be able to describe how clinicians of different theoretical
orientations (e.g., psychoanalytic, humanistic, cognitive, behavioral,
and physiological) explain and treat psychological disorders,

Be able to list and discuss the various objective and projective
personality assessment techniques including the Rorschach ,

the Thematic Apperception Test, the MMPI, the NEO-PI-R, and
the MBTI,

Recognize the basic philosophical (e.g., What is personality?) and
methodological issues (e.g., How do we quantify and measure
personality?) in psychological research,

Be familiar with the sections of an APA style research report
including the kinds of information typically found in each,

276

Be familiar with the standard procedures for summarizing data
(including construction of frequency tables), the calculation of
measures of central tendency (means, medians, and modes), the
calculation of measures of dispersion (range, variance, and standard
deviation), and correlation coefficients,

Be familiar with the logic of hypothesis testing including the
statement of research and statistical hypotheses, the notion of Type I
and Type II errors, the power and efficiency of a statistical test, and
the major inferential techniques used in psychology (especially
t-test, analysis of variance, and chi-square),

Recognize the concepts and principles of psychology as
exemplified in everyday situations.

Major Requirements

A major in psychology consists of 37 semester hours (12 courses)
beyond the introductory course (PSYC 1101). (See note 1 below)
Twenty-five of these hours come from the following categories:

Methods (Both Required - See note 2 below)

PSYC 2298, PSYC 2299
Experimental Content (Select Two)

PSYC 4455, PSYC 4465, PSYC 4470
Social/Personality/Development Content
(Select Three See note 3 below)

PSYC 3321, (PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358), PSYC 3350, PSYC 4460
Advanced Special Topics (Required - See note 4 below)

PSYC 4480 Senior Capstone

Notes:

1. PSYC 1101, Introduction to Psychology, is the prerequisite or
corequisite to all 2000 level and above psychology courses. Some
courses also have additional prerequisites.

2. Since this department views psychology as a research-based
discipline, these courses provide the foundation for much of the
upper level coursework. It is strongly recommended that the
student complete PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 as soon as possible
after beginning the major.

3. Students may take either PSYC 3302 or PSYC 3358 but not both to
satisfy this requirement. If a student takes both, one course counts
toward the 12 hours of major electives.

277

4. PSYC 4480 will be offered once per year during January term and
will involve advanced study of a specialized topic. Topics will
vary from year to year.

Major Electives

An additional 12 hours of major courses will be selected by the student.
A student may select any 3000 or 4000 level psychology course beyond
those counted in the required areas. A maximum of two of these
courses, ANTH 2000, SOCI 2500, BIOL 1 148, BIOL 3373, BIOL 3374,
and BIOL 3384, may be applied toward the major with the approval of
the advisor.

Minor

A minor in psychology consists of PSYC 1101 and five additional
courses with the approval of the chair of the department. Any
psychology (PSYC) course that is listed in the current bulletin counts
toward the minor. Two of the courses listed above as Major Electives
taken outside the department may also be counted toward the minor (i.e.,
at least four of the courses for the minor must be taken in the
psychology department).

Assessment of Learning Objectives

The accomplishment of the psychology objectives by students majoring
in Psychology will be demonstrated by obtaining an acceptable score on
the Area Concentration Achievement Test (ACAT) in psychology.
Normally, this test will be given during the student's final semester
at LaGrange College.

Career Options

Students who complete the major in psychology have a wide variety of
career options. Psychology is a very broad field that overlaps many
different areas. Some of the jobs taken by recent psychology graduates
include management and supervisory positions in business and industry
and positions in community and state service agencies. A psychology
major also serves as good preparation for advanced study in law, social
science, counseling, and psychology.

278

Miscellaneous

No course with a grade below "C-" may be applied toward the major in
psychology. The only exception is PS YC 4000 in which a grade of Pass
must be obtained. Additionally, a student must maintain a "C" average
(2.0) in the major in order to graduate.

Course Descriptions (PSYC)

PSYC 1101 Introduction to Psychology. (3) Fall, Spring
A survey of major topics in psychology including research methods, basic
neuroanatomy, learning, perception, personality and abnormal behavior.
Prerequisite to all other psychology courses

PSYC 2298 Behavioral Statistics. (3) Fall

Introduction to the measurement of behavior and quantitative methods of
data analysis emphasizing parametric statistics and their application to the
behavioral sciences. May be taken simultaneously with PSYC 1101.

PSYC 2299 Research Methods. (4) Spring

A survey of various types of research design, including the strengths and
weaknesses of each. The laboratory includes practice in designing and
conducting experiments, as well as analysis and reporting of results.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 1 101

PSYC 3302 Human Growth and Development. (3) Spring
A study of human life beginning with conception. Important
developmental phenomena are considered in the light of major
theories of development.

PSYC 3304 Educational Psychology. (3) Fall 2009
Application of psychological principles and research to the teaching/
learning process. Major topics include behavioral and cognitive
approaches to learning, classroom management, and test construction
and interpretation.

PSYC 3321 Social Psychology. (3) Fall

A course dealing with behavior as affected by social influences. Major
topics include social perception, social communication (verbal and
nonverbal), altruism, attitudes, aggression, and prejudice. Also, applied
areas such as forensic psychology are considered.

PSYC 3330 History and Systems of Psychology. (3) On demand
A study of the historical background of psychology, with emphasis upon
the major schools of thought.

279

PSYC 3341 Human Sexuality. (3) Spring On Demand

This course involves a multidisciplinary examination of human sexual

behavior and intimate relationships. Typical topics considered include

male and female sexual response, gender roles, sexual disorders and

dysfunctions, gender identity, legal and cross-cultural aspects of human

sexuality, sexual orientation, and relationship issues related to sexuality.

May be taken simultaneously with PSYC 1101.

PSYC 3350 Abnormal Psychology. (3) Spring

A survey of the causes, characteristics, current theories, and treatment of

psychological disorders.

PSYC 3351 Introduction to Counseling. (3) Spring on Demand
An introduction to counseling approaches, methods, and assessment
techniques. Emphasis is placed on individual counseling.

PSYC 3357 Psychology of Religion. (3) On demand
Psychological interpretation of religious experience and growth.

PSYC 3358 Psychology of Aging. (3) On demand
Human aging is examined from physiological (e.g. sensory and
cardiovascular changes), psychological (e.g. memory and intellectual
changes) and sociological (e.g. adjusting to retirement) perspectives. Also,
death and disorders associated with aging such as Alzheimer's Disease are
explored.

PSYC 3380 Special Topics in Psychology. (3) Fall 2009
A course offered at the sophomore/junior level focusing on a specialized
topic from the field of psychology.
Prerequisites: A prerequisite may be required.

PSYC 4000 Internship in Psychology. (3) On demand
Students majoring in psychology may be eligible to enroll in a psychology
internship in an applied setting. This course requires 120 hours of
supervised experience (observation, work, etc.) in a local agency or office,
selected readings, and a public presentation. The internship must first be
discussed with the student's psychology advisor and then an application
must be submitted in writing to the Department of Psychology no later than
the beginning of advising for the term in which the student expects to
enroll for internship (i.e., The application is submitted in the term
preceding the one in which the internship is done). Students are then
selected on a competitive basis for enrollment. Once approved by the

280

department, the student will arrange the details of the placement with the
Director of the Career Center. Approval for an internship does not
guarantee that an appropriate placement will be available. Grading is on a
Pass - No Credit basis.

Prerequisite: Major in psychology with junior or senior standing and
permission of department

PSYC 4400 Individual Research. (3) On demand
Under supervision of a faculty member, the student will develop a project
on a topic that is psychological in nature. The emphasis will be on
analyzing and synthesizing scientific literature with the goal of producing a
literature review and/or research proposal. A successful proposal may lead
to data collection and analysis. The result of the project will be a paper
written in APA style.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299

PSYC 4455 Cognitive Psychology. (3) Spring 201 1
An information processing analysis of topics in perception, thinking,
learning, and memory.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor.

PSYC 4460 Psychology of Personality. (3) Fall
A critical study of major personality theories, principles and instruments of
assessment, and relevant empirical research.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor

PSYC 4465 Biological Psychology. (3) Spring 2010
Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology will be explored and will provide a
foundation for examining biological aspects of various behaviors (e.g.,
sensory processes and sleep). Also, the psychopharmacology of selected
drugs and genetic influences on behavior will be considered.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor

PSYC 4470 Behavior Analysis and Its Applications. (3) Spring
A survey of principles, research findings, and applications of classical,
operant, and observational learning.
Prerequisites: PSYC 2298 and PSYC 2299 or consent of professor

PSYC 4480 Special Topics in Psychology: Senior Capstone.

Interim
A course offered at the junior/senior level focusing on a specialized topic
from the field of psychology.
Prerequisites: There may be a prerequisite.

281

RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY

Introduction

As a field of inquiry within the liberal arts, the study of religion affords all
students an opportunity to hone the critical thinking and communication
skills that are an asset to any profession. Students who are considering
church-related vocations also may tailor their courses either to prepare for
such careers directly after completion of the degree or to provide a
foundation for graduate study in religion or theology.

The Religion and Philosophy Department offers two major plans of study:
the religion and philosophy major, and the religion major with a
concentration in church leadership. The department also offers three minor
programs: religion, church leadership, and philosophy.

Learning Objectives

The courses offered in the Religion & Philosophy Department seek to
achieve the following academic goals:

Scholarly analysis of received religious and philosophical traditions

Deep engagement with a variety of contemporary perspectives on
these traditions

Creativity in formulating responses to these traditions

Theoretical understanding and practice of servant leadership

Development of skills in undergraduate research and writing

The faculty in the department also believes that students who complete a
major course of study in Religion & Philosophy should have the
foundational knowledge and skills to:

Pursue seminary or graduate study

Perform as a professional in a field of ministry

Assessment of Learning objectives

Success in achieving the objectives of the Religion & Philosophy major
will be demonstrated in the following ways:

Successful completion of all major courses with a grade of C- or better
and earning an overall major GPA of 2.0 or better.

Satisfactory completion and defense of the Senior Project or Paper.

282

The Religion and Philosophy Major

The Religion and Philosophy Major is a traditional liberal arts study of
the field. It is especially suited for those with a general interest in
religion and philosophy or those who wish to prepare for graduate study
of Religion.

The major consists of 1 1 courses in addition to the exploratory course in
Religion that is taken as part of the core (RLGN 1 101-05), yielding a
total of 12 courses. The Religion major must include at least 2 courses
in each of these areas: Biblical Studies, Historical Studies, and Ethics
and Theological Studies. The major also requires at least one course in
the area of Philosophy. In addition, all Religion & Philosophy majors
will complete a senior thesis or project. Thus, of the 12 courses required
for a Religion major, at least 8 courses must conform to the following
guidelines:

Biblical Studies (2 courses). Minimum requirement is one course in
Old Testament and one course in New Testament at the 2000-level
or above. Courses: 21 10, 21 11, 2120, 2121, 31 10-3160.

Historical Studies (2 courses). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the
core), 2210-2230, 3210-3220.

Ethics and Theological Studies (2 courses). Courses: 1 105 (if not
taken for the core), 2310, 3310-3350.

Philosophy (1 course). Courses: any of the philosophy courses,
which are listed under Area IV in the course listing below.

Senior Thesis or Project (1 course). Course 4620 is normally taken
in the fall of the senior year. The student should choose a project
director from within the department and work with this director to
refine a topic in the semester prior to which the student enrolls for
the course. Thus, most students should select a topic and project
director by the end of the spring semester of the junior year.

Students are free to choose any other religion or philosophy department
courses for the remaining 4 courses. Internships may be taken for up to
1 full course of credit, with permission of the department chair. At least
6 courses in the major must be numbered at the 2000-level or above.

283

The Religion & Philosophy Major with a
Concentration in Church Leadership

The Church Leadership Concentration is designed to prepare students
for future careers in church service. Many of our graduates take
positions in Christian Education or Youth Ministry directly after
graduation. Others enroll in seminaries as a preparation for ordained ministry.

LaGrange College is one of only nine colleges in the nation that is
authorized by the United Methodist Church to offer certification
programs in Youth Ministry and Christian Education. United Methodist
students who complete our Church Leadership program fulfill all of the
educational requirements needed for professional certification in these fields.

The major consists of 1 1 courses in addition to the exploratory course in
Religion that is taken as part of the core (RLGN 1 101-05), yielding a

otal of 12 courses. The Church Leadership concentration requires
successful completion of the following courses:

Biblical Studies (1 course). Courses: 1 102 or 1 103 (if not taken

for the core requirement), 21 10, 21 1 1, 2120, 2121, 31 10-3160.

Historical Studies (1 course). Courses: 1 104 (if not taken for the

core), 2210-2230, 3210-3220.

Ethics and Theological Studies (1 course). Courses: 1 105 (if not

taken for the core), 2310, 3310-3350.

Philosophy (1 course). Courses: any of the philosophy courses,

which are listed under Area IV in the course listing below.

Church Leadership and Youth Ministry (4 courses). Courses: 3510

-3560.

Internship (1 course). Course: 3550, scheduled in consultation

with the Church Leadership Program Director.
Senior Thesis or Project (1 course). Course 4620 is normally taken
in the fall of the senior year. The student should choose a project
director from within the department and work with this director to
refine a topic in the semester prior to which the student enrolls for
the course. Thus, most students should select a topic and project
director by the end of the spring semester of the junior year.

At least two of the courses in Areas I-DT must be at the 2000-level or
above. In addition, students seeking certification in Christian education
by the United Methodist Church must complete United Methodist
Studies (3210). Students who do not seek United Methodist certification
may choose any religion department course for the remaining to fulfill
the remaining course requirements for the major.

284

The Religion & Philosophy Major with Honors

Students who maintain a 3.5 grade point average in departmental
courses and who receive "A" grades on their senior theses or projects
may graduate with honors.

The Religion & Philosophy Minor

A minor in religion requires completion of 3 courses in addition to the
exploratory religion core requirement: 4 courses in all. At least 2
courses must be at the 3000-level or above.

The Church Leadership Minor

A minor in Church Leadership consists of 4 courses in addition to the
exploratory religion core requirement: 5 courses in all. The minor
includes at least two courses taken at the 3000-level or above in Area I,
II, III, IV, or VI. In addition, the minor includes at least 2 courses taken
in Area V (Church Leadership).

The Philosophy Minor

No major program currently is offered in philosophy. A minor consists
of 4 courses in Area IV, of which at least 2 courses must be taken at the
2000-level or above.

The Church Music Program

The church music program is administered through the music department
in cooperation with the Religion and Philosophy department. See the
Music Department section of the catalogue for a program description.

Course Descriptions (RLGN & PHIL)

Core Exploratory Courses:
Explorations of the Christian Faith

RLGN 1101 Introduction to Christianity. (3) Spring 2008

An introduction to the Christian tradition of faith through a study of its

central symbols, sacred texts, and practices.

RLGN 1102 Jewish Origins in Context. (3) Every term
A study of the Hebrew bible, commonly called by Christians the Old
Testament, in the context of the ancient near eastern world. The course
also will ask students to reflect on the impact of the Hebrew bible on
Western civilization and its implications for the contemporary world.

285

RLGN 1103 New Testament Writings in Context. (3) Every term
A study of the New Testament writings in the context of Greco-Roman
civilization. The course also will ask students to reflect on the impact of
Christian scriptures on Western civilization and consider their
implications for the contemporary world.

RLGN 1104 Dialogue with World Faith Traditions. (3)

Fall 2007
The course will place the insights of the Christian faith in dialogue with
those of major living world religions.

RLGN 1105 Christian Ethics and Contemporary Social

Issues. (3) Spring 2008
A study of contemporary ethical issues in the light of the moral
traditions central to the Christian faith. The course will examine such
issues as marriage and family, war and peace, racism, abortion, and the
environment. Servant leadership component.

Religion and Philosophy Departmental Courses
Area I: Biblical Studies

RLGN 2110 Introduction to Biblical Hebrew I. (3)

A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Biblical
Hebrew.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2111 Introduction to Biblical Hebrew II. (3)

A continuation of RLGN 2110.
Prerequisite: RLGN 2110

RLGN 2120 Introduction to Hellenistic Greek I. (3) Fall
A beginning course designed to teach the fundamentals of Hellenistic or
Koine Greek, which includes the language of the New Testament.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2121 Introduction to Hellenistic Greek II. (3) Spring

A continuation of RLGN 2120.
Prerequisite: RLGN 2120

RLGN 2130 Readings in New Testament Greek. (3)

Selected readings from New Testament texts with some attention to
developing intermediate Greek grammar.
Prerequisite: RLGN 2120 and 2121

RLGN 3110 The Law. (3)

A detailed study of the first five books of the Old Testament.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

286

RLGN 3120 The Prophets. (3)

A detailed study of prophetic movements in Israel and of the individual
prophets, their historical background, lives, messages, and contributions to
the religious life of Israel.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

RLGN 3130 The Writings. (3)

An examination of wisdom, apocalyptic and poetic literature of the Old
Testament.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 102, or permission of professor

RLGN 3140 The Life and Teachings of Jesus. (3)

A study of the message of Jesus within the context of the synoptic gospels
and its application to contemporary society.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

RLGN 3150 The Apostolic Age. (3) Spring 2008
An examination of the origin and expansion of the early Christian Church,
with studies in the Epistles and the Acts of the Apostles.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

RLGN 3160 The Gospels. (3) Fall 2007

An examination of one of the four canonical gospels with emphasis on the
historical context, history of interpretation, and modern appropriations of
the text.
Prerequisite: RLGN 1 103, or permission of professor

Area II: Historical Studies

RLGN 2210 Early Church History. (3)

A survey of the history of the Christian Church from the close of the
Apostolic age to the end of the Middle Ages.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2220 Modern Church History. (3) Fall
A history of the Christian Church from the reformation era to the modern
period.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 2230 Race and Religion in America. (3) Spring
This course will examine the role that religion played and continues to play
in American race relations and racial identities. The course will emphasize the
history and the theorists of the civil rights contemporary era.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 3210 United Methodist Studies. (3) Fall 2007
A survey of the history, theology, and polity of the United Methodist Church.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

287

RLGN 3220 A History of Christian Political Thought. (3)

A study of the impact of the Christian theorists and the institutions of the
Church on the development of political theory in the West.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

Area III:
Theology, Ethics, and the Social Scientific Study of Religion

RLGN 2320 Religion, Violence, and Social Change. (3)

An examination of models of non-violent social change that are
grounded in religious faith commitments. The course will focus on the
Christian faith tradition but will work comparatively with figures and
movements from Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, and Islam. The course
will include practice in the skills of peace-building that are guided by
the principles of restorative justice.
Prerequisite: None

RLGN 3310 Contemporary Christian Thought. (3) Fall
A survey of the development of Christian thought, with particular
attention to the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3320 The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gender. (3)

A study of the moral issues related to sexuality, gender roles, and family
life. Topics will vary per offering, but may include ethical reflection on
such topics as the meaning and purpose of sexuality, gender roles, pre-
marital and extra-marital sexuality, homosexuality, and family structure.
(This course is cross-listed as WMST 3320.)
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3340 Sociology of Religion. (3)

A sociological analysis of the interplay between religion and culture.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3350 Psychology of Religion. (3)

Psychological interpretation of religious experience and growth.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

Area IV: Philosophy

PHIL 1410 Introduction to Philosophy. (3) Spring 2008
A survey of major philosophical themes and figures that were formative
in Western civilization.
Prerequisite: None

288

PHIL 2410 Moral Philosophy. (3) Fall

A study of the major philosophical understandings of morality and the
good life.
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2420 Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (3) Fall 2007
A historical survey of classical and medieval philosophy.
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2430 Modern Philosophy. (3)

A historical survey of the philosophies of the Renaissance through the
post-modern era.
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 2440 Elementary Logic. (3)

An introduction to the logic of propositions with attention to the
structure and evaluation of informal arguments. The rhetoric of
persuasion and its use of logic and emotions also will be discussed.
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 3410 Philosophy of Religion. (3)

An investigation of problems related to philosophical reflection on
religious thought and experience.

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy or
permission of professor

PHIL 3420 Themes in Political Philosophy. (3)

An introduction to the basic ideas of political philosophy. Topics
considered include the social and historical context of political theory,
the development of major ideas in political philosophy, critical analysis
of theoretical arguments, and the relation of political theory to
contemporary politics. (This course is cross-listed as POLS 3340.)
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 3430 Bioethics. (3) Spring 2008

A study of the ethical issues raised by the practice of nursing, medicine, and
biomedical research.
Prerequisite: None

PHIL 4410 Selected Topics in Philosophy. (3) Spring

A seminar course on a major subject of concern in philosophy based on

individual research and assigned readings.

Prerequisite: At least one prior course in philosophy or
permission of professor

289

Area V: Church Leadership Courses

RLGN 3510.Christian Education in the Local Church. (3) Fall 2007
A study of issues confronting those participating in a local church
setting. Required of all students in the Internship.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3520 Christian Worship. (3)

The study and practice of Christian worship in its historical and
contemporary contexts. Topics will include the theology of worship,
sacraments, liturgy, and the place of music in worship.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3540 Youth Ministry. (3)

The study and practice of ministry to persons from adolescence through
young adulthood.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3560 Congregational Leadership. (3) Spring 2008
The study of the leadership styles and skills necessary for leadership of a
religious institution. Topics may include congregational dynamics,
leading institutional change, working with volunteers, avoiding burnout,
and racial and gender issues in leadership.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

RLGN 3550 Internship. (1-6) As scheduled

Supervised participation in the local church setting. May be repeated for
credit up to 6 hours.
Prerequisite: Two courses from Area V

Area VI: Capstone and Other Courses

RLGN 4610 Selected Topics in Religion. (3) Spring
A seminar course on a major subject of concern based on individual
research and assigned readings.
Prerequisite: Permission of professor

RLGN 4620 Senior Thesis or Project. (3) As scheduled
A directed study normally taken in the fall of the senior year. The
student should choose a project director from within the department and
work with this director to refine a topic in the semester prior to which
the student enrolls for the course. Thus, most students should select a
director and topic by the end of the spring semester of the junior year.
Prerequisite: Application to Religion Department Chair

290

SOCIOLOGY & ANTHROPOLOGY

Introduction

The mission of the Sociology department is to equip students with
an entry-level knowledge of sociological concepts, theories, and
research strategies.

Description of Major

Sociology is the study of human social relationships and institutions.
Sociology's subject matter is diverse, ranging from crime to religion,
from the family to the state, from the divisions of race and social class to
the shared beliefs of a common culture, and from social stability to
radical change in whole societies. Unifying the study of these diverse
subjects of study is sociology's purpose of understanding how human
action and consciousness both shape and are shaped by surrounding
cultural and social structures.

Anthropology is the holistic and comparative study of human practice
and behavior. Anthropology, a sister discipline to sociology, has
traditionally focused on the investigation and analysis of human action
through the lens of culture and by means of ethnographic fieldwork. Its
initial subject matter was the study of small-scale, non-industrial groups
primarily outside the developed world. Through a four field (cultural/
social anthropology, physical anthropology, linguistics and archeology)
approach, anthropologists strove to make relevant generalizations about
human behavior and society. In the last forty years, the scope and focus
of anthropology has broadened and, now, anthropologists investigate all
aspects of life in the industrialized world as well. Anthropology
provides a global perspective on life and today, with its global focus,
anthropology offers preparation for effective living in a rapidly
changing world that is complementary to the sociological perspective.

Degrees Offered: We currently offer a major in Sociology.

The department requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.25 to declare
a major in Sociology.

291

Learning Objectives

Students majoring in Sociology will acquire a basic knowledge of the
following areas:

the "sociological imagination," or ability to link individual
biography with history and culture;

the difference between micro- and macro-level groups and
processes, and the interconnections among them;

the importance and necessity of theory in the process of learning;

the strengths and weaknesses of various research methods, and the
appropriateness of each for various research questions;

the social bases and biases of what constitutes knowledge or
conventional wisdom;

the opportunities as well as constraints that are imposed on us by
social structure.

Requirements for the Sociology Major

Sociology majors are required to complete the following courses,
totaling 30 semester hours. All courses for the major should be
completed with a grade of "C" or higher. The only exception is as
follows:

One grade of "C-" will be allowed to count toward the major so long as
it does not occur with any of the following three courses:

Math Statistics

Research Methods

Development of Sociological Thought

These courses should be satisfied with a grade of "C" or higher. Under
no circumstances will a "D" grade count toward the major.

Foundation (15 hours)

SOCI 1 000 Principles of Sociology

SOCI 2000 Social Problems and Policy

SOCI 3000 Social Change

SOCI 4000 Development of Sociological Thought

SOCI 4200 Social Inequality

Research (6 hours)

MATH 1114 Introduction to Statistics

SOCI 3900 Research Methods in Social Science

292

Electives/Substantive Component (9 hours)

Students may complete the major by electing 3 other courses from the
following list, two of which must be at the 3000-level or higher:

SOCI 2500
SOCI 3300
SOCI/RLGN 3340
SOCI 3400
SOCI 3500
SOCI 3600
SOCI/ANTH 3800
ANTH 1000
ANTH 2000
LAST 1104
RLGN 2230
WMST1101

Marriages and Families

Sociology of Childhood

Sociology of Religion

Criminology

Gender & Society

Sociology of Education

Special Topics in Sociology/Anthropology

Introduction to Anthropology

Cultural and Social Anthropology

Introduction to Latin American Culture

Race & Religion in America

Introduction to Women's Studies

One appropriate Interim course may count towards the elective
requirement, with approval of the department chair.

Requirements for the Sociology Minor

A minor in sociology consists of five courses, two of which must be at
the 3000-level or higher.

All students planning to minor in sociology must take the following:

SOCI 1 000 Principles of Sociology

SOCI 2000 Social Problems and Policy

SOCI 3000 Social Change

Students must choose two courses from the following list:

SOCI 2500
SOCI 3300
SOCI/RLGN 3340
SOCI 3400
SOCI 3500
SOCI 3600

Marriages & Families
Sociology of Childhood
Sociology of Religion
Criminology
Gender & Society
Sociology of Education

SOCI/ANTH 3800 Special Topics in Sociology or Anthropology

293

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Mastery of the curriculum for a major in Sociology is measured by:

Completion of all major requirements with a "C" or higher in every
course (One grade of "C-" may count towards the major, so long as
the grade is not awarded in any of the following courses: Statistics,
Research Methods, and/or Development of Sociological thought.
These courses should be completed with a grade of "C" or higher).

Course Descriptions (SOCI & ANTH)

SOCI 1000 Principles of Sociology. (3) Fall and Spring
A study of the fundamental concepts and principles of the discipline, with
emphasis on socialization, social institutions, social interaction, social
stratification and inequality, as well as mechanisms of social control.
Familiarization with the distinction between macro- and micro-level
sociological processes will be emphasized.

SOCI 1320 Oikos Seminar on Social Justice (3) On demand

An introduction to issues of diversity and social justice in the United
States. The course provides students with theoretical frameworks for
understanding the dynamics and intersections of oppression and an
opportunity to expand their awareness of various forms of oppression.
Prerequisites: none

SOCI 2000 Social Problems and Policy. (3) Spring
Using a special topics approach, this course provides the most current
assessment of social problems and the policies created in an attempt to
remedy these social ills.

SOCI 2320 Seminar on Ecological Sustainability and Policy (3)

On demand
A survey of sustainability as a political, economic and socio-cultural part
of our lives. The course is divided into three major segments. First, it
assays how our lives are conducted and considers the ecological cycles and
processes that make life possible. Second, it examines the ground solutions
to the issue of a sustainable lifestyle and attempts to implement this goal.
Finally, it surveys the arena of ecological politics in order to engage the
issue of how can we achieve this as a society.
Prerequisites', none

294

SOCI 2500 Marriages and Families. (3) Fall
This course offers a multi-disciplinary perspective on contemporary
marriages, families, and other intimate relationships. Students will
become familiarized with competing models and theories on family
relationships. In addition, the course explores cross-cultural variation in
family systems as well as diversity and change within the American
population. Topics to be covered include: mate selection, sexuality,
marital structure, marital happiness, divorce, parenting, and alternative
family forms.

SOCI 3000 Social Change. (3) Fall

An analysis of the sources, patterns, and consequences of social and
cultural change. The roles of socio-economic, political, technological
and other factors in processes of change at institutional and societal
levels are investigated.

SOCI 3300 Sociology of Childhood. (3) On demand

A sociological analysis of current issues confronting America's children

and a consideration of sociological perspectives on children and

childhood.

SOCI 3340 Sociology of Religion. (3) On demand

A sociological analysis of the interplay between religion and culture.
Prerequisite: A religion core course

SOCI 3400 Criminology. (3) On demand

A multi-disciplinary examination of criminal behavior and corrections,
with an emphasis on competing theories regarding the origins and
incidence of criminality. The course will explore the history of laws and
the criminal justice system, as well as various categories of crime.
Special attention will be given to the social forces underlying criminal
and deviant behavior.

SOCI 3500 Gender & Society. (3) On demand

Students will become aware of the gendered society in which we live,
the norms, values, and patterns of communication associated with each
gender and how these affect personal life choices and social status.
Specifically, students will become aware of how our basic social
institutions, such as the economy, the family, education, religion, and
the political system are gendered institutions with differing ideals and
expectations for women and men.

295

SOCI 3600 Sociology of Education. (3) On demand

This course will examine, from a sociological perspective, the structure and
process of education in contemporary society, and its effects. The primary
focus will be on U.S. public education. Topics include the contribution of
sociology to understanding education and teaching; the relationship of
education to other social institutions such as families and religion; the
effects of socio-demographic variables on learning outcomes, etc.

SOCI/ANTH 3800 Special Topics in Sociology or Anthropology.

(3) On demand
This course will involve in-depth exploration into a unique topic in either
Sociology or Anthropology. The course content will rotate from year to
year. Students may repeat the course for credit so long as the topic changes
and with departmental approval.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of either SOCI 1 000 or ANTH
1000 with a grade of "C" or higher.

SOCI 3900 Research Methods in Social Science. (3) Fall

A study of basic social science research methods. Topics considered
include research design and data collection, measurement and causality,
fitting models to data with various methods, graphic analysis, and the use
of statistical software.

SOCI 4000 Development of Sociological Thought. (3) Spring

This course is an introduction to the development and current state of
sociological theory. It focuses on the most influential figures in the
development of sociological theory and their legacy in contemporary sociology.
Prerequisites: SOCI 1000 and a minimum of four other SOCI

courses successfully completed. Senior status

preferred.

SOCI 4200 Social Inequality. (3) Fall

This course will examine social inequality, a topic which is at the core of
sociological analysis and research. The classical perspectives on inequality
will be examined, as well as the contemporary extensions of these
approaches. Particular attention will be paid to class, race, and gender as
separate and as intersecting axes of inequality.

Prerequisite: SOCI 1000, with a grade of "C" or higher.

296

SOCI/ANTH 4500 Sociology/Anthropology Internship. (3-6 hours)

On demand
This course requires 1 20 hours of supervised experience (per 3 credit
hours) in a local agency or office, selected readings, as well as an oral
presentation given in one of the SOCI/ANTH courses. Applications for
internships must be submitted to the department chair in the term or
semester prior to placement. Students may select a graded or Pass/No
Credit option. Course may be repeated twice (for 3 hours credit) for a
maximum of 6 hours credit. This course will not count towards the
major in Sociology.

Prerequisites: Completion of SOCI 1 000 with a grade of "C" or

higher as well as at least two other courses with the

SOCI or ANTH prefix with grades of "C" or

higher.

ANTH 1000 Introduction to Anthropology. (3) On demand

An introduction to the scientific study of the origin, the behavior, and
the physical, social, and cultural development of humans.

ANTH 2000 Cultural and Social Anthropology. (3)

On demand
A study of modern anthropological theory through directed readings of
classic ethnography with special emphasis upon recent advances and
trends in research.

297

THEATRE ARTS

Introduction

The Department of Theatre Arts offers a pre-professional training
program emphasizing the practical aspects of theatre and the importance
of process. It is the belief of the faculty that the training process must
prepare students for the real world of theatre. Faculty teaching in the
Theatre Arts program are experienced, working professionals. With the
belief that theatre is both an art form and a business, the curriculum
provides a strong undergraduate foundation in theatre performance,
design, production and literature.

Offering a B.A. in Theatre Arts, majors must successfully complete 24
common core hours designed to foster an appreciation for, and an
understanding of each area of theatre. In addition, students must
complete 1 8 additional track courses in their area of interest:
performance, technical, design or a combination of the three, to
complete the theatre arts degree composed of a total of 42 major hours.

Learning Objectives

The following objectives are established as a basis for the training
program in Theatre Arts. Upon application for graduation, the Theatre
Arts major will be expected to:

understand the basic theoretical concepts behind each of the four
major areas within the discipline: performance, design, production and
literature;

have an extensive artistic vocabulary in their specific area of
concentration;

have the technical knowledge pertaining, but not limited to the
student's chosen area of concentration;

demonstrate an understanding of auditioning and/or portfolio
presentation;

be knowledgeable of viable avenues of employment and sources
noting such information;

have an understanding of opportunities for graduate studies and
employment in theatre and the performing arts.

298

Assessment of Learning Objectives

Learning objectives are assessed in the following manner:

examinations, graded performances auditions and graded projects in
the four major areas within each discipline's;

specific areas of concentration; performance, design and technical
production;

audition critiques for all departmental productions;

upperclassmen scholarship audition interviews ;

exit interviews.

Graduation Requirements for the
Theatre Arts Major

A student pursuing a major in Theatre Arts must meet all of the
following criteria on an ongoing basis:

satisfactory completion of all degree requirements as outlined in the
catalogue;

participation in all departmental productions and activities,
including auditions, production crews, work calls and production
strikes as assigned by faculty;

attendance at all scheduled departmental meetings and activities.

Admission to the Theatre Arts Major

In order to be admitted and to continue as a Theatre Arts major, a
student must meet the following criteria:

overall grade point average of 2.5 or better. Scholarship recipients
must maintain a 3.0 grade point average or better;

writing proficiency - a grade of "C" or better in English 1 101, 1 102;

theatrical proficiency - a grade of "C" or better in all Theatre
Arts courses;

prognosis for success - evaluation during Theatre courses pertinent
to:

1) attendance

2) attitude

3) cooperation

4) oral and written skills

5) enthusiasm and dedication to the Theatre Arts program;

299

Transfer students wishing to continue as a Theatre Arts major
must provide evidence of all of the above plus the following:

1) past participation in departmental productions;

2) acceptance as a major is subject to approval by a majority of
the LaGrange College Theatre Arts faculty.

A student that does not meet all of the above criteria each semester may
be placed on probation. After the probationary period, the student will
be re-evaluated by the Theatre Arts faculty. If it is determined that the
student has failed to meet the above criteria satisfactorily, the student
may be removed as a major.

Requirements for the Theatre Arts Major

A total of 42 semester hours are required for the Theatre Arts Major.
CORE COURSE REQUIREMENTS (24 hours):

THEA 1101

Drama Survey I

3

THE A 1102

Drama Survey II

3

THEA 1180

Stagecraft

3

THEA 1184

Acting I

3

THEA 21 10

Introduction to Design

3

THEA 2330

Script Analysis

3

Two

Theatre Arts Electives

6

Common core hours 24
TRACK COURSE REQUIREMENTS

Performance Track (18 hours)

THEA 2200/01 Stunts/Fights for Stage,

TV and Film I 3

THEA 2205 Movement for the Actor 3

THEA 22 1 Voice and Diction 3

THEA 2351 Acting II 3

THEA 445 1 Auditioning 3

One Theatre Arts Elective 3

Total Performance Track Hours 18

300

Technical Track (18 hours)

ARTD 1151

Basic Drawing

3

THEA 2283

Stage Management

Or

THEA 3420

Theatre Management

3

THEA 3360

Scenic Design

3

THEA 3370

Directing

3

Two

Theatre Arts Electives

6

Total Technical Track Hours

li

ign Track (18 hours)

ARTD 1151

Basic Drawing

3

ARTD 1153

3-D Design

3

ARTD 2211

Life Drawing

3

THEA 3360

Scenic Design

Or

THEA 3381

Lighting Design

Or

THEA 3385

Costume Design

3

THEA 3370

Directing

3

One

Theatre Art or

Art & Design Elective

3

Total Design Track Hours

18 hrs.

Theatre Arts Major Hours

42

Requirements for the Theatre Arts Minor

A minor in Theatre Arts consists of 18 semester hours: at least one
course in Drama Survey, at least one course at the 1000 level, and 4
other courses selected in consultation with your minor advisor.

301

Course Descriptions (THEA)

THEA1101 Drama Survey I. (3)*
A survey of the discovery of theatre beginning in ancient Greece
continuing through the rise of Realism. Students will study theatre as a
developed art form through reading, viewing and discussing plays
representing diverse eras of history.
Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I.

THEA 1102 Drama Survey II. (3)*

A survey of the discovery of theatre from the rise of Realism through
contemporary drama. Students will study theatre as a developed art
form through reading, viewing and discussing plays representing diverse eras of
history.
Drama Survey II may be taken independently of Drama Survey I.

THEA 1180 Stagecraft. (3)*

A course designed to provide the student with theoretical and working
knowledge of technical theatre. An emphasis is placed on the
fundamental techniques and processes used in theatre productions.
Students will work on a departmental production.

THEA 1184 Acting I. (3)*

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of acting
for the stage. Course will include achievement of a simple objective,
self and sensory awareness, relaxation, concentration and beginning
scene and text analysis.

THEA 2110 Introduction to Design. (3) *

A course designed to introduce students to the fundamental elements of
the design process, with emphasis on script analysis and visual communication.
Prerequisites: Basic Drawing highly recommended for Design and
Technical Track Majors

THEA 2200 Stunts /Fights for Stage, TV and Film I. (3) *

A performance course covering basic stage movement, acrobatics,
faints, falls, flips, kicks, slapstick comedy, hand-to-hand combat, and
stage weapons when applicable.

THEA 2201 Stunts/Fights for Stage, TV and Film II. (3) *

A continuation of THEA 2200, adding period weaponry such as, but not
limited to quarterstaff, broadsword, rapier, dagger, food fights, etc.
for the stage.

302

THEA 2205 Movement for the Actor. (3) *

A course designed to develop body awareness by exploring movement
connected to impulse and instinct, focusing on integration of the mind,
body and spirit.

THEA 2210 Voice and Diction. (3)

To introduce students to the process of voice production, methods of
Linklater's freeing the voice with emphasis on relaxation and breathing,
and applicable techniques for working with text.

THEA 2280 Advanced Stagecraft. (3)

As an advanced study of stagecraft, students will apply the principles of
stagecraft to rigorous practical assignments intent on developing fine
craftsmanship skills. This project based course will provide opportunity
for woodworking, metal work and technical design.
Prerequisite: THEA 1 1 80

THEA 2283 Stage Management. (3)

A course designed to provide student with introduction to, and basic
training in, the area of stage management.

THEA 2286 Makeup for the Stage. (3)*

A study in the theories and application of stage makeup. Topics may
include corrective, old age and character makeup, as well as prosthetics.

THEA 2330 Script Analysis. (3)

A study of major genres of dramatic literature designed to provide the
director, actor, designer, dramaturge and/or technician with basic
guidelines for text analysis. Students will develop and utilize skills to
thoroughly analyze text.

THEA 2351 Acting II. (3)

A continuation of THEA 1 184 which explores further character
development through advanced scene work and improvisational
exercises.
Prerequisite: THEA 1184

THEA 3272 Creative Dramatics. (3) On demand
A course which introduces methods of creating, designing and utilizing
drama to enhance teaching skills and foster the educational
development of students.

Highly recommended for early childhood and secondary

education majors

303

THEA 3305 Period Styles of Acting. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to period styles of acting and
movement which may include: Greek, Elizabethan, Comedy of Manners,
Farce, Realism and the Theatre of the Absurd.
Prerequisites: THEA 1 184, THEA 2351

THEA 3310 Playwriting/Screenwriting. (3)

A course designed to stimulate critical and creative thinking through the
creation of original material. Students will be guided in the completion
of writing a play/screenplay.
Prerequisite: THEA 2330, grade B or better in ENGL 1 101 & 1 102,
or consent of instructor

THEA 3345 Musical Theatre. (3)

A practical study of techniques and styles of musical theatre.
Prerequisite: THEA 1184

THEA 3360 Scenic Design. (3)

An advanced study of the Scenic Design process. Students will apply
the principles of design to scenery through intense practical
assignments. Emphasis is placed on communication through Drafting,
Renderings and Models.
Prerequisite: THEA 21 10

THEA 3370 Directing. (3)

A course designed to introduce students to the director's role in
interpreting, choosing, rehearsing and staging a play. Course includes
direction for performance of a short play.
Prerequisites: THEA 1 184, THEA 2110, THEA 2330

THEA 3381 Lighting Design. (3)

An advanced study of the Lighting Design process. Students will apply
the principles of design to lighting through intense practical
assignments. Emphasis is placed on communication through Rendering,
Magic Sheets, and Lighting Plots.
Prerequisite: THEA 21 10

THEA 3385 Costume Design. (3)

A course that acquaints the student with the basic skills needed to design
theatrical costumes, which includes patterning and cutting/draping.
Prerequisite: THEA 21 10

THEA 3420 Theatre Management/Arts Management. (3)

A course which introduces the fundamentals of Arts management.
Course will investigate and navigate through the conflicting issues,
strategies and opportunities in management in the Arts.

304

THEA4451 Auditioning. (3)

A course designed for developing audition techniques and examining
guidelines for audition procedures with emphasis on practical auditions,
resume, headshots, selection of audition material and compilation of an
audition portfolio.
Prerequisite: THEA 1 184, THEA 235 1

THEA 4470-2 Special Topics. (1-3)

A series of courses designed to provide students with advanced
material/study in either performance or design tracks.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor

THEA 4484 Senior Thesis. (3)

A course in which senior Theatre Arts majors bring their training and
emphasis into focus. Senior thesis projects may be track-specific
special projects in acting, design, directing, stage-managing or
playwriting.
All proposals must be approved by the Department Chair and are
subject to scheduling and faculty supervisory commitments.

* Denotes courses in Theatre Arts that may satisfy Fine Arts
requirement in the Core Curriculum.

WOMEN'S STUDIES

Introduction

Women's Studies is an interdisciplinary field of study which
complements a liberal arts education by drawing upon a variety of
disciplines to gain a critical awareness of the female experience.
In developing this awareness and in presenting its diversity, courses
explore gender as well as race, ethnicity, culture, age, and social class
as categories of analysis. While exploring these issues, the courses
also promote the development of skills in critical thinking, speaking,
and writing. Courses focus on women's past and present roles in
culture, politics, the family, the arts and sciences, health care business,
and religion.

Learning Objectives

A minor in Women's Studies consists of twelve semester hours: three of
which must be WMST 1101: Introduction to Women's Studies. Of the
remaining nine hours, six must be taken at the 3000 level. This
flexibility, coupled with the interdisciplinary nature of the field, permits
students to design a minor that best reflects their academic and future
career interests. (Only cross-listed courses taken during or after the fall
of 2000 may be applied to the minor in Women's Studies.)

Course Descriptions (WMST)

WMST 1101 Introduction to Women's Studies. (3)

This course will provide a better understanding of the female experience
and the evolution of women's roles within one's own culture and that of
others. In developing this understanding, emphasis will be placed on
the great diversity of women's individual lives by considering such
factors as race, age, marital, and class status.

Cross-Listed Courses
WMST 3500/SOCI 3500:

Gender & Society.
WMST 3110/LAST 3110:

Special Topics/Latin American Women Writers. (3)
WMST 2500/SOCI 2500:

Marriages and Families. (3)
WMST 3345/ENGL 3345:

The Rise of the English Novel. (3)

306

WMST 3320/RLGN 3320:

The Ethics of Sexuality, Marriage, and Gender. (3)
WMST 3340/ENGL 3340:

Restoration and Eighteenth Century English Literature. (3)
WMST 4400:

Advanced Library Research in the Social Sciences

and Humanities. (2)
PHIL 4410:

Philosophical Theory: Gender and Sexuality (3)
WMST 4478:

Women in Ministry (3)
WMST 4500:

Advanced Library Research in the Sciences. (2)

Also, Interim term courses are offered in Women 's Studies.

ill

307

Faculty

David OkiAhearn (1995)

Professor of Religion and Philosophy; Chair of the Religion
Department; Chair of the Oikos Program
B.A., Austin College; M.Div., Southern Methodist University;
Ph.D., Emory University

Toni P. Anderson (1999)

Professor of Music; Chair of the Music Department

B.M., Lamar University; M.M., New England Conservatory of Music;

Ph.D., Georgia State University

Elizabeth Appleby (2006)

Assistant Professor of Latin American Studies and Modern Languages
B.A., Seton Hill College; J.D., M.A., University of Pittsburgh;
Ph.D., Ohio State University

Terry Austin (2006)

Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics
B.S., Ph.D., University of Florida

Kim Barber Knoll (1995)

Professor of Theatre Arts; Division Chair of Fine and

Performing Arts; Chair of the Theatre Department

B.S., University of Tennessee; M.F.A., U. of California at Los Angeles

Linda A. Mason Barber (2006)
Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., University of Florida; M.S.N., University of South Florida

Charlene Baxter (1976)

Assistant Professor; Librarian for Public and Technical Services
A.B., West Georgia College; M.L.S., George Peabody College
for Teachers

CindiBearden(2001)

Associate Professor of Business

B.S., Jacksonville State University; Master of Accountancy, University

of Alabama, Certified Public Accountant

Jon Birkeli (1987)

Ely R. Callaway, Sr. Professor in International Business;

Chair of the Business Department

A.B., Lenoir-Rhyne College; Ph.D., University of South Carolina

308

Sandra Blair (2000)

Associate Professor of Nursing

B.S.N., LaGrange College; M.S.N., Georgia State University

Frank W. Brevik (2006)

Assistant Professor of English

B.S., Troy State University; M.A., University of Manchester;

Ph.D., University of Louisiana at Lafayette

Marcia Langham Brown (1996)
Professor of Art and Design;
Chair of the Art and Design Department
B.F.A., Guilford College; M.F.A., University of Georgia

Joseph J. Cafaro( 1984)

Professor of History; Chair of the History Department

A.A., Manatee Junior College; B.A., Florida Atlantic University;

M.A., Ph.D., Florida State University

David M. Cason (2008)

Assistant Professor of Education

A.A., Gordon College; B.A., LaGrange College;

M.S.Ed., Troy State University; Ph.D., Georgia State University

Angela N. Cauthen (2006)

Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., Shorter College; Ph.D., University of Georgia

Susan R. Cody (2002)

Associate Professor Sociology

B.A., Jacksonville University; M.A., University of Florida;

Ph.D., University of Florida

Randy William Colvin (2008)
Instructor of Biology
B.S., Colorado State University; M.S., Oregon State University

John Granger Cook (1994)
Professor of Religion

B.A., Davidson College; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary;
Ph.D., Emory University

David Alan Crowe (2007)

Assistant Professor of Education
B.S.E., M.Ed., Ph.D., Auburn University

309

Lisa Crutchfield (2008)

Assistant Professor of History

B.A., James Madison University; M.A., University of Georgia; Ph.D.,

College of William and Mary

Mary Lou Dabbs (1999)

Assistant Professor; Electronic Resources Librarian

B.A., Florida Presbyterian College; M.Ln., Emory University

Karie Davis-Nozemack (2007)

Assistant Professor of Business Law and Taxation

B.A., Emory University; M.Tx., Georgia State University;

J.D., Washington and Lee School of Law

Nina Dulin-Mallory (1989)
Professor of English

B.A., Clemson University; M.Ed., LaGrange College;
Ph.D., Auburn University

Jon M. Ernstberger (2008)

Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Murray State University;
Ph.D., North Carolina State University

Charles H.Evans (1981)
Professor of Psychology
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

Gordon Jeffrey Geeter (1990)

Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
A.S., Andrew College; B.S., Tennessee Wesleyan College;
M.S.S., United States Sports Academy

Heather A. Haas (2001)

Associate Professor of Psychology

B.S., Rocky Mountain College; M.S., University of St. Andrews;

Ph.D., University of Minnesota

Melvin H. Hall (2002)

Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Cuttington University College; M.A., University of California at

Berkeley; Ph.D. Auburn University

CeliaG. Hay (1996)

Associate Professor of Nursing; Chair of the Nursing Department

A.D., Piedmont Hospital School of Nursing;

M.S., Georgia State University; Ph.D., Georgia State University

310

B. Joyce Hillyer (1995)
Professor of Education
A.S., Southern Union State Junior College;
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Auburn University

John C.Hurd( 1974)
Professor of Biology
B.S., Alabama College; M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University

Seok Hwang (2005)

Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Yeungnam University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin

Kipton E. Jensen (2008)

Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy

B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Kentucky;

Ph.D., Marquette University

Lee E.Johnson (1990)

Fuller E. Callaway Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Auburn University; M. M., Indiana University

Dorothy M. Joiner (2001)

Lovick Corn Professor of Art History

B.A., St. Mary's Dominican College; M.A. Emory University;

Ph.D., Emory University

Donald Jolly (1961)

Professor of Mathematics

B.S., University of Southern Mississippi; M.S., University of Illinois;

Ph.D., Auburn University

(Retired from full-time teaching in 1995)

Bill Kovack (2006)

Assistant Professor of Business
B.A., Michigan State University;
M.B.A., Michigan State University

Charles P. Kraemer ( 1978)

Professor of Psychology; Chair of the Psychology Department;

Director of Undergraduate Research

B.A., LaGrange College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

John D.Lawrence (1970)

Fuller E. Callaway Professor of Art and Design

B.F.A., Atlanta College of Art; M.F.A., Tulane University

311

Tracy L. R. Lightcap (1991)
Professor of Political Science;
Chair of the Political Science Department

A.B., University of the South; M.A., University of South Carolina;
Ph.D., Emory University

Alvin B. Lingenfelter (2003)

Assistant Professor of Religion

B.A., Mississippi College; M.Div., Duke Divinity School

Donald R. Livingston (2001)

Associate Professor of Education;

Chair of the Education Department

B.S., Drexel University; M.Ed., West Chester University;

Ed.D., Georgia Southern University

Sharon M. Livingston (2006)

Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs; M.Ed. Thesis Advisor

B.S., Drexel University; M.S.A., West Chester University; Ph.D.,

Georgia State University

Sarah Beth Mallory (1993)

Associate Professor of Biology, Director of the Interim Term and

Core Curriculum; Chair of the Biology Department

B.S., M.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Auburn University

Greg A. McClanahan (1988)

Interim Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean;
Professor of Mathematics; Chair of the Mathematics Department
B.S., M.S., Auburn University; Ph.D., Clemson University

William J. McCoy, IV (1991)

Professor of Chemistry/Physics; Chair of the Chemistry and Physics

Departments

B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina

Linda H. McMullen ( 1999)

Assistant Professor of Organizational Leadership;

Director of the Evening College

B.S., Geneva College; M.S., Geneva College

Francis A. O'Connor (1997)

Associate Professor of Latin American Studies;

Chair of Sociology and Anthropology Department

B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Idaho State University;

Ph.D., University of Iowa

312

Anna Odom (2007)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

A.D.N, LaGrange College; M.S.N., Georgia State University;

C.F.N. P., American Academy of Nurse Practioners

Debbie Ogle (2003)

Assistant Professor of Music

B.S., University Montevallo; M.M., University of Alabama

Richard Hank Parker (2008)

Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics
B.S., M.S., Auburn University; Ph.D., University of Florida

William G. Paschal (1994)
Professor of Biology
B.S., Saint Joseph's College;
Ph.D., Indiana University School of Medicine

Vicki T. Pheil (2007)

Director of Field Placement, Education Department
B.A., M.Ed., LaGrange College

Loren L. Pinkerman (1998)

Assistant Professor; Director of Banks Library

B.A., Westmar College; M.A.T., Colorado State University;

M.L.S., Indiana University

Amanda R. Plumlee (1996)

Professor of Latin American Studies and Modern Languages;
Chair of the Latin American Studies and Modern Languages
Department; Chair of Women's Studies
B.S., UTC of Chattanooga; M.A., Ph.D., University of Tennessee

Melinda Pomeroy-Black (2005)
Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Rhodes College; M.S., Virginia Tech; Ph.D., Virginia Tech

Margaret Reneke (1999)

Associate Professor of Art and Design

B.F.A., University of Georgia;

M.F.A., Virginia Commonwealth University

Fay A. Riddle (1980)

Professor of Computer Science;

Chair of the Computer Science Department

B.S., H. Sophie Newcomb College of Tulane University;

M.S., Ph.D., University of Florida

313

Arthur Robinson (1998)

Assistant Professor; Public Services Librarian

B.A., Trinity College; M.L.S., Ph.D., Indiana University-Bloomington

Lydia W. Rosencrants (1999)

Boatwright Associate Professor of Accountancy;

Chair of the Accountancy Department

B. S., University of Richmond; Ph.D., Michigan State University

MaranahA. Sauter(1983)

Professor of Nursing; Division Chair of Professional Programs
A.A., B.S., Georgia Southwestern College; M.S., Georgia State
University; Ph.D., Medical College of Georgia

Laine Allison Scott (1998)

Associate Professor of English

B.A., The College of William & Mary; M.A., Middlebury College;

M.A., Salisbury State University; Ph.D., University of Alabama

Bailey Brooks Shelhorse, Jr. (1968)

Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science
A.B., LaGrange College; M.A., Louisiana State University; M.Ed.,
Washington State University; M.S., University of Evansville;
Ph.D., Georgia State University

Kevin L.Shirley (1998)

Associate Professor of History;

Division Chair of Humanities and Social Sciences

B.A., M.A. (history), M.A. (religion), Ph.D., Florida State University

JackC. Slay, Jr. (1992)

Dean of Students, Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Mississippi State University;
Ph.D., University of Tennessee

Timothy N. Taunton (1984)
Professor of Art and Design
B.A., University of Arkansas-Little Rock;
M.F.A., Louisiana State University

BrendaW. Thomas (1989)

Professor of English; Chair of the English Department
A.B., Samford University; M.A., Auburn University;
Ph.D., Georgia State University

314

Charles A. Thompson (2001)

Associate Dean and Director of LaGrange College at Albany
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Wichita State University;
Ph.D. University of Missouri

Nathan Tomsheck (2004)

Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts

B.F.A., Whitworth College; M.F.A., Yale School of Drama

Ginger Truitt (2006)

Assistant Professor of Nursing

B.S.N., LaGrange College; M.S.N., State University of West Georgia

John A. Tures(2001)

Associate Professor of Political Science

B.A., Trinity University; M.S., Marquette University;

Ph.D., Florida State University

Mitchell Turner, (2002)

Associate Professor of Music

B.S., Georgia Southern University; M.M., University of Georgia;

Ph.D., University of Georgia

John M.Williams (1989)
Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., Georgia State University

Phillip R. Williamson (1969)

Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education;
Chair of the Health and Physical Education Department
B.S., M.S., Troy State University

Anthony Wilson (2004)

Associate Professor of English

B.A., Oglethorpe University; M.A., Ph.D., Vanderbilt University

Margie Yates (2005)

Assistant Professor of Education

B.X., University of Georgia; M. Ed., Columbus State University;

Ph.D., Auburn University

Carol M. Yin (1991-1994, 1996)
Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.A.M., Ph.D., Auburn University

Kuo-chuan Yin (1994)

Professor of Mathematics

B.S., National Chung Hsing University; M.S., Ph.D., Auburn University

315

Adjunct Faculty

Ethyl L. Ault

Instructor of Education

M.Ed., Georgia State University

Michael Bishop

Writer in Residence

B.A., University of Georgia; M.A., University of Georgia;

Honorary Doctorate, LaGrange College

Linda Buchanan

Instructor of Education

B.A., George William College; M.A., Eastern Kentucky;

Ph.D., Georgia State University

Patricia Callaway

Instructor of Music

B.A., Emory, M.M., State University of West Georgia;

D.M.A, University of Georgia

Stacey L. Ernstberger

Instructor of Mathematics
B.S., Murray State University;
M.S., North Carolina State University

Takemi Kapamaya

Instructor of Modern Foreign Language

B.A., Kyoto Sangyo University; M.A., Himeji Dokkyo University

George Mann

Instructor of Applied Classical Piano

B.M., University of Cincinnati;

M.M., Conservatory of Music, University of Cincinnati

Melina Lorenz Moyer
Instructor of Biology
B.S., Purdue University; M.S., Southern Illinois University

Christiane B. Price

Instructor of Modern Foreign Language

M.A., Freie Universitat; Ph.D., Emory University

Tracy Clahan Riggs

Instructor of Theatre Arts

B.F.A., Catholic University; M.F.A., Florida Atlantic University

316

Phil Snyder

Instructor of Ear Training and Applied Classical Guitar
B.M., M.M., D.M.A., University of Georgia

Thomas P. Steele

Instructor of Religion

B.A., Newberry College; M. Div., Lutheran School of Theology;

D. Min., McCormick Theological Seminary

Pamela Tremblay

Instructor of Cornerstone and Physical Education

A.B.J, University of Georgia; M.Ed., Ed.S., State University of

West Georgia

William Walsh

Instructor of English

A.B., Georgia State University

M.F.A., Vermont College

President Emeritus

Walter Y. Murphy (1980-1996)

A.B., Emory University; M.Div., Emory University;
LL.D., Bethune-Cookman College; D.D., LaGrange College

Retired Faculty Members

Professors Emeritus

Nancy Thomas Alford, B.S., M.S. (1969-2007)

Sybil L. Allen, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1976-1994)

Roland B. Cousins, B.S., M.S., D.B.A. (1990-2005)

Sue M. Duttera, Ph.D. (1986-2002)

Luke K. Gill, Jr., B.B.A., M.S.W., J.D. (1971-2002)

S. G. Hornsby, B.S.Ed., M.A., Ph.D. (1966-2005)

Sandra K. Johnson B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1983-2005)

Richard Donald Jolly, B.A., M.S., Ed.D. (1961-1995)

Evelyn B. Jordan, A.A, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D. (1977-2001)

Charles Franklin McCook, A.B., S.T.B., S.T.M., Ph.D. (1961-1994)

Professors Emeritus

Frederick V. Mills, A.B.,S.T.B., M.Th., M.A., Ph.D. (1967-2007)
Maynard L. Reid, B.S.E., M.S.E., Ed.D (1973-1995)
John L. Shibley, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (1950-1986)

317

Associate Professors Emeritus

Julia B. Burdett, A.A., B.A., M.P.E., M.S.W. (1974-1997)

Patrick M. Hicks, B.S., M.S. (1958-1998)

Jennifer S. Harrison, Baccalaureate, M.Ed., Ph.D. (1995-2005)

Assistant Professors Emeritus

Martha M. Estes, B.A., M.A. (1982-1991)
Marvin D. Johnson, B.A., M.A. (1995-2006)

Board of Trustees

Officers

Chairman William M. Hodges

Vice Chairman Richard W. Story

Second Vice Chairman Dan K. McAlexander

Secretary Nancy N. Durand

Members

Cindy Autry, Columbus, Georgia Ex Officio

Ann Gaylord Badding, Lockport, New York 2013

George W. Baker, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2010

A. Quillian Baldwin, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2013

Amos T. Beason, LaGrange, Georgia 2012

J. Kennedy Boatwright III, LaGrange, Georgia 2010

James F. Bruce, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2012

H. Speer Burdette III, LaGrange, Georgia 201 1

Edward C. Callaway, Pine Mountain, Georgia 201 1

Robert L. Carmichael, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2013

Chris Daniel, SGA President Ex Officio

Janet Gipson Caswell, Atlanta, Georgia 2012

E. Malone Dodson, Alpharetta, Georgia 201 1

Nancy N. Durand, LaGrange, Georgia 2010

Edmund C. Glover, West Point, Georgia 2010

Elizabeth C. Harris, Cartersville, Georgia 201 1

William M. Hodges, Atlanta, Georgia 2010

Pat H. Holder, LaGrange, Georgia 201 1

John S. Holle, LaGrange, Georgia 2011

Wayne Hunter, LaGrange, Georgia 2010

John M. Jackson, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2012

Robert L. Johnson, West Point, Georgia 2013

318

Jared T. Jones, LaGrange, Georgia 2012

Harold A. Lawrence Jr., LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio

William J. Martin, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio

Kathy R. McCollum, Augusta, Georgia 201 1

Polly C. Miller, Columbus, Georgia 201 1

Marie T. Moshell, Columbus, Georgia 2010

H. Andrew Owen, Jr., Atlanta, Georgia 2013

Joe Frank Ragland, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia 2012

Peggy Cobb Schug, Charlotte, North Carolina 2010

Edward D. Smith, LaGrange, Georgia 2013

Nancy K. Stevens, LaGrange, Georgia 2012

Richard W. Story, Gainesville, Georgia 201 1

Stanley E. Thomas, Newnan, Georgia 2013

B. Michael Watson (Bishop), Atlanta, Georgia Ex Officio

George F. Wheelock, III, Birmingham, Alabama 2012

Deedee G. Williams, West Point, Georgia 2012

Almonese Brown Clifton Williams, Atlanta, Georgia 2010

Ricky Wolfe, LaGrange, Georgia 2012

Howard J. Wright, LaGrange, Georgia Ex Officio

Consultants

Linda R. Buchanan, Vice President and Dean for Student Life & Retention

Dan K. McAlexander, President

Greg A. McClanahan, Interim Vice President for Academic Affairs & Dean

Nina Dulin-Mallory, Faculty Representative

Walter Y. Murphy, President Emeritus

Richard Dana Paul, Vice President for Enrollment Management

Legal Counsel

Daniel W. Lee, LaGrange, Georgia

319

Administrative Officers

President's Cabinet

Dan K. McAlexander (2009) - President

B.A., University of Kansas; M.M., The Julliard School; D.M.A.,
University of Cincinnati

Quincy D. Brown (1997) - The Elizabeth Walker Lanier Campus Minister
and Director of Servant Leadership

B.S., DeVry Institute of Technology; M.Div., Emory University;
D.Min., Interdenominational Theological Center

Linda R. Buchanan (1997) - Vice President and Dean for Student Life and
Retention

B.S., George Williams College; M.S., Eastern Kentucky
University; Ph.D., Georgia State University

Greg A. McClanahan (1988) -Interim Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean
B.S., M.S., Auburn University; Ph.D., Clemson University

Richard Dana Paul (2007) - Vice President for Enrollment Management
B.A., Maryville College; M.Ed., Westminster College

President's Advisory Council

Ray C. Anderson, Atlanta, Georgia
Carolyn M. Bernard Becker, Athens, Georgia
Samuel G. Candler, Atlanta, Georgia
Robert B. Copeland, LaGrange, Georgia
Lovick P. Corn, Columbus, Georgia
George W. (Buddy) Darden, Marietta, Georgia
William B. Fackler, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia
Charles L. Foster, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia
Garnett J. Giesler, LaGrange, Georgia
Clifford C. Glover, West Point, Georgia
G. Sanders Griffith III, Columbus, Georgia
Charles D. Hudson, LaGrange, Georgia
L. Bevel Jones III, Decatur, Georgia
J. Smith Lanier II, West Point, Georgia
C. Stephen Lynn, Nashville, Tennessee
Walter Y. Murphy, LaGrange, Georgia
Howard R. Park, LaGrange, Georgia
Charles W. Smith, LaGrange, Georgia
John W. Stewart, Jr., LaGrange, Georgia
James L. Waits, Atlanta, Georgia

320

Administrative Staff

Rebecca Anderson (2000) Secretary, Social and Behavioral Sciences
Landon Baize (2008) Graduate Assistant, Men's Basketball

Amber Johnson Baldridge (2007) Admission Counselor

Patricia Barrett (2008)
Charlene Baxter (1976)
David Beard (2005)
Jackie Belcher (2000)
James Blackwood (1997)

Archives and Circulation Assistant, Library

Librarian for Public & Technical Services

Webmaster

Financial Aid Counselor

Director of Information Technology,
Chief Security Officer, Informational &
Instructional Technology

Marcus Blandingburg (2006) Assistant Coach, Football

Jennifer Bleimeyer (2006) Data Manager, Assistant Dean's Office

Administrative Assistant, Lamar Dodd Art
Center

Assistant Athletic Trainer

Assistant Director of LaGrange College at
Albany

The Elizabeth Walker Lanier Campus
Minister, Director of Servant Leadership

Swimming Coach

Director of Alumni and Parent Relations

Dawn Briggs (2000)

Christy Brown (2008)
Elizabeth Brown (2009)

Quincy D.Brown (1997)

Susan Brown (1999)
Andy Brubaker (2008)
Linda R.Buchanan (1997)

Dialleo Burks (2006)
Angel Calhoun (2009)
Becky Carter (1999)

Karen Clark (2004)
Jennifer Claybrook (1999)

Vice-President and Dean for Student Life
and Retention

Graduate Assistant, Football

Administrative Assistant, Education Dept.

Accounts Receivable Specialist, Business
Office

Development Writer

Softball Coach, Volleyball Assistant Coach

321

Alex Conforti (2008)
Austin P. Cook, EI ( 1981)
Emily Cummins (2007)
Mary Lou Dabbs (1999)
Stacey Davis (2005)
Sandra Dennis (1972)
Zachary Dennis (2008)
Rob Dicks (2001)
Marion Edwards (2004)
Billy Ehlers (2006)
Rachel Evans (2008)
Vickie Evans (2005)
Laura Faulkner (2008)
Rory Favor (2006)
Brandon Fetner (1999)

Lee Fite (2008)

G. Jeffrey Geeter ( 1990)

Diana Goldwire (2001)

Zachary Grace (2008)
Ryan Grice (2006)
Susan A. Hancock (1975)
Tracy Harden (2004)
Dean Hartman (2000)
Warren Haynes (1998)
Lisa Heath (2008)
WyleneHerndon(1979)
Jimmy G. Herring (1974)

Graduate Assistant, Football

Postmaster

Assistant Coach, Women's Basketball

Electronic Resources Librarian, Library

Serials Assistant, Library

Human Resources Coordinator

Graduate Assistant, Football

Athletic Trainer

Bishop in Residence

Pool Supervisor

Evening Assistant, Library

Administrative Assistant, Manget Building

leadership Secretary

Graduate Assistant, Football

Database Administrator, Information
Technology

Graduate Assistant, Baseball

Men's and Women's Soccer Coach

Director of Career Development,
International Student Advisor

Graduate Assistant, Football

Assistant Baseball Coach

Secretary, Alumni and Family Relations

Receptionist, Admission Office

Director of Communications & Marketing

Men's Basketball Coach

Resident Director, Pitts Hall

Parking

Registrar

322

Kenneth Hoats (2007)
Jacque Hornsby (2008)
Kevin Howard (1999)
Patti Hoxsie (2000)
Janet Hughes (2004)

John Hughes (2002)
Melissa Hunt (2004)
John Hurston (2007)
Mark Isenhour (2007)
Stacy Jackson (2000)
Erika Kastner (2008)
Tara Kermiet (2008)
LoriKnopp(1998)
Jennifer Knox (2005)
Tony Kunczewski (2005)
Susan A. Laforet ( 1994)

Anita Laney (1974)
Sharon Livingston (2006)
Kristen Lockman (2006)
Dale Lomax (2006)
Cynthia Mayfield (2006)

Dan K. McAlexander (2009)
Kirby H. McCartney (1983)

Greg A. McClanahan (1988)

Counselor

Archive and Circulation Assistant, Library

Head Baseball Coach

Assistant Controller, Business Office

Assistant to Vice President of
Advancement

Sports Information Director

Textbook Manager, Bookstore

Resident Director, Hawkins Hall

Women's Basketball Coach

Assistant Director of Publications

Assistant Athletic Trainer

Director of Student Life and Service

Secretary, Division of Nursing

Graduate Counselor and Certification Officer

Assistant Coach, Football

Secretary, Division of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics

Bookstore Director

Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs

Assistant Coach, Women's Soccer

Assistant Coach, Men's Basketball

Administrative Assistant, Communication
and Marketing

President

Administrative Assistant, Student
Development Office; Resident Director,
Hawkes Hall

Interim Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean

Lindsey McCurry (2005) Admission Counselor

323

Linda McGill (2000)
Patricia A. McKay (1998)
Linda H. McMullen (1999)
Carolyn McNearney (2000)

Tiffany Mixon (1999)

Brandon Mobley (2000)
Matt Montgomery (2008)
Todd Mooney (2005)
Lisa Morgan (1991)

JackL. Morman, Sr. (1992)
Laura Lynn Morris (2008)
Julie Moses (2008)
Sharon Newton (2000)

Monica Parker (2008)
Dana Paul (2007)
Charles Peek (2006)
Vicki Pheil (2007)
Loren Pinkerman (1998)
MarthaW.Pirkle(1994)

Kathy Pirrman (2000)
Marty Pirrman (1999)

Katie Porter (2008)
Kenya Rainey (2007)
Michele Raphoon (2005)

Switchboard Operator/Receptionist

Administrative Assistant, Registrar's Office

Director, Evening College

Administrative Assistant, Vice President
for Academic Affairs and Dean

Support Manager, Information
Technology

Systems Analyst, Information Technology

Assistant Coach, Swimming

Head Coach, Football

Assistant to Library Director, Circulation
Manager

Pool Operations Manager

Admission Counselor

Head Coach, Volleyball

Administrative Assistant, Career
Development Center and Counseling

Financial Aid Counselor

Vice President for Enrollment Management

Cross Country Coach

Director, Field Placement, Education Dept.

Director, William and Evelyn Banks Library

Senior Director of Development and
College Relations

Application Coordinator, Admission

Assistant Vice President for Administration
and Controller

Career and International Advisor

Administrative Assistant, Evening College

Administrative Assistant, Theatre Dept.

324

Michelle Reeves (1998)
Demetris Render (2008)
Carla Rhodes (2005)
Lee Richter (1993)
Brenda T.Riley (1989)
Arthur Robinson (1998)
Tammy Rogers (1992)

Rebecca Roth (2006)
Matt Russell (2008)
Cynthia Saines (2006)
Ann Sellman (2002)
Ashley Seman (2008)
David Shonts (2005)
Jack Slay (1992)
Sylvia Smith (1985)
Beth Spencer (2008)
Nancy Spradlin (2001)
Ronald Stafford (2005)

Eva Stephen (2005)
Barbara Storie (1992)

Michael Thomas (2007)
Charles Thompson (2001)

Heather Tidwell (2008)
Emma S. Trammell (1992)
Pamela Tremblay (1998)
Glenda Turner (1993)

Assistant Director, Financial Aid

Graduate Assistant, Women's Basketball

Executive Secretary to the President

Golf Coach

Secretary, Division of Business

Public Services Librarian, Library

Director of Stewardship and Leadership
Development

Director of Development

Resident Director, Boatwright Hall

Assistant Registrar

Administrative Assistant, Music Dept.

Associate Director for Annual Fund

Assistant Coach, Football

Dean of Students

Director of Financial Aid

Advancement Services Coordinator

Accounting Assistant, Business Office

Network Manager, Information
Technology

Data Manager, Education Department

Secretary, Athletics/ Health, Physical
Education and Recreation

Admission Counselor

Associate Dean and Director of LaGrange
College at Albany

Graduate Assistant, Volleyball

Information Specialist, Admission Office

Director of Counseling

Resident Director, Candler Hall

325

Darlene R. Weathers (1988)
Sarah Wester (2008)
David Wiggins (2003)
Jennifer Wiggins (2006)
Chastity Williams (2007)

Phillip Williamson (1969)
Sandra Williamson (1999)
Joan Wilson (2001)
Mary Wilson (1994)
Kim Woodard (2008)

Manager, Campus Bookstore

Graduate Assistant, Women's Soccer

Acquisitions Assistant, Library

Library Assistant

Helpdesk Technician, Information
Technology

Athletic Director

Accounts Payable Specialist, Business Office

Administrative Assistant, Development Office

Resident Director, Henry Hall

Graduate Assistant, Softball

326

Index

A

Abbreviations, Course 120

Academic

Calendar 5

Counseling 65

Divisions 1 18

Forgiveness 79

Honors 83

Policies 68

Programs 94

Standing/Probation 78

Acceleration 74

Accreditation 16

Adjunct Faculty 316

Administrative Officers 320

Administrative Staff 321

Admission and Enrollment 24

Advanced Placement 74

Advising 71

Albany Campus 17

Appeals 67

Application, Admission 24

Art and Design 121

Assessment in the Major 103

Associate Degree 17

Athletic Programs 60

Attendance, Class 73

Auditing, Charges 30

Awards and Recognition 113

B

Biology 130

Board of Trustees 318

Business and Accountancy . 139

C

Calendar, Academic 5

Campus Buildings 18

Career Development Center.... 64

Chaplain 62

Charges and Fees 30

Chemistry 159

Classification of Students 82

College Level Examination

Program (CLEP) 74, 96

Community Service Orgs 57

Computer Science 170

Conduct 50

Core Program 95, 179

Counseling 65

Course Repetition 73

Credit Balances 33

Credit By Examination and

Exemption 97

Credit for Junior College 81

Credit through USAFI and

Service Schools 75

Cultural Enrichment 83

D

Dean's List 83

Declaration of Major 100

Degree Requirements 80

Degrees Offered 101

Dentistry 105

Departments 1 16

Directory 2

Divisions, Academic 1 18

E

Education 181

Endowed Lectureships 1 13

Engineering 108

English 193

Evening College 17

Evening College Degrees 1 12

F

Faculty 308

Federal Tax Credits 32

Fees 30

327

Financial Aid 36

Student Policies 42

Sources 43

LC Academic Scholarships....43

Fine Arts Scholarships 45

Grants and Scholarships 45

Loans 47

Financial Information 30

Foreign Languages (See Latin
American Studies)

Fraternities 58

Fraud, Suspected 49

French 225

G

German 227

Grade and Credits 76

Graduate Degrees 1 12

Graduation Requirements 85

H

Harassment Policy 51

Health and
Physical Education 204

Health Services 64

History of the College 14

History 211

Holidays (See Academic Calendar)

Home Schooled Students 26

Honor Code 68

Honor Societies 59

HOPE Scholarship 46

Housing Requirements 55

I

Independent Study 103

Information Technology

Campus Network 89

Cell phone and Pager Policy 93

Data Security 92

Email accounts 88

Personal Web Pages 89

Remote Access 92

Responsible Use Policy 86

Student Computer

Configurations 90

User Account 87

User Awareness 93

Wireless Network 91

Interdisciplinary Major 102

International Baccalaureate (IB)

Program 77,98

International Students and

Studies 29,68,77

Internships (consult indiv. depts..)

Internship Program 64

Interim Program 98

Intramural Sports 61

J

Japanese Studies 217

Joint Enrollment 27

Journalism 109

L

LaGrange College

At Albany 17

Campus 18

Evening College 17

Mission 14

History 14

Latin American Studies and

Modern Languages 220

Law 110

Library 18

Load, Course 80

Loans 47

M

Majors 101, 111

Mathematics 229

Medicine (M.D.) 105

Minors 104, 111

Mission Statement 14

Moshell Learning Center 65

Music 238

N

Nursing 251

Non-degree student 28

328

Non-traditional student ( See

Evening College Bulletin)

O

Oikos Program 263

Online Courses 82

Organizations, Student 57

Honorary 59

Religious 59

Service 59

Special Interests 59

Orientation 73

Overload, Course 80

P

Payment of Charges 30

Petition, Graduation 85

Pharmacy 107

Physical Therapy 107

Physics 266

Placement, Course 96

Political Science 268

Pre-Professional Programs . 104

President's Cabinet 320

Probation, Academic 78

Psychology 276

Publications, Student 58

R

Readmission 29

Refund Policy 33

Registration and Advising 73

Religion and Philosophy 282

Religious Life 59, 64

Requirements:

Admission 26

Bachelor Degrees 80

Graduation 85

Residency 81

Residence Halls 19

Residence Programs 55

Retired Faculty Members 317

Room and Board 31

S

SAT 26

Service Clubs 57

Service Organizations 57

Scholarships 43

Sexual Harassment 5 1

Social Code 50

Sociology and

Anthropology 291

Sororities, Social 58

Spanish 222

Staff 321

Status

Full-time 80

Part-time 80

Student

Classification 82

Conduct and Honor Code . 50,70

Development 54

Employment 48

Government 57

Grade Appeals 78

Health 66

Housing 55

Life 50

Organizations 57

Publications 58

Repayment Policy 33

Residency Requirements 81

Suspension 51, 71

T

Teacher Education and

Certification 181

Teaching Fellows Program 99

Testing

ACT 26

SAT 26

CLEP 76,96

Theatre Arts 298

Time Restrictions:

Major 103

Core Program 95

Financial Aid 39

329

Transcripts 85

Transfer

Admission 27

Credit 27

Transient

Admission 28

Credit 76,82

Tuition and Fees 30

Tutoring Center 65

V

Vehicle Registration 69

Veterinary Medicine 107

W

Withdrawal 74

Women's Studies 306

Work Opportunities 48

Writing Center 65, 197

Hi V

u

330

>

5

z

in
w

b
>

o

to

^N
o

W

z

D
O

>

z

o
w

o
>

D
D

s

GO
GO

3

C
H

>

H

W
-

00

C
F

3

w 03
** 3 2

2 P a.

ere O >

<* o J^

n 2 2